https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages daily 0.75 2026-02-03 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/cinqactivitesvalladolid monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9c898d8c-1425-4e04-96a0-1dc34ce1d432/FreeWalkingTourValladolid.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Valladolid, Yucatán ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - Explorer avec un Free Walking Tour Nous avons exploré avec Free Walking Tour Valladolid (voici leur page Instagram avec plein d’info), qui ont des tours le matin (et inclut le marché), et le soir (17h et 19h). Je recommande le dernier tour, qui explore la place, la cathédrale, la Calzada de los Frailes (longue rue pleines de magasins, cafés et restaurants), et surtout finit à l’ancien couvent San Bernardino juste à temps pour le spectacle son et lumière ! Le guide vous offre des recommandations de resto, d’activités à faire, et énormément d’explications sur l’histoire de la ville. Si vous avez le temps, vous pourrez même tester vos talents mathématiques en apprenant à compter avec le système maya… pas facile ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6c2c1af7-6d44-4dd4-9b84-7f47575876b8/page0+3.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Valladolid, Yucatán ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - Traîner dans la place centrale La place centrale est le cœur de la ville, on y trouve des touristes et des locaux, elle permet de s’orienter, et elle offre beaucoup : il y a des spectacles musicaux présentant des danses traditionnelles (maya et coloniales) à différentes heures de la journée, et des décorations selon la saison. Vous pouvez vous asseoir sur les nombreux bancs et observer les gens, vous reposer entre deux activités, ou déguster une glace… Mais tout ne se passe pas à l’intérieur de la place ! Sur les quatre trottoirs autour de la place vous trouverez non seulement la cathédrale et le palais municipal (à l’accès gratuit où vous pourrez voir quatre peintures retraçant l’histoire de la ville), mais aussi de nombreux magasins de souvenirs, des vendeurs ambulants, une bibliothèque… et plus encore ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/840624ed-df34-4f2f-9fdf-dacd90ff92dc/page0+2.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Valladolid, Yucatán ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - Nager dans une cénote ! Une cénote est un grand puit naturel rempli d’eau où vous pouvez nager parmi la végétation et les poissons ! Le Yucatán en regorge ! Elle peut être ouverte, semi-ouverte, ou fermée. Il y en a une dans la ville même de Valladolid : Zaci (le nom maya de la ville) pas très loin du centre et du marché. Malheureusement, elle était fermée pour rénovations lors de notre visite en décembre 2022. Cependant, il en existe plusieurs non loin de la ville, y compris deux (Samulá et Xkeken) faciles à accéder en vélo grâce à la piste cyclable qui passe très près ! L’agence MexiGo Tours offre des excursions à la journée à vélo pour y aller. Cliquer ici pour voir la vidéo de cette journée. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fcc48a02-a7e2-43d3-a3ce-444271a586d0/page0+4.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Valladolid, Yucatán ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - Déambuler dans la “Casa de los Venados” Située près de la place centrale, la Casa de los Venados est une maison à l’architecture intéressante, où deux amoureux d’art originaires des États-Unis ont collectionné des œuvres (sculptures, peintures et autre) venues de tout le Mexique. La visite est guidée, en anglais ou en espagnol, et une donation de 100 pesos est suggérée à la fin de la visite : elle en vaut la peine. J’ai été agréablement surprise par cette maison et son contenu insolite. Les œuvres sont intéressantes et bizarres et intrigantes à la fois ! Ça vaut vraiment le détour et la visite ne dure qu’une heure environ. Pour se renseigner sur les horaires : http://www.casadelosvenados.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/001a3d1e-eb25-4304-8bb0-d32cf5f95448/page0.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Valladolid, Yucatán ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - Déguster des plats locaux Le Yucatán a plusieurs spécialités, beaucoup d’origine maya comme le Sikil P’ak (similaire au houmous mais à base de graines de citrouille, un délice !) ou les salbutes, une tortilla frite et soufflée garnie de tout plein de bonnes choses. Les tortillas traditionnelles pour les tacos sont à base de maïs (pas de farine) et le petit-déjeuner mexicain traditionnel est un plat nommé chilaquiles. Il y a d’excellents restaurants à Valladolid, et les prix sont très abordables. Pour mes recommandations plus spécifiques sur les restos à faire à Valladolid, c’est par ici ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/activitestodossantos monthly 0.5 2023-11-28 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cf0bf650-b588-4e22-b38d-0c42da56ceb8/IMG_9774.PNG Mexique - Que faire à Todos Santos, Basse Californie ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 1– Promenade en ville Il y a deux grandes rues principales parallèles, avec de petites rues les reliant, jonchées de restaurants, de magasins de souvenirs, de galeries d’art et de magasins de surf. Vous pouvez facilement en faire le tour à pied, mais n’oubliez pas d’aller jusqu’à la place principale au nord de la ville et d’en faire le tour ! Notez que le centre-ville n’est pas situé sur la mer, il est nécessaire de marcher une quinzaine de minutes pour y accéder. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ce62e007-6f4b-47da-8b2b-49e7ac751012/IMG_8898.jpg Mexique - Que faire à Todos Santos, Basse Californie ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 2– Prendre une leçon de surf Non loin au sud de Todos Santos, la plage « Los Cerritos » est idéale pour les débutants. De nombreux instructeurs sont là avec un public de tous âges, vous ne vous sentirez ni seuls ni ridicules, même si des surfeurs plus aguerris (de tous âges aussi) viennent aussi profiter des vagues sur cette même plage. Je recommande le magasin « Todos Santos Surf Shop » qui vous fournira tout le matériel nécessaire et peut organiser le transport de Todos Santos à Los Cerritos (environ 20 minutes) pour quelques pesos de plus. Les leçons sont le matin et durent environ deux heures : gardez à l’esprit que passer tant de temps dans l’océan est fatiguant et prenez un en-cas ou un déjeuner avec vous que vous pourrez manger sur la plage après la leçon ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6db5d4e7-eaa9-4552-b309-e2df4ada18af/page0.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Todos Santos, Basse Californie ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 3– Mise à l’eau de bébés tortues Todos Santos est connue pour l’opportunité de participer à la mise à l’eau de bébés tortues (différentes espèces selon la saison entre décembre et juin), une expérience réellement magique et émouvante. L’organisme qui s’occupe des tortues s’appelle Tortugueros Las Playitas et offre des mises à jour fréquentes sur leur page Facebook. Si vous avez des doutes, en général les chauffeurs de taxi sont au courant de ce qui se passe, ou du moins savent comment se renseigner. À cause du Covid, ces derniers temps il n’est pas possible de participer à la mise à l’eau mais simplement de la regarder. Malgré cela, c’est quelque chose de vraiment spécial. Il faut marcher ou prendre un taxi pour accéder à la plage où cet événement a lieu peu avant le coucher du soleil. Prenez un pique-nique ou un apéro pour profiter de la plage et du coucher de soleil après la mise à l’eau. Avec un peu de chance vous verrez des raies sauter hors de l’eau ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e100d49d-f69c-419e-a13e-59914e81b0f8/IMG_8878+copy.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Todos Santos, Basse Californie ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 4– Randonnée le long du Pacifique Au sud de la ville, de grandes falaises surplombent l’océan, et l’on peut marcher le long de la côte entre les cactus et les rochers. Une fois montés depuis le niveau de la plage, le sentier assez facile. Si vous voulez un guide pour en apprendre plus sur la faune et la flore et même l’histoire de la ville, plusieurs agences en ville offrent des randonnées à la demi-journée. Les meilleurs sentiers ne sont pas directement accessibles depuis la ville, un guide peut donc aider avec le transport jusqu’à un bon point de départ. Avec un peu de chance, vous verrez des tortures, des lions de mer et même des baleines sautant hors de l’eau au large. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/72c9554c-90c0-4bed-9877-351140b98263/IMG_9781.JPG Mexique - Que faire à Todos Santos, Basse Californie ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 5– Rando dans la Sierra de la Laguna À l’intérieur des terres, la réserve de biosphère Sierra de la Laguna offre de nombreux sentiers pour les randonnées. Avec un guide de l’organisme Todos Santos Eco Adventures, nous n’avons pas eu à nous soucier de comment y aller ou de ne pas s’y perdre, et nous en avons appris plus sur l’histoire de la région et les quelques personnes qui continuent d’habiter cette chaîne montagneuse. Vous pourrez observer de nombreux types d’arbres et de cactus… et aurez peut-être l’option de vous rafraîchir les pieds à un point d’eau ou une cascade ! Pour voir à quoi peut ressembler une aventure au sein de Sierra de la Laguna, regardez cette vidéo ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/activiteslapaz monthly 0.5 2024-06-25 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/dd3e3eca-11db-49a2-bb19-1149d73899e7/page0.JPG Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 1 – Explorer le Malecón La première chose à faire en arrivant est de marcher le long du Malecón, un bord de mer dont la section la plus animée fait environ trois kilomètres, avec d’un côté une piste cyclable et de l’autre… le Golfe de Californie (précédemment appelé Mer de Cortéz) ! Il est jonché de statues contemporaines, qui peuvent vous servir de repères pour revenir à un restaurant, où pour vous aider à vous souvenir de la rue de votre hôtel ! Oui, la circulation juste à côté du Malecón est omniprésente et peut être parfois bruyante, mais mon aspect préféré du Malecón est qu’il n’est pas seulement fréquenté par les touristes : les locaux y viennent s’y promener et manger une glace tout comme les visiteurs, ils emmènent leurs enfants sur les aires de jeux, s’assoient sur les bancs et regardent les gens… Vous verrez de nombreuses personnes sur le Malecón à toute heure de la journée et jusqu’à tard le soir, ce qui le rend très sûr. Les gens y viennent pour courir, faire du vélo, du skate ou du roller… et vous verrez même quelques modes de transport assez peu communs… De nombreuses compagnies bordent le Malecón et offrent leur service de location de vélo, de trottinettes etc. Il y a aussi des boutiques de souvenirs, de nombreux restaurants et cafés et des tours opérateurs, avec ou sans bureau, vous offrant des prestations en tout genre, selon vos envies : nager avec des lions de mer, visites de villes alentours, randonnées en VTT, et même… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/417b289f-95eb-418d-a27c-616b96e032cb/Whale+sharks.JPG Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 2 – Nager avec des requins-baleines La baie de La Paz est pleine de plancton et par conséquent constitue un lieu privilégié où les jeunes requins-baleines peuvent se nourrir abondamment. Plusieurs compagnies, ainsi que plusieurs personnes vous abordant directement sur le Malecón, offrent des excursions d’une demie- journée, avec combinaison de plongée, palmes, masque et tuba. Mon expérience est qu’ils offrent tous la même chose au final, pour le même prix (1200 pesos par personnes en décembre 2021). Si vous pouvez choisir un jour ensoleillé, la visibilité sous l’eau sera meilleure. Les seules variables sont donc votre guide… et vos compagnons d’excursions. Lors de ma dernière excursion, mon guide était Héctor (@bajapelagica), très calé sur le sujet et pour nous guider une fois dans l’eau. N’oubliez pas de donner un pourboire à votre guide et au capitaine du bateau ! Nager avec les requins-baleines est une expérience vraiment inoubliable, et si vous venez à la bonne période (d’octobre à mai), absolument à ne pas manquer. N’oubliez pas votre appareil photo étanche, pochette pour votre téléphone ou GoPro ! Curieux de voir à quoi cela ressemble ? Cliquez ici pour voir la vidéo complète de mon excursion en décembre 2021. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/448b4a50-a48e-40b8-ba1f-c74000934411/murales.JPG Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 3 – Partir à la recherche de peintures murales Il y a plus que le Malecón à La Paz ! Dirigez-vous donc dans les rues et ruelles alentours et perdez-vous un peu ! Vous découvrirez d’autres restaurants et café, mais surtout vous pourrez y observez des peintures murales ! Les pâtés de maisons qui constituent la zone commerciale sont sûrs, mais attention où vous marchez, car les trottoirs ne sont pas lisses, les marches ne sont pas égales, et il y a souvent des trous dans les trottoirs. La majorité des peintures murales incluent des animaux et la végétation locale, représentent des visages indigènes et souvent un message écologique. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/23f5e98b-5b4e-4dfb-9af3-e742448f5d9e/catedral.jpg Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 4 – Explorer le centro histórico Autour du parc Jardín Velasco se trouvent la Catedral de Nuestra Señora de La Paz, le Musée d’art, et de nombreux restaurants et cafés, ainsi qu’une assez grande pharmacie et un papeterie-librairie. Cinq pâtés de maisons plus à l’est vous trouverez aussi le musée régional d’anthropologie. Il est situé un peu loin du Malecón et n’est pas très grand, mais si vous avez le temps, allez-y faire un tour, cela vaut la peine. Les trois sections principales du musée sont : une première section sur l’histoire naturelle de la péninsule de Basse Californie (sa géologie, ses habitants et animaux) une deuxième section sur l’archéologie de la péninsule (ses peintures rupestres), et une troisième section sur l’arrivée de religieux espagnols et l’indépendance du Mexique. À l’entrée se trouve aussi une salle d’exposition temporaire, qui a souvent des œuvres plus contemporaines. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4d57837a-6249-4274-b842-de48fc19d4f4/Red+Egret.JPG Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 6 – Observez les oiseaux ! Puisque La Paz est située aux bords de la mer, de nombreuses espèces d’oiseaux du littoral (frégates, pélicans bruns, hérons…) peuvent être observées depuis le Malecón, mais gardez les yeux ouverts dans le parc ou même le jardin de votre hôtel pour voir des oiseaux-mouches, des loriots ou des roitelets de cactus ! Et si les noms ne vous disent rien… sachez qu’ils sont magnifiques et qu’il n’est pas nécessaire d’être connaisseurs pour apprécier les oiseaux ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ee7cc415-0471-46a5-9e24-8148ff992df4/IMG_8780.jpg Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - 7 – Regardez le soleil se coucher ! N’oubliez pas que vous êtes en vacances : prenez le temps, un de ces soirs, de vous asseoir sur un banc ou sur la terrasse de votre Airbnb et émerveillez-vous des couleurs flamboyantes d’un coucher de soleil à La Paz. Même si la ville est la côte est, la baie vous permet une vue vers l’ouest : profitez-en ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f480c76d-ae55-49b5-bef5-0018273eee6f/IMG_8473.JPG Mexique - Que faire à La Paz, Basse Californie ? 7 activités à ne pas manquer ! - Section BONUS : Visitez Isla Espíritu Santo ! Selon moi, la meilleure façon de découvrir l’île est une excursion en kayak. Vous prendrez le bateau de La Paz jusqu’à l’île (environ 45 minutes, selon votre destination sur l’île), découvrirez la géologie de la côte en kayak, et selon le temps, pourrez même vous aventurer à l’intérieur de l’île pour une petite randonnée ! La compagnie Baja Outdoor Activities (www.kayactivities.com) offre des excursions d’une journée à une semaine (pour faire le tour de l’île !) avec des guides (bilingues espagnol-anglais) super et une très bonne ambiance. Si vous avez une expérience (même niveau débutant) en kayak, ce serait parfait ! Curieux de voir à quoi cette aventure ressemble ? Cliquez ici pour voir ma vidéo récapitulative de 7 jours de circumnavigation effectués en décembre 2021 ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/casa+de+los+venados monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/sikil+p%27ak monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/valladolid monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/cenote monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/chilaquiles monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/salbutes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/yucat%C3%A1n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/yucatan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-voyages/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/lima monthly 0.5 2024-01-31 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3ff8ec2c-24b5-426b-aeab-0565459c856f/IMG_5312+copy.jpeg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Place San Martín, Lima centre. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c03fafef-50d0-4781-a43b-dcbf418d09f0/IMG_7177.jpg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Sculptures vue pendant l’exploration du quartier Barranco. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6e9801e5-2026-4340-92b9-1c4d6a6c9c54/Barranco.jpg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Quartier Barranco Le quartier de Barranco est le district artistique à Lima, et il y a des peintures murales partout ! Nous avons fait un Free Walking Tour que je recommande fortement pour voir les peintures murales les plus intéressantes, traverser le Pont des Soupirs par exemple. Vous apprendrez beaucoup de choses sur l’histoire de ce quartier ainsi que sur les artistes qui l’ont rendu célèbre. Il y a des peintures faites il y a plusieurs décennies ainsi que certaines toutes récents. Quelques-unes commencent à être abîmées, mais elles sont toutes intéressantes et montrent différentes facettes de la vie au Pérou et de sa population. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b04e97b5-f8bd-41c5-a42d-77938a81a554/IMG_7174.jpg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Église de la Virgen Milagrosa, Huaca Pucllana, et le parc 7 junio, à Miraflores. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/baf73008-24ec-4f20-8088-8a6429a06d3f/Miraflores.jpg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Quartier Miraflores Le quartier Miraflores est intéressant et varié. Il y a un grand centre commercial haut de gamme, mais il est aussi possible de trouver un hébergement raisonnable dans des auberges de jeunesse, et vous pouvez profiter du shopping et des restaurants aux alentours. Les ruines d’un temp pré-Inca, Huaca Pucllana, se trouvent à Miraflores, mais la visite n’est pas incluse dans le Free Walking Tour que nous avons fait. Dans ce même quartier se trouvent le Indian Market et le centre commercial Larcomar, qui vous donnent deux expériences de shopping très différentes. Vous pouvez aussi voir l’église de la Virgen Milagrosa et le Parque del Amor. Si vous aimez les chats, allez au Parque Kennedy, où vous pourrez admirer des sculptures en plein air et manger de la street food, mais c’est aussi le lieu où de nombreux chats trainent dans l’herbe, et s’installent dans les arbres le soir pour y passer la nuit. Si possible, choisissez le tour en fin d’après-midi pour pouvoir rester à Miraflores pour le coucher du soleil. En effet, ce quartier se trouve au dessus de falaises, ce qui vous donne une vue incroyable sur l’Océan Pacifique (voir les images ci-dessous). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4f499b8a-afae-4c92-bc89-26263d177e05/Sunset+in+Miraflores.jpg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Coucher de soleil vu du quartier Miraflores. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e3e5e9a7-2f5b-437e-b64d-f9bebcbe2382/Centro.jpg Pérou - Que Faire à Lima ? 3 Activités à ne pas manquer - Le centre-ville Comme mentionné en introduction, Lima est énorme, nous avons donc pensé que le meilleur moyen de voir le centre-ville serait avec un guide. Nous avons pris le métro depuis Miraflores et avons pu voir beaucoup de choses dans le centre en peu de temps. Ce fut vraiment un atout d’avoir Free Walking Tour pour nous introduire à l’histoire du pays et de la ville, et nous montrer des bâtiments gouvernementaux, des églises, des rues piétonnes, des Plazas… et nous emmener au Parque de la Murralla (où l’on peut encore voir les murailles de la ville) pour finir le tour. Il y a énormément de gens dans le centre, locaux et touristes : quelle chance d’avoir une personne locale pour nous guider ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/arequipa monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/677a1af6-1bf8-48e7-94b3-2f4bf7db0350/Arequipa+Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Arequipa? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Free Walking Tour Comme dans de nombreuses villes d’Amérique du Sud, le Free Walking Tour est vraiment parfait pour découvrir le centre-ville. Je vous conseille de le faire assez tôt après votre arrivée car vous pourrez y recevoir beaucoup de recommandations sur des restaurants et activités en ville. Ils durent en général aux alentours d’une heure trente et couvrent les monuments principaux du centre (en y entrant s’ils sont gratuits, en les présentant s’ils sont payants pour que vous y retourniez si vous en avez envie). Ils incluent parfois une option dégustation, et pour Arequipa c’était consacré au chocolat ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/362809e6-fddc-4608-9898-b6cbf269fd4f/Arequipa+Museo.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Arequipa? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Museo Santuarios Andinos Tout près de la Plaza de Armas se situe le Museo Santuarios Andinos. Les photographies ne sont pas autorisées dans ce musée mais il a été fascinant ! Il est assez petit et l’attraction principale est la momie de « Juanita », une enfant Inca qui a été sacrifiée et que l’on a retrouvé sur le volcan Ampato, momifiée de façon similaire à Ötzi en Europe. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a970d57e-eb3f-4562-b004-be2d20fff6ee/IMG_5269+copy.jpeg Pérou - Que faire à Arequipa? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Explorer le quartier Yanahuara Ce quartier situé à environ 25 minutes de marche de la Plaza de Armas offre une ambiance différente de celle du centre-ville… et toute une autre collection de cafés et de restaurants. Il est organisé autour d’un parc depuis lequel vous aurez une très jolie vue sur la ville et le volcan Misti. Il y a souvent des locaux qui vendent des souvenirs sur la place près du parc. Si vous y allez, passez aussi par La Recoleta (voir ci-dessous) ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b51c0f61-0448-455f-854b-05b7c9ba93ca/La+Recoleta.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Arequipa? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Monastère-Musée La Recoleta Si vous avez le temps (et vous pouvez combiner cette activité avec le quartier Yanahuara), visitez l’ancien monastère de La Recoleta qui se trouve à une dizaine de minutes de marche de la Plaza de Armas en traversant la rivière Chili. La bibliothèque a été selon moi la section la plus impressionnante, mais la cour intérieure est très jolie, et le musée contient de nombreux artéfacts de la période coloniale, y compris les nombreux animaux exotiques (pour les Espagnols) empaillés. N’oubliez pas de monter en haut de la tour pour une vue imprenable sur la ville et le volcan Misti ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b681a66a-a714-4ee9-80af-f08fe84cf3b7/Vargas+Llosa.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Arequipa? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Casa Museo Vargas Llosa Les fans de littérature bénéficieront probablement plus de cette visite que les autres, mais sachez que Vargas Llosa est l’un des écrivains péruviens les plus célèbres et a gagné le Prix Nobel de Littérature en 2010. Cette maison/musée, située à 20 minutes de marche de la Plaza de Armas, présente sa vie et certains objets lui ayant appartenus, comme des machines à écrire. Et si vous voulez lire un de ses livres pour vous préparer à votre voyage au Pérou, pourquoi pas La tante Julia et le scribouillard ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/cusco monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a5b3c15f-76cc-4434-a99b-83dbd999c936/Boleto+tur%C3%ADstico.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Premier conseil: achetez le boleto turistico Il inclue l’entrée à plusieurs sites, il est donc moins cher que de payer l’entrée de chaque site séparément, même si vous ne les visitez pas tous ! Nous en avons visité 4 et cela a suffi à amortir le prix du boleto de 16 sites. Mais il n’est valide que 10 jours donc organisez-vous bien ! Il y a d’autres formules avec moins de sites et moins de jours, si vous n’êtes pas là longtemps. Pour tous les détails, consultez le site officiel: https://cosituc.gob.pe/tarifario/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/802fb0e9-a9e6-4d50-87d8-1cce0026975a/Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 1 – Free walking tour De nombreuses villes au Pérou offrent des tours à pied gratuit (l’idée est de donner un pourboire au guide à la fin selon votre appréciation du tour). Je conseille de regarder en ligne à l’avance (il y a parfois plusieurs compagnies offrant ce service) surtout pour être sûr du point de rendez-vous initial, et de réserver vos places (gratuitement). Nous avons marché un peu plus de deux heures, au départ de la Plaza de Armas (place centrale de la ville), et en finissant dans le quartier voisin de de San Blas. Sans le guide, nous n’aurions pas vu la pierre inca aux 12 facettes, nous serions passé à côté de Kusicancha (site archéologique en plein centre-ville qui préserve des ruines montrant l’organisation originale des maisons dans la ville inca), nous aurions moins appris sur l’histoire de la ville à l’époque des Incas et des Espagnols, etc. Pour voir notre expérience du Free Walking Tour à Cusco, cliquez ici ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a179df72-5f0d-4d7a-9d59-d6d990fa034c/Qorikancha.PNG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 2 – Qorikancha Qorikancha est un musée bâti sur les restes d’un monastère qui avait lui-même été bâti sur un site religieux inca. Vous pourrez voir des pierres originelles du temple du soleil, ainsi que le monastère bâti sur celles-ci. Le musée a aussi une partie consacrée aux œuvres d’art dominicaines et une jolie cour intérieure. Plusieurs œuvres du musée explorent et expliquent la vision inca de l’astronomie et le lien entre astronomie et architecture inca. N’oubliez pas d’explorer les jardins ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/990ce43b-adc7-4fda-96b1-9e560a5cca30/Saqsaywam%C3%A1n.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 3 – Site archéologique Saqsaywamán Ce site est situé à seulement un peu plus d’un kilomètre de la Plaza de Armas à pied, mais je vous conseille de prendre un taxi pour y aller (ça monte !) et de marcher pour redescendre en ville. Encore une fois, je recommande fortement un guide qui pourra vous parler de l’histoire et de la signification du site (politique, avec le trône inca, mais aussi religieuse) pour les Incas, vous indiquer des pierres en forme de llama et de patte de puma (facile de passer à côté si on ne sait pas où regarder), ou encore vous faire passer par un tunnel liant deux sections du site. N’oubliez pas de demander à voir une photo du site prise d’en haut, vous verrez qu’il a la forme d’une tête de puma (les murs en zigzag sont ses dents) … et Cusco était censé être le corps du puma ! Attention, selon la saison et l’heure où vous visitez ce site, sachez qu’il y a très peu d’ombre. Mais depuis Saqsaywamán, vous aurez une vue phénoménale sur Cusco ! Pour voir notre visite de ce site, c’est ici ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d5b7edb2-7ec1-4053-a917-83300dadf26d/Mus%C3%A9e+de+la+coca.JPG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 4 – Museo de la coca Un musée petit mais intéressant qui porte un regard différent sur l’utilisation de la feuille de coca. Tout en reconnaissant que son utilisation a été néfaste pour certains, ce musée met en valeur la façon dont les Incas l’utilisaient dans le passé, et dont certains locaux l’utilisent encore comme stimulant (similaire à la caféine) et pour lutter contre le mal de l’altitude. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/02c84a49-db32-40e7-9c25-21ec3506517c/Museo+Inca.jpg Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 5 – Museo InKa Un autre musée qui est relativement petit mais intéressant et peu cher. Il est situé tout près de la Plaza de Armas. Les photos ne sont pas autorisées à l’intérieur, mais vous pouvez voir l’entrée sur ma photo à gauche. Ce musée parle de l’histoire et de l’architecture inca, montre des céramiques traditionelles, présente certaines techniques médicales utilisées à l’époque, et inclue aussi des œuvres d’art incas (y compris textiles). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ee2f846a-9c25-4653-8276-3ad1cec701b3/Cuisine+locale.PNG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 6 – Déguster des plats locaux Direction le coin vegan pour mon article sur les meilleures options végétaliennes de Cusco : cliquez ici pour découvrir où trouver les boissons locales chicha morada et pisco sour (sans blanc d’œuf !), savourer des ceviche, et goûter au tacu tacu ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6f7ac63e-db1e-4ed7-b4df-29e76dd52f8e/Procession+6.PNG Pérou - Que faire à Cusco? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - 7 – Procession religieuse Si vous êtes à Cusco un dimanche matin, explorez la Plaza de Armas car il y a très souvent des processions religieuses partant de la cathédrale et faisant le tour de la place. Les processions sont toujours pleines de couleurs, de musique, de vie et de joie ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/arequipa monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/lima monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/barranco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/museo+santuarios+andinos monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/la+recoleta monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/casa+museo+vargas+llosa monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perou/tag/miraflores monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels daily 0.75 2026-02-02 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/5-must-try-activities-in-valladolid monthly 0.5 2023-12-12 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a92e0872-9726-4d14-b99b-93ad3d27662d/FreeWalkingTourValladolid.JPG Mexico - Valladolid: 5 Must-Try Activities - Take a Free Walking Tour We explored the city with Free Walking Tour Valladolid (check out their Instagram for info). They have tours in the morning (which include the market) and evening (at 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m.). I recommend the last tour, which explores the square, the cathedral, and the Calzada de los Frailones, and finishes at the former convent of San Bernardino de Siena, just in time to see the light and sound show! The guide can give you recommendations for restaurants and activities, as well as tons of history about the city. If you have time, you can even put your math skills to the test by learning to count with the Mayan numeral system. It’s tough! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3898f79e-0562-4c15-9b52-035b7ade440f/page0+3.JPG Mexico - Valladolid: 5 Must-Try Activities - Explore the Central Square The central square is the heart of the city. Here you’ll find tourists and locals alike. It has many uses, and can serve as a landmark for getting around. There are concerts with traditional dancing (both Mayan and more contemporary) at different times throughout the day, and it’s decorated based on the season. Sit on one of the many benches to people-watch, rest between activities, or enjoy an ice cream! But there’s lots outside of the square, too! Surrounding the square, you’ll find the cathedral, municipal palace (or city hall) – which you can visit for free, and see four paintings recounting the history of the city – and many souvenir shops, street vendors, a library, and much more! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4c4a409c-92d1-4ec3-86d9-3adffad7e67c/page0+2.JPG Mexico - Valladolid: 5 Must-Try Activities - Visit a Cenote A cenote is a large natural water well where you can swim among the plants and fish! Yucatán is full of them. Cenotes are either closed, semi-open, or open. There’s even a cenote right in Valladolid, called Zaci (the Mayan name of the city), close to the square and the market. Unfortunately this cenote was closed for renovations during our first visit in December 2022. However, there are many others not far from the city, including two – Samulá and Xkeken – which are easy to get to by bike, thanks to the bikeable path that goes right past them! The tour group MexiGo Tours offers day cycling trips to visit these cenotes. Check out my video of this activity here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3a191f24-7c54-47bf-b1db-bd13d1ba6163/page0+4.JPG Mexico - Valladolid: 5 Must-Try Activities - Walk Around Casa de los Venados Located near the central square, Casa de los Venados is a museum in an architecturally interesting private home. Two art collectors from the United States collected works (sculptures, paintings, and other art) from all over Mexico here. Guided visits are offered in English and Spanish, and a suggested donation of 100 pesos at the end is well deserved. I was happily surprised by this house and its unusual collection. The art is interesting, strange, and intriguing all at once! The visit takes about an hour and is really worth your time. Check the museum hours here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c4fddc03-8981-4951-9287-b54d059f17ef/page0.JPG Mexico - Valladolid: 5 Must-Try Activities - Eat the Local Food Yucatán has several specialties – many of them of Mayan origin, including Sikil P’ak (like hummus, but made with pumpkin seeds… delicious) and salbutes, a fried puffed tortilla with all sorts of amazing toppings. Traditional tortillas for tacos are made from corn (not flour), and a traditional Mexican breakfast is a dish called chilaquiles. Check out my specific Valladolid restaurant recommendations here! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/todossantosmusttry monthly 0.5 2023-05-08 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cf0bf650-b588-4e22-b38d-0c42da56ceb8/IMG_9774.PNG Mexico - Todos Santos: 5 Must-Try Activities! - 1– Walk around town The town has two main roads that are parallel to each other, with smaller streets connecting them. Here, you’ll find tons of restaurants, souvenir shops, art galleries, and surf shops. You can easily get around on foot. Don’t forget to go all the way to the main square on the north side of town to do the full tour! Note that the center of town is not on the ocean, so you’ll need to walk about 15 minutes to reach the water. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ce62e007-6f4b-47da-8b2b-49e7ac751012/IMG_8898.jpg Mexico - Todos Santos: 5 Must-Try Activities! - 2– Take a surf lesson Just south of Todos Santos, Los Cerritos beach is a perfect surf spot for beginners. Many instructors are available to help surfers of all ages. You won’t feel alone or intimidated, even though more experienced surfers (also of all ages) also come to catch the waves at this same beach. I recommend Todos Santos Surf Shop to get all the equipment you’ll need. They can also organize transportation from Todos Santos to Los Cerritos (about 20 minutes) for a few additional pesos. Lessons happen in the morning and last about two hours. Keep in mind that spending so much time on the waves can be tiring – bring a snack or lunch so you can eat on the beach after your lesson! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6db5d4e7-eaa9-4552-b309-e2df4ada18af/page0.JPG Mexico - Todos Santos: 5 Must-Try Activities! - 3– Release turtle hatchlings Todos Santos is a popular spot for releasing turtle hatchlings, and there are different species throughout the season from December to June. This is a truly magical, heartwarming experience! The organization that works with the turtles is called Tortugueros Las Playitas, and they post frequent updates on their Facebook page. If you have any questions, most taxi drivers can help you find it, or at least know how to get information. Due to the pandemic, on our most recent trip in January 2022, we weren’t able to participate in releasing the turtles, but we were allowed to watch. Still, it is really special to see. You’ll need to walk or take a taxi to get to the beach where this activity takes place just before sunset. Bring a picnic or refreshments to enjoy the beach and sunset after the turtles are released. You just might see rays jumping from the ocean! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e100d49d-f69c-419e-a13e-59914e81b0f8/IMG_8878+copy.JPG Mexico - Todos Santos: 5 Must-Try Activities! - 4– Hike along the Pacific Ocean South of town, large bluffs overlook the ocean. You can walk along the coast among the cacti and boulders! After ascending from the beach level, the trail is pretty easy. If you want a guide to help you learn more about the flora and fauna, as well as the history of the town, several operators in town offer half-day hikes. The best trails don’t have direct access from town, so a guide can help you with transportation to a better starting point. With some luck, you’ll see turtles, sea lions, and even whales breaching. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/72c9554c-90c0-4bed-9877-351140b98263/IMG_9781.JPG Mexico - Todos Santos: 5 Must-Try Activities! - 5– hike in the la Sierra de la Laguna Further inland, the Sierra de la Laguna Biosphere Reserve offers multiple trail options for hikes. Thanks to our guide from Todos Santos Eco Adventures, we had no trouble getting there and staying on trail. We also learned more about the history of the region and the small number of people who continue to live in this mountain range. You’ll see many kinds of trees and cacti… and you might have a chance to dip your feet in a watering hole or waterfall! To see what an adventure in the Sierra de la Laguna looks like, watch this video! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/lapazmusttry monthly 0.5 2024-06-25 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/dd3e3eca-11db-49a2-bb19-1149d73899e7/page0.JPG Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - 1 – Explore the Malecón The first thing you should do when you arrive is walk along the Malecón, a waterfront promenade. The busiest section is a couple of miles long, with a bike path on one side and the Gulf of California (previously known as the Sea of Cortez) on the other! The Malecón is dotted with many modern sculptures. You can use these as landmarks to come back to a certain restaurant you want to check out, or to remember where to turn to get back to your hotel! There’s a busy road next to the Malecón, and it can be loud from time to time. But my favorite thing about the Malecón is that it’s not just for tourists. Locals come here to stroll, get ice cream, take their kids to the playground, or sit on a bench and people-watch, just like the visitors! You’ll see many people around the Malecón at all times of the day and late into the night—it’s really safe. People come here to run, bike, skateboard, and roller skate… and you’ll even see some less common modes of transportation (check out this video to see what I mean)! Rental companies along the Malecón have bikes, scooters, and more. There are also souvenir shops and plenty of restaurants and cafés. Tour operators—both with and without physical storefronts—offer just about any kind of adventure you’re up for, whether that’s swimming with sea lions, checking out the nearby towns, or going on an ATV tour. You can even… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/417b289f-95eb-418d-a27c-616b96e032cb/Whale+sharks.JPG Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - 2 – Swim with whale sharks The Bay of La Paz is full of plankton, so it’s a prime location for juvenile whale sharks to feed. Multiple tour operators and individual guides are set up along the Malecón and offer half-day excursions with wetsuits, masks, snorkels, and fins provided. In my experience, they all offer about the same service, for around the same price (1,200 pesos per person, as of December 2021). Choose a sunny day if possible so you have the best visibility in the water. The only variables here are your guide and your excursion companions. On my last excursion, our guide was Héctor (@bajapelagica), who is really knowledgeable on the subject and was a great guide for us in the water. Don’t forget to tip your guide and boat captain! Swimming with whale sharks is a truly unforgettable experience. If you come in the peak season (October through May), it’s a must-do activity. You’ll want to bring a waterproof camera, a waterproof case for your phone, or a GoPro! Want to see what this looks like? Check out the video from my excursion in December 2021. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/448b4a50-a48e-40b8-ba1f-c74000934411/murales.JPG Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - 3 – Check out the murals There’s more to La Paz than the Malecón! Wander the streets and alleyways around town to get lost for a bit. You’re sure to find restaurants and cafés, but you can also check out lots of murals! The blocks around the shopping area are safe, but watch your step as the sidewalks and steps can be uneven, and there are some holes and cracks. Many murals feature local flora and fauna or Indigenous people, and oftentimes they include an eco-conscious message. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/23f5e98b-5b4e-4dfb-9af3-e742448f5d9e/catedral.jpg Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - 4 – Explore the Centro Histórico Around the Jardín Velasco you’ll find the Catedral de Nuestra Señora de La Paz, the art museum, and many restaurants and cafés. There’s also a large pharmacy and a book and stationery shop. The regional national history museum is five blocks east of here. It’s a bit far from the Malecón and it’s not very big, but it’s worth a visit if you have time. The museum features three main sections: the Baja California Peninsula’s natural history (geology, populations, and animals), the peninsula’s archeology (cave paintings), and the arrival of Spanish missionaries and Mexican independence. There’s also a temporary exhibition hall near the museum entrance, which often features more contemporary works. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4d57837a-6249-4274-b842-de48fc19d4f4/Red+Egret.JPG Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - 6 – Birdwatch! With La Paz being on the ocean, you can spot lots of seabird species (frigatebirds, brown pelicans, herons, and more) from the Malecón. But also keep your eyes peeled when you’re at the park and even in your hotel’s garden to see hummingbirds, orioles, and cactus wrens. And if these names are unfamiliar to you, just know that they’re all beautiful and you don’t have to be an expert to enjoy birdwatching! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ee7cc415-0471-46a5-9e24-8148ff992df4/IMG_8780.jpg Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - 7 – Watch the sunset Remember, you’re on vacation! Take the time one evening to relax on a bench or on the patio of your Airbnb and let yourself be mesmerized by the bright colors of the La Paz sunset. Even though the city is on the east side of the peninsula, the bay gives you a view to the west. Soak it up! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f480c76d-ae55-49b5-bef5-0018273eee6f/IMG_8473.JPG Mexico - La Paz - 7 must-try activities - BONUS tip: Visit Isla Espíritu Santo! In my opinion, the best way to explore this island is on a kayak trip. Your motorboat ride from La Paz to the island will take around 45 minutes, depending on your exact destination on the island. You can admire the coastal geology from your kayak, and depending on the weather you can even venture inland for a hike! Baja Outdoor Activities (www.kayactivities.com) offers trips ranging from one day to one week (to go around the whole island!) with excellent English- and Spanish-speaking guides and great vibes. If you have some kayak experience (even at the beginner level), this is a perfect activity for you! Want to see what this adventure looks like? Check out my recap video from my 6 days spent on the island in December 2021. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/calzada+de+los+frailes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/mexico monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/casa+de+los+venados monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/valladolid monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/mexique monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/cenote monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-travels/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan daily 0.75 2024-07-06 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/merida monthly 0.5 2024-07-06 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e17a1a19-e54b-4678-bf5b-30853bbea3e9/Vegan%2C+Inc.jpg Mexico - Vegan in Mérida - Casa AüA (formerly Vegan, Inc.) Located near the southern end of the Paseo de Montejo, Vegan, Inc. is one of those vegan restaurants where the whole menu is appealing, and you want to try everything. As you can guess from the number of photos included here, we went back several times, and every single time it was delicious and well worth the price. Presentation was great, taste was superb, staff was very friendly and answered all our questions. The kind of place that makes me wish I lived in Mérida just so I could eat there all the time! To continue salivating, check out their Instagram page. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/691d1cb4-bf95-43cd-828d-54f6f188a521/Museo+de+la+Gastronomia+Yucateca.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Mérida - Museo de la gastronomia Yucateca It was such a great surprise to see so many vegan options in this restaurant that specializes in specialties from the Yucatán region. Many times, while on the main plaza, I heard street vendors shout “kibis, kibis”, and here I was finally able to try the vegan version of this Lebanese inspired dish made from cracked wheat (with a habanero pepper twist for this local version). Squash is also traditional in Yucatán and they serve a stuffed squash that was delightful. We didn’t get to explore the museum part of it, but the outdoor patio was a beautiful setting for a beautiful meal. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/994d08d0-0ae3-4b0a-a86a-b85b9b12db96/Te+extran%CC%83o%2C+te+extran%CC%83o.jpg Mexico - Vegan in Mérida - Te extraño, te extraño Located in an indoor courtyard near Parque de Santa Ana, this restaurant has two main rooms on top of outdoor seating, and really tasty vegan options. Pictured here are the sikil pak (a traditional dip similar to hummus but made with pumpkin seeds), the “Te quiero verde” (avocado toast) and the hummus. However, the menu changes often, so check out their Instagram if you have questions before going. Make sure to finish your meal… there are inspirational quotes on the plates underneath your food… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9fbb2fcd-121c-421a-a5ca-61caf0303a7f/Marago.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Mérida - Marago Coffee With several locations in town, this café offers many vegan beverages and a couple of vegan food items. If you miss peanut butter during your Mexican vacation, this is the place for you! I had the Peanut Butter toast with fruits and it hit the spot! The Paseo de Montejo location is great for a quick breakfast before a long walk on the boulevard. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a70c5cf0-073d-4dea-9713-892081bd45f1/Baretto.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Mérida - Baretto If you’re craving a more “French” breakfast, the croissants at Baretto are vegan! This small espresso bar is located on the corner of Calle 56 and Calle 47, has excellent coffee, and also offers a very flavorful baba ganoush salad that comes with a “pan de semillas”, a patty made from seeds. It sounds strange but it tasted very good and its crunchiness paired perfectly with the creamy baba ganoush. For more info, check out their Instagram page. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4cfabbcd-4304-4a0e-840c-f89f2cdf2f7d/Crush+Me%CC%81rida.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Mérida - Crush Mérida For fast food lovers, this is the place! This 100% vegan restaurant has nachos but also burgers and wraps, and delicious fries! If you go for breakfast, you can have a quesadilla or a vegan version of the traditional Mexican Breakfast dish called chilaquiles. Located on the busy Calle 60, it’s a perfect place to recharge after having walked all day! The drinks are tasty, and the outdoor location is very attractive. They often have concerts in the evening, so check out their Instagram page for more up-to-date info! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/vegan-in-valladolid-yucatan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7f916428-a2de-4cf2-9c39-146a07102da8/Le%27+Kaat.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Valladolid - Yucatán - Le’ Kaat We loved this place so much we went three times during our five day stay in Valladolid. We just had to try their breakfast, lunch and dinner foods! This beautiful restaurant is 100% vegetarian with many absolutely delicious vegan options. The salads were refreshing and colorful as well as filling, their tacos very tasty and the chocolate brownie dessert heavenly! They have a beautiful garden but also a covered area with fans for when it gets hot. You might even see a lizard in the garden! Le’ Kaat is located on Calzada de los Frailes, between the main plaza and the old San Bernardino convent. Check out their Instagram page to start salivating! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f4ae3f67-8e6d-467e-9bfa-785c2547d794/Elela+Vegan.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Valladolid - Yucatán - Elela Maya All vegan and organic, this small restaurant is conveniently located in front of the old San Bernardino convent so you can catch the light and sound show after dinner! (9pm in Spanish, 9:30pm in English). The drinks and food were delicious (lots of local vegetables!) and so were the desserts! Pictured here are the Tortilla Española (traditional eggs replaced by a mixture of chickpeas and corn flour) and the Salbutes Elela. It’s a small place, so go with some time to wait if it’s full, it’s worth it! Check out their instagram page to start dreaming! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d0fe9cce-0cc6-412b-8a9d-fc6fea26afce/Burrito+Amor.jpg Mexico - Vegan in Valladolid - Yucatán - Burrito Amor Despite what travelers from the United States might think, burritos are not a typical Mexican food. However, located next to the Calendaria church and park, this cozy eatery serves burritos… and more! Pictured here are the vegan burrito and the vegan Mexican salad. Both were excellent! There is a section of the restaurant that is a garden and another that is covered. This place also sells art. The staff was very friendly and vegan items are clearly identified on the menu. Note that no alcohol is served in this restaurant. Check out their website to see the full menu. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/569a37c9-2555-4c0f-97e2-90f83ff1688d/Hu%CC%88per.JPG Mexico - Vegan in Valladolid - Yucatán - Hüper If you crave a sandwich or wrap while walking the hot streets of Valladolid, this is the place for you. The restaurant is a. stone building with very high ceilings and many fans, which keeps the temperature inside cool. There are a couple of vegan items on the menu, but you can ask for the veggie sandwich without cheese and make it vegan! The smoothies were excellent too, and served with an optional biodegradable straw. Here is their Instagram page. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/vegan-in-cancun-downtown monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/558d437d-0ad7-4039-85ed-71d39b03afdd/Bao+vegan.jpg Mexico - Vegan in Cancún - downtown - Bao vegan Had an exquisite dinner at Bao vegan, a 100% vegan restaurant located about 12 minutes from the downtown ADO bus station. The staff was very friendly and answered all of our questions (the chorizo is made from chickpeas; the cheese and cream from a mix of nuts and tofu). The drinks were very refreshing, the presentation of the food great and everything we ordered tasted great. Pictured here are the hummus with chipotle, the veggie tacos and the enmoladas. The drinks are a mocha frappé and a passion fruit water. Each entrée was about 5 dollars. Don’t forget to tip (usually between 10 and 15%)! Check out their Instagram page for more info! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ff6a59ab-9361-4197-8129-c8f49116af43/Sirena+Morena.jpg Mexico - Vegan in Cancún - downtown - Sirena Morena It was hard to find this restaurant (the entrance was hidden behind parked cars) but definitely worth it! Had a delicious and filling breakfast of vegan French toast (about 8.5 dollars) in a beautiful and cosy garden setting. This place is about ten minutes from the ADO bus station, so perfect if you’re just getting to town or to eat before a long bus ride. Everything is vegetarian, with many and clearly labeled vegan options! To see the full menu, click here: https://linktr.ee/sirenamorena https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/veganlapaz monthly 0.5 2023-08-27 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3197e51e-74f6-4a6e-a1d6-73761aa590b2/Mango+Blues.JPG Mexico - Vegan in La Paz, Baja California - Mango Blues: A 100% vegan restaurant! Everything is vegan, everything is delicious, and nothing is expensive. But you’ll want to order a lot! In USD equivalents, tacos are $0.72 and quesadillas (with potato-based cheese… really unique !) are $1.44. All the tacos have the same soy base, except for one with mushrooms, and then the toppings change. Save room for dessert, which changes daily. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b99f7532-7c07-4a32-af90-9eea36412cbc/Capuchino.JPG Mexico - Vegan in La Paz, Baja California - Capuchino: The best chilaquiles in town! Chilaquiles are a traditional breakfast dish. However, this restaurant offers delicious options for any meal: falafel as a burger or salad, tacos, plantains, and more. Take your time exploring the menu! Vegan options are clearly marked, and it’s easy to substitute vegan cheese instead of traditional cheese in many of the dishes. This large restaurant has both indoor and outdoor tables. In the evenings, the outdoor space is transformed into a performance area, with music, theater, and open mic events. If you go for an event, make sure to get there early so you can order without having to wait too long. The space fills up fast! As an example, our breakfast order of two chilaquiles, two coffees, and one juice cost 20 dollars. https://capuchino.mx https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1e5e3d5e-b026-4c62-a127-de833a274135/Nomada.JPG Mexico - Vegan in La Paz, Baja California - Nomada: Organic food! This little restaurant is centrally located, just across from Doce Cuarenta—my favorite café. The organic menu features many vegan options and house-made juices, like pineapple basil. There are a few tables outside, and more indoors. There’s also a small grocery section inside, in case you’d like some ingredients to cook at your hostel or Airbnb! As an example, our lunch for two consisting of one shared appetizer, two entrées, and two drinks cost 22 dollars. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/851c7ec1-583f-406f-821f-b64581181020/Dulce+Romero.JPG Mexico - Vegan in La Paz, Baja California - Dulce Romero: A few delicious choices! The vegan options at this restaurant are tasty, even though there’s only a few. I recommend the quinoa salad, the Mediterranean pita (without the feta and tzatziki sauce), the vegan bruschetta, and the vegetarian ciabatta (without the cheese). This restaurant has a really nice atmosphere, and it’s only two blocks from the Malecón. https://dulceromero.mx https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7f3d7c24-79ce-4c72-8a1b-18591ac6fad9/Hambrusia.JPG Mexico - Vegan in La Paz, Baja California - Hambrusia: tacos on the Malecón ! Hambrusia has a wide variety of tacos. One is already vegan, and several have a little cheese as a garnish that can be easily removed. Our server also offered to substitute some ingredients with mushrooms, which gave us even more options! Just as a side note, we also found the best margaritas at Hambrusia… https://www.hambrusia.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/merida monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/museo+de+la+gastronomia+yucateca monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/la+paz monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/le%27+kaat monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/elela monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/marago+coffee monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/vegan+inc. monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/bao+vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/cancun monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/baja monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/m%C3%A9rida monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/te+extra%C3%B1o monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/burrito+amor monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/baretto monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/h%C3%BCper monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/valladolid monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/capuchino monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/sirena+morena monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/baja+california monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/mexico monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/crush+m%C3%A9rida monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/canc%C3%BAn monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/yucat%C3%A1n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexico-vegan/tag/yucatan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru daily 0.75 2025-10-01 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/best-day-trips-from-cusco monthly 0.5 2025-10-01 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d1d72fdd-62e1-4399-b161-d8d17b4f0b1b/IMG_1574+copy.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out Going down in to the Sacred Valley https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ab21f5cf-6d95-4f8c-9d90-75016200041e/IMG_0914+copy.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out View of the Red Valley, from the top of Vinicunca. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f1e1c3d3-fd7f-4c5a-8d84-dc21886eced8/IMG_9460.jpg Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Vinicunca At 17,100 ft (5 200m), Vinicunca is the highest mountain I’ve been to. To visit it, buses leave Cusco very early, and after a breakfast stop and some more time in the bus, you get to the starting point of the hike, which is itself quite at altitude. You guide will give you some advice about the altitude, including covering your ears, using a few drops of Agua de Florida (a blend of alcohol and essential oils) on your hands (to breathe in), and not staying too long at the top. The trail itself in not very difficult, though it can get muddy, but how long it takes you will depend on how in shape you are and how much you feel the altitude. Some people rent horses to do most of the hike. There is one stop with “bathrooms” and people selling snacks. The last part is the steepest and horses can’t get there. It’s also the most crowded, along with the top itself. It's an interesting hike, because even if some of the views from the trail up are nice, you don’t really see any of the colors until you get some elevation and turn around. The best views are from the top. To go back, you can choose to do the same trail, or take an alternative route through the Red Valley (you might need to pay a fee to enter the locals’ lands), which is what my husband did, but I was tired and was told it was more difficult than just going back down directly. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/04c21542-cfae-49c5-972f-b5d2a6a4c88f/IMG_0945.jpg Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out My husband and some others from our bus returned to the starting point of our hike through the Red Valley. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4fc8a625-ea74-47aa-893f-1596208654ec/IMG_9415.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Pisaq The first stop on our tour of the Sacred Valley was the archeological site of Pisaq, where you can wander and visit the ruins, observe the architecture and the fountains, as well as see the former place where people used to be buried. There are several levels, and we were able to walk for a while and explore on our own after an introduction to the site from our guide. I was glad our bus arrived there early, as it was crowded when we left. It was also nice to see some Peruvian school groups there! We didn’t visit the town or market, and instead got back in the bus towards our next destination: Ollantaytambo! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/462d424a-f944-4fa9-a9a1-10347e5ed4b5/IMG_4990.jpeg Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out View of the valley from Ollantaytambo. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3537ef3e-f7bf-4d5f-bc99-4437c37b9445/Ollantaytambo.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Ollantaytambo I think this was my favorite site of the day! It was neat to walk these ruins, although some sections are quite steep, see the different areas of the site, and the views from there on the valley and mountains across the town. The ruins are more carved into the mountains than at Pisaq, it was impressive! We observed the arrangement or rocks, the guide explaining how some small rocks were placed under big rocks so that in case of earthquake the small rocks would move but not the big one. On the mountain across, you can also see some openings to caves where the Inca people stored food, as the temperatures inside the mountain were much cooler than outside. There were a lot of tourists there, and a lot of people vending souvenirs near the entrance. Despite the high number of people, it was still pleasant to walk around. It’s a big site! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/861cd407-ca15-4eda-a878-fd9018423ae7/IMG_1769+copy.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out Different items used to dye wool different colors, in Chinchero. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/39990917-8b05-4eb7-9078-e7894d5e1b87/IMG_9454.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Chinchero On the drive back to Cusco, we stopped in a village called Chinchero, known for its textiles. We visited one of the artisan shops and a woman showed us what they use to dye the wool of the alpaca before weaving it: some plants for green, bugs for red, purple corn for purple etc. It was interesting to hear her talk about this tradition and to see a demonstration of the dyeing and of the weaving. We then were able to buy items made right there: I bought a purse (that I still use five years later!) and a run for the living room table. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bae29933-9d14-434f-8686-98cd242103d1/IMG_1783+copy.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out In the streets of Chinchero. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4c92a47a-45df-49d3-9fb3-c25f7bd49c66/Moray.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Moray The archeological site of Moray is really interesting and quite unique. It consists of several circular terrasses with different elevations, where it is believed agricultural experiments took place. There is a different elevation for each terrasse and temperature, so different food would grow on different levels. There is a path that goes around the site, where you can walk and observe the levels as well as the steps built in the walls to go from one level to the next and admire the ingenuity of the people who used these sites. The mountains around it are beautiful too! To see a video of the tour from our November 2019 visit to Moray and Maras, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/63a0b820-bb11-45ea-b7ef-7728a0015758/IMG_1867+copy.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Make it stand out View on the outskirts of the Moray archeological site. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0dd05107-2861-49ad-92cf-f3684113e722/IMG_9181.JPG Peru - Best Day Trips from Cusco - Maras If you are doing a tour of Moray, the next step is usually Maras and its truly spectacular salt mines. You see the white of them from afar coming down into the valley and slowly get to see the shapes more specifically. You can’t walk in the ponds’ area anymore, but you can still see where the water comes out of the mountain and how it is distributed to different ponds. They have different colors depending on how long the salt has been in them. If you’re lucky you’ll see locals walk around and collect it! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/limamusttry monthly 0.5 2024-01-31 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/94e80772-2b82-4ee6-a5bd-5c4d91b0050c/IMG_5312.jpeg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Plaza San Martín, downtown Lima. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/80b64358-eb84-497f-bd68-3383a4adb6a8/IMG_7177.jpg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Sculptures seen on the Barranco Free Walking Tour. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9ba9bdca-dcb7-46e0-a301-2ec3a091cf4f/Barranco.jpg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Barranco neighborhood The Barranco neighborhood is the Arts District of Lima, and there are murals everywhere! We did a Free Walking Tour that I would highly recommend to see some of the most interesting murals, walk across the Bridge of Sighs and learn more about the history of the neighborhood as well as some of the artists who did the murals. There are some very old murals that show signs of age, and some very recent ones, but they are all interesting and depict different facets of Peruvian life and its peoples. Be aware there are many stairs in this tour. To see a video of this tour, shot in 2019, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/85d0fa0c-5d8f-4ea8-9253-0f372a4d20a0/IMG_7174.jpg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out The Virgen Milagrosa church, Huaca Pucllana, and Parque 7 junio, in Miralfores https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4bd7a5e4-2130-40ee-8f4d-c74b4a0f3f82/Miraflores.jpg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Miraflores neighborhood Miraflores is an interesting and varied neighborhood. There’s an upscale shopping mall, but you can still find reasonable accommodations at hostels, and get to enjoy the shopping district and many restaurants in the area. The ruins of a pre-Inca temple, Huaca Pucllana, are located in Miraflores, but not included in the tour. There is the Indian Market and the Larcomar shopping mall, giving you two very different shopping experiences. You can also check out Iglesia Virgen Milagrosa as well as the Parque del Amor. If you love cats, check out Parque 7 junio, which has interesting sculptures, and Parque Kennedy, where you can see several sculptures and eat street food, but also where lots of cats just hang out and settle in trees to spend the night! If you can, choose the late afternoon tour: it is absolutely worth staying for sunset in Miraflores, as it overlooks on the Pacific Ocean from high up on a cliff (see image below). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1d4d94bb-41fc-44fa-8f1b-cb55e50fe6df/Sunset+in+Miraflores.jpg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Sunset on the coast, from the Miraflores neighborhood. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3e4903ff-34ca-4bbd-b187-98ec15191ab7/Centro.jpg Peru - Lima ~ 3 Must-Try Activities - Free Walking Tour of the Centro As mentioned above, Lima is huge… and we thought the best way to experience the Centro would be with a guide. We took the metro from Miraflores and got to see a lot of the Centro in a short amount of time, and it was great to have the guide explain the history of the area as well as show us many governmental buildings, churches, pedestrian streets, Plazas, and end up at the Parque de la Murralla, where some of the old walls of the city can still be seen. There are definitely a lot of people downtown, tourists and locals: it’s great to have a local guide you through it! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/musttryarequipa monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d85cd783-41f6-4498-8f91-86786a808752/Arequipa+Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Peru - 5 must-try activities in Arequipa - Free Walking Tour As in many cities in Latin America, the Free Walking Tour is really a perfect way to discover the downtown (and sometimes other neighborhoods, such as the bohemian neighborhood of Lima called Barranco and filled with street art). I would suggest you do the free walking tour early in your stay to receive many recommendations from the guides in terms of restaurants, souvenirs shops and activities. They usually last between an hour and a half and two hours, cover the architecture and history of the main noteworthy buildings of downtown (going in if they’re free, and if they’re not, telling you what they’re about so you can decide if you want to come back later). They sometimes include a food component, which was all about chocolate for Arequipa. The city is full of history, colors and beautiful architecture. I especially enjoyed visiting the artisans’ plaza. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1f61ad13-cb2e-437f-a3fd-652b90d178a2/Arequipa+Museo.JPG Peru - 5 must-try activities in Arequipa - Museo Santuarios Andinos Very close to the Plaza de Armas, you can find the Museo Santuarios Andinos. Photography was not allowed, but it was really fascinating. It’s quite small, so you can visit it in about an hour (more if you take a guide and they explain a lot of things), and the main attraction is “Juanita”, an Inca child who was sacrificed and her body later found on the Ampato volcano, mummified similarly to Ötzi in Europe. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/072b3ac7-024a-4242-9af6-2a675e1893c4/IMG_5269+copy.jpeg Peru - 5 must-try activities in Arequipa - Explore the Yanahuara Neighborhood This neighborhood is located about 25 minutes from the Plaza de Armas, which makes for a nice walk, and offers an atmosphere that is really different from the one you will find downtown. It is organized around a small park from where you have a very nice view of the town and of Misti (pictured here). There are often locals selling crafts and souvenirs near the park. If you go to this neighborhood, make sure to check out La Recoleta (see below)! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5f482ee7-f251-449f-a51f-1440d293c66f/La+Recoleta.JPG Peru - 5 must-try activities in Arequipa - Monastery/Museum La Recoleta If you have the time, visit the ancient Monastery turned Museum La Recoleta. It is located about ten minutes from the Plaza de Armas, and you’ll have to cross the Chili river to get to it. You can combine this activity with the exploration of the Yanahuara neighborhood described above, five minutes away. The library was in my opinion the most impressive room, but the inside court is really pretty (you can see hummingbirds) and the museum contains many artefacts from the Inca (like the quipu, a string device used the record information using knots) as well as from the colonial period, including many animals (taxidermy) that were exotic to the Spaniards. Don’t forget to climb to the top of the tower for a striking view of the city and of the Misti volcano! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/36128f56-6dfb-45d1-bfbf-99e227f24db3/Vargas+Llosa.JPG Peru - 5 must-try activities in Arequipa - Casa Museo Vargas Llosa Literature fans will probably benefit from this visit more than others, but know that Vargas Llosa is one of the most famous Peruvian authors and won the Literature Nobel Prize in 2010. This house/museum is 20 minutes away from the Plaza de Armas, presents his life and certain objects belonging to him, such as his typewriters. It also contains a hologram of the author giving his Nobel acceptance speech! And if you want to read one of his books to prepare your trip to Peru, try Aunt Julia and the Scriptwriter! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/musttrycusco monthly 0.5 2024-06-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5e9257c0-b5ac-4aa5-9cf7-7aaea3ca37c4/Boleto+turi%CC%81stico.JPG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - First tip : buy boleto turístico It includes the entrance fees to sixteen sites in and around Cusco, so it’s cheaper that to pay them each separately, even if you don’t visit them all. We visited four and it was enough to pay back the boleto! However, it is only valid for ten days, so get organized! There are other plans with a different number of sites and days of validity, in case you’re not there for very long. Find out the details at the official site: https://cosituc.gob.pe/tarifario/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/22254f64-8fbf-45dc-9bf6-4510463a7ba9/Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Free Walking Tour Many cities in Peru offer Free Walking Tours (the idea is to give a tip to the guide at the end to show your appreciation). I would advise you to look online (there might be several different companies organizing tours) mostly to make sure where the meeting point is. You might be asked to reserve your spot (for free) so they know how many guides they will need. We walked for over two hours, starting at the Plaza de Armas (the central square in town), and finishing in the San Blas neighborhood. Without the guide, we wouldn’t have seen the Inca Stone with 12 sides, we wouldn’t have known to check out Kusicancha (an archeological site right in town that preserves ruins showing the original organization of the houses in the Inca town), we would have learned less about the history of the town in the time of the Inca and then the Spaniards, etc. To see our experience with this Free Walking Tour, click here ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5e107bc0-dfc9-4f7c-aea4-10125a1bd098/Qorikancha.PNG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Qorikancha Qorikancha is a museum built on the ruins of a monastery that had itself been built on the ruins on an Inca religious site. You can see the original stones of the temple of the sun, as well as the monastery build on it. The museum has a section dedicated to Dominican art, and a pretty inside court. Many works in the museum explore and explain the Inca vision of astronomy, and the link between astronomy and Inca architecture. It’s really quite fascinating. Don’t forget to go outside and explore the gardens! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/74e5c783-5ed5-4e9e-87aa-54a5a4669046/Saqsaywama%CC%81n.JPG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Saqsaywamán This site is less than a mile’s walk from the Plaza de Armas, but I would recommend taking a taxi to get there (it’s all uphill!) and then walk back down to town. Again, I’d recommend getting a guide that can explain the history and significance of the site (political, with the Inca throne, but also religious) for the Incas, and show you stones arranged like a llama or like a puma’s paw (easy to miss if you don’t know where to look!), and show you how to use a tunnel to get from one side of the site to the other. There are guides at the entrance, that you can hire. Don’t forget to ask to see a photo of the site from above : you’ll see that it’s built to have the shape of a puma’s head (the zigzagging walls are its teeth)… and the town of Cusco was supposed to be its body! However, be careful at what time of day you visit this site on a sunny day because there is very little shade. But from up in Saqsaywamán you’ll have a phenomenal view of the city below! To see our visit of this site, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d05c12ee-5f5e-4315-b835-f4eb1ab6d76c/Muse%CC%81e+de+la+coca.JPG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Museo de la coca Located in the San Blas neighborhood, the Museo de la coca is a small but interesting museum that sheds a slightly different light on the use of the coca leaf. While acknowledging that its use has been harmful for some, this museum highlights the way the Incas have used the coca leaf in the past, and how some still use it as a stimulant (similar to caffeine) and to fight against altitude sickness. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/10b32426-2bd2-413e-8f45-73cb61840534/Museo+Inca.jpg Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Museo Inka Another small museum, but once again interesting, cheap, and located right by the Plaza de Armas. Photos were not allowed but here is a shot of the entrance of the museum. This museum showcases the history and architecture of the people of Peru pre-Inca through the Inca empire. It includes traditional ceramic pieces, shows some medical techniques used in the past, and features Inca artwork (including textiles) and other artifacts. The museum closes early (4pm), so don’t start too late! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/40898d20-5dd0-41d9-acbc-d1dff922a397/Cuisine+locale.PNG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Try out local dishes Head on over to my Vegan Corner page to read my article on the best vegan options in Cusco : click here to discover where to find delicious local drinks such as “chica morada” and “pisco sour” (without the egg white!), where to enjoy vegan “ceviche” and try some “tacu tacu”! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/73e504f8-a7d4-416c-8016-8e7b770e85ea/Procession+6.PNG Peru - 7 must-try activities in Cusco - Observe a religious procession If you happen to be in Cusco on a Sunday morning, head over to the Plaza de Armas because there often is a religious procession leaving the cathedral there and going around the plaza. The processions are full of joy, music, dance and colors! We were at a café across from the cathedral when it started, and when we asked our waiter about it, they said there’s a procession of some sort most Sundays. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/museo+de+la+coca monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/boleto+turistico monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/arequipa monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/museo+santuarios+andinos monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/yanahuara monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/vinicunca monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/cusco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/Qorikancha monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/peru monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/pisaq monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/ollantaytambo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/centro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/juanita monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/%C3%B6tzi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/cuzco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/museo+inka monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/rainbow+mountain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/lima monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/la+recoleta monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/chinchero monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/miraflores monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/inca monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/barranco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/saqsaywam%C3%A1n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/saqsaywaman monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/casa+museo+vargas+llosa monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/moray monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/misti monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/maras monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/peru/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin daily 0.75 2025-11-02 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/neenah monthly 0.5 2024-06-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/25f34abc-ac70-46e1-8c44-c43a3707f30d/Little+Siam.JPG Wisconsin - Neenah - Little Siam This cute small restaurant has a whole section on their menu with vegan options! After an appetizer of rainbow spring rolls, I tried the amazing curry (I’ll be honest, partly because of the name, partly because it isn’t too spicy), but believe me when I say it really is a-ma-zing! The portion is generous, so I even had enough for leftovers at home (I just added some veggies) and it was great even the next day! They don’t have any vegan desserts… but you can find some just a few doors down at Lawlss coffee! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/767d69a9-9158-469b-9d52-0984b668c61b/Lawlss.JPG Wisconsin - Neenah - Lawlss Coffee Lawlss has many vegan drinks and half their bakery case is usually vegan. Their drinks always contain a small element that is different from other coffee shops… such as lavender in their chai latte for example. I like it! They do a variety of pastries, and it’s not always the same offerings, but I’ve always been happy with the options there! The space there is wide, with some tables inside and some right by the windows. There is also a location in Appleton… https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/wisconsin-dells monthly 0.5 2025-11-02 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0dac94fc-0ea7-4c48-84a8-6cbf559745da/IMG_9030.jpg Wisconsin - Wisconsin Dells - Make it stand out View from the Upper Dells river cruise. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/03d67591-0180-4999-8f97-a7ca48de7b96/Pizza+Lab.JPG Wisconsin - Wisconsin Dells - Pizza Lab This is a “make your own” pizza place, that works like a fast-food restaurant where you pick your toppings while in line. They have vegan cheese and many veggies for toppings… as well as black beans as a protein option! I had never had black beans on a pizza before! You can add a drizzle after it’s cooked, they’re clearly marked vegan: we enjoyed the balsamic glaze. The pizza was made fast and was very good, I only wish they had vegan deserts too! For a full menu (including vegan salad options!!) click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/776c95fb-dac6-4b9f-b15d-88f94b67d3ca/Mexicali+Rose.JPG Wisconsin - Wisconsin Dells - Mexicali Rose (CLOSING NOV2026) The staff at Mexicali Rose was very accommodating and new how to veganize their menu, which I always appreciate. There are several vegetarian options on the menu that you could make vegan, and we chose the cauliflower tacos (minus the slaw), which were very tasty, and we ordered a side of black beans for protein: be aware that the side is huge. I think they gave us a whole can of black beans as a side! We also had guacamole, of course, which was smooth. If you want to give your dishes a little bit more spice, ask for the diablo sauce! One really nice thing about the place too is the patio in the back with view of the lower dells, and despite being near a big intersection, it was quiet back there, maybe because of the sound of the water from the dam. For more info, check out their website here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/wausauvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3f256312-5ddd-44fa-b095-6cfaf6538179/Great+Dane.JPG Wisconsin - Wausau - Great Dane Pub & Brewing Co I was happily surprised with the options and the generous portions at Great Dane. The High Point Harvest Bowl (bottom photo), is already vegan, and the Mediterranean/Falafel Bowl was easily veganized by omitting the feta cheese and tzatziki sauce. The falafel were very well cooked, and paired perfectly with the hummus, the quinoa and the salad. It was fresh, delicious, and nutritious! My drink was a Pomegranate Lemonade and was very tasty. This restaurant is conveniently located close the the highway, and is very large, with comfortable large and small booths, as well as tables and space at the counter. For a full menu, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cacdc3a9-d6ba-4e8c-93c7-62db64cabfeb/Tucknee+Coffee+Co.JPG Wisconsin - Wausau - Tucknee Coffee Company You can’t go wrong by serving Colectivo Coffee! And bonus score for having a vegan breakfast burrito, a soy chorizo burrito, and they also have the option of a bagel with peanut butter. This space is very charming, with lots of light, lots of plants, and lots of people reading books. They have a chalk board where you can leave a message or a drawing, and a gender-neutral bathroom. This coffeeshop is located a few blocks north of the historic downtown of Wausau, and easily accessible from the bus station. For a full menu, location and hours, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/brookfieldvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/71dcd373-f222-4e54-a983-b54dbf7a4b9a/Cafe+Manna.jpg Wisconsin - Brookfield - Cafe Manna This restaurant is all vegetarian with many vegan options. Some items on the menu are already labeled vegan, but many can be made vegan. There is a large dining room inside and an outdoor area for when the weather is nice! Pictured here are the deliciously flavorful Quesadillas (it’s an appetizer, but if you’re not very hungry this could very well be your meal), and the Peace Bowl. This vegan Bowl is $20 but the portion is very generous. It’s a very well-balanced nutritious meal with rice and quinoa, many vegetables and a delicious sauce. It all pairs wonderfully with the crunchy cashews! They have gender neutral bathrooms. For a complete menu, including the weekly specials, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/sheboyganvegan monthly 0.5 2025-08-12 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fccf7d4e-22d8-4b61-ad4f-1087b62cd6da/Field+to+Fork.JPG Wisconsin - Sheboygan - Field to Fork This restaurant, located right downtown, focuses on breakfast and lunch, and is open until 3pm every day except Sundays. There are two vegan items on the lunch menu: a Vegan Bowl and a Vegan Wrap and I had the vegan bowl. It was delicious! I loved the tenderness of the kale mixed with the crunchiness of the pumpkin seeds. It also felt very nutritious with the quinoa, and tasty with the curry coconut dressing. This place was busy even for lunch on a weekday, so be aware you might need to wait or eat at the bar. There is a small section with items for sale, such as pasta and sauces, and two gender-neutral restrooms. For more information, visit their website at https://www.fieldtoforkcafe.com/ https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/vegan-door-county monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bf7ed5e1-8d11-4c6f-9206-a987a8fe6c86/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Door County - Pizza Bros - Egg Harbor This pizzeria is paired with One Barrel Brewing Company, so you can order beer or cider, but also wine or soda to go with your pizza. The breakfast stout is served in a mug, and was really tasty. We made our own pizza with vegan cheese (Violife®) and vegan sausage (Beyond®) and a mix of mushrooms and it was delicious, with a thin crust, the right amount of cheese, the mushrooms cooked well, and the flavorful vegan sausage. I wish they had table service instead of a pizza that comes on a cardboard disk (plastic cutlery optional for salads) and bus your own table. But the food was worth it. The locale is very large, there were lively groups playing games the evening we were there, and the place has a lot of merchandise to sell (t-shirts, stuffed animals, etc.) https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0bc12741-5bfa-408e-a152-6871545a5815/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Door County - Wild Tomato - Fish Creek Probably my favorite place in Door County! They have had options for vegan for many years with vegan cheese (Violife®) and vegan sausage (Beyond®). Make your own or modify one that is one the menu. The pizza is excellent, there is table service, the staff is nice and efficient (even when they’re busy with take out on top of people in the restaurant). They have a wide selection of wines and beers. I also had a “petite” version of the Cherry Walnut salad (ask for no cheese), and it was huge and so crunchy, and I just loved the maple roasted walnuts. The restaurant is located right across from Peninsula State Park, which makes it a great place to recharge after a hike! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/494224c2-5564-4a46-b25b-5df5c00cbc49/Blue+Horse+Beach+Cafe.JPG Wisconsin - Door County - Blue Horse Beach Café This café, located in Fish Creek near Peninsula State Park, is open year-round and has a great view of the lake. There are quite a few vegan options on the menu, I had the Vegan Breakfast Burrito, but they also have a plant-based burger, a soup, and a quinoa carrot salad that looked appetizing. The staff is very nice, and the space is cozy (some seats by the window, some at a long high table, and seating outside when the weather permits). I only wish they didn’t make everything to-go even as many people eat there. There’s a lot of single use plastics and cups. But the food is very good, and I love that they’re open every day. They even have desserts from a gluten-free vegan bakery, such as turtle bars, brownies, and peanut butter bars! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/greenbayvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/95006dbb-68e7-42e8-a8f6-979011b4cea4/Kavarna.JPG Wisconsin - Green Bay - Kavarna Located right downtown Green Bay, only a couple of blocks from the Fox River, Kavarna is a very spacious café/restaurant. They have a couple of vegan food items on the menu, and a couple more than can be made vegan, such as the hummus wrap you can see in the photo. It’s a light wrap so I was grateful for the chips. They have some vegan desserts too, depending on the day. Come to eat, drink, work… or play: they have board games! Check out their website for their hours and a full menu: https://www.kavarna.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/milwaukee monthly 0.5 2024-05-25 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2c7b688a-916a-425a-9724-aefc21289f8d/Beans+%26+Barley.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Beans and Barley The hummus at Beans and Barley is the creamiest I’ve ever had. Located on North Avenue, on theEast Side, this place is perfect for dinner after a movie at the Oriental Theater. It has many vegan options on the menu (like the sweet potato burrito pictured here) but make sure to save some room for dessert because the size of the cake slices is ridiculous! Adjacent to the restaurant (all in the same indoor spot) is a store with many everyday vegan items (food and drinks) as well as a deli (if you’re in a hurry and don’t have time to stay for dinner). On your way out, don’t forget to grab a vegan cookie… or a ridiculously large slice of pie to go! Check out their website for more info: https://beansandbarley.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c79df0c1-451c-4b51-abf6-240210bd8f3b/Beerline.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Beerline Café This is my favorite restaurant in Milwaukee! It’s all vegetarian and there are many vegan options. Pictured here are the loaded nachos, the Ethiopian lentil wrap with a side roasted of asparagus and a special… their specials change often and adapt to the seasons, it’s always interesting to see what they come up with. They also serve crepes, tacos, burgers, omelettes, salads and more! They also have desserts on display (many from East Side Ovens) and many drinks (hot and cold). The owner is so very nice and the whole staff will help with what you need. The restaurant is located on the West side, and it’s easy to go for a walk along the nearby river after your meal ! Check out their website to check their hours and see the full menu: https://beerlinecafe.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/339206a5-1a88-4513-af77-122d46c160c2/BelAir.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Bel Air Cantina Things are pretty simple at Bel Air Cantina: good guac and good tacos! There are quite a few options labeled vegan on the menu, and the staff has always been good about modifying vegetarian times to make them vegan. If you order three tacos you get a side or rice and beans. Ask for black beans to make sure it’s vegan. There are several locations in Milwaukee and the suburbs, but the restaurant on Downer Ave is a perfect choice for dinner after a movie at Downer Theater! Talk about the movie and enjoy vegan tacos! Check out their website for an up-to-date menu and see which location is closest to you: https://belaircantina.com/qr-menu/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a5bb3f4b-7d00-45f1-ad2a-3932785570b5/Cafe+corazo%CC%81n.jpg Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Cafe Corazón You can find great food at Café Corazón and the drinks are really tasty too. This restaurant has many vegan items on their menu, including the ones pictured here: vegan enchiladas and vegan chilaquiles, both with green salsa. Their guacamole is super creamy and their red salsa very flavorful. They offer a variety of vegan protein for you to choose from and customize your meal: soy chorizo, cremini mushrooms and corn, herbed tofu and grilled veggies. They have several locations in Milwaukee, but the décor in the Riverside location is definitely worth a visit! And if you travel the city by bike… this location is on the Beerline Trail. To see the locations and see a full menu, visit https://corazonmilwaukee.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8829e690-2dfe-46be-b821-ccc64078b798/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Comet So happy that Comet café has reopened! Their fries are legendary, many items of their menu are vegan and can be made vegan, so you’ll have to spend a bit of time inspecting the menu. They have some usual items like a vegan scramble and a vegan breakfast burrito, but some unusual items too like vegan chili cheese fries (pictured bottom right) and tofu wings. Also pictured here are the vegan schwarma sandwich, the wedge salad, and the hummus. Check out their full menu here: https://www.thecometcafe.com/lunch-dinner https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/15667594-ed8d-46ea-8214-665c75ba1023/Lafayette+Place.PNG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - The Lafayette Place I have been to this restaurant twice and ordered the same thing because it was so delicious! The Lafayette place is a 100% vegan brunch restaurant located at the corner of N. Farwell Ave and (you guess it!) E. Lafayette Place open Thursday to Sunday from 8:30 am to 2pm. It’s the perfect place to eat out before seeing a movie at the Oriental Theater, or after a morning walk along Lake Michigan or on the Oak Leaf Trail (both very nearby). Pictured here are the Cheesy Hash (a very generous bowl) and the Breakfast Sammie. They serve Anodyne Coffee and have many smoothies that look delicious… but I never have room for them. If you try one, let me know! To see their full menu: https://lafayetteplacemke.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/552c9f3c-bdb4-4016-b8b2-764500c5d656/Stone+Creek+Coffee.jpg Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Stone Creek Coffee If you are looking for a coffeehouse where you can eat and then get some work done while drinking coffee, Stone Creek Coffee is perfect for you! I tend to go to their Downer St. location, which is very large and has outdoor seating, but they have several locations. Downer has several gender neutral bathrooms. For food, they have vegan tacos and you can veganize the Cauliflower Bowl by replacing the egg with mung bean egg, which is also what they use for protein in the tacos. The portions are small, but the food tasted really good. Stone Creek also has many delicious coffee beverages, and sometimes vegan deserts like muffins, so make sure to check their desert options when you go! To check out their locations and see a full menu, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a2d5b81e-7a48-4c11-9977-483a9c6bf352/Strange+Town.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Strange Town Strange Town has a strange name (for a restaurant), and a concept a little different from other places in Milwaukee, and is absolutely worth a visit. It’s a “small plates” 100% plant based restaurant: you order many small dishes to share with your party. Don’t worry too much about how many dishes to order, you can order more as you go if you still feel hungry. The menu changes often, but one thing I can assure you is that everything is delicious. I’ve been there many times and I’ve always loved what I ordered. The place is small and intimate, the light is low, and conversation is easy as there are many sound dampening foam pads on the walls. Which is a good thing because the meal will take some time, as they only bring one or two dishes at a time. So take your time, enjoy your conversation and your food! There is a unisex bathroom, and a 20% gratuity is added to the check to make sure to pay their employees a fair wage. Check out their website for more info: https://www.strangetownmke.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/ripon monthly 0.5 2024-06-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8e61e296-5be0-4901-978d-3a700c5ed313/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - Fox and Crow Bistro My meal at Fox and Crow was simply exquisite. The focaccia was crunchy on the outside and soft on the inside! For our main meal, the chef came to talk to us about vegan options and suggested vegetables with some kind of mole sauce: we were sold at the idea, and the execution was perfect! I wanted to eat every different ingredient separately because everything was so full of flavor: fingerling potatoes, porcini mushrooms, peas, broccoli, dates, sweet potato purée, sprinkled peanuts. Simply put, a delight. Check out their website for more information: https://facbistro.com (Please note: all their pasta have eggs, so a vegan pasta dish is not an option at this time) https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/69725981-51af-404b-bb02-ce8c4df68e4b/Knuth.PNG Wisconsin - Ripon - Knuth Brewing Company (KBC) The pizzas are quite good at Knuth and you can “make your own” vegan one. The crust is really thin and crispy. They have “white” and red pizza… if you skip the cheese on the white pizza, the base will just be olive oil, which I’ve come to really enjoy! Many toppings are available, pictured here if my favorite combo: mushrooms, kalamata olives and basil. The beers brewed in-house are very popular in the area, and you can take a peek at the brewing area in the back of the middle room. Unfortunately, none of the desserts are vegan. But you can have pretzel bites as an appetizer: skip the caramel, careful with the spicy mustard! It’s a very large space and there are games in one of the rooms. Check out their website for more info! http://knuthbrewingcompany.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c0c39bf8-b217-4921-b58a-351f313abb0c/Mugs.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - Mugs (and more) Located right downtown on Watson St. (with some street parking on the street and a free parking lot in the back) Mugs is the main café in town and has non-dairy milk options for fancy drinks, along with a few veganizable items for food. Pictured here are the “hummus wraps” with chips and the “avocado toast” (which is actually two toasts). Both are really tasty. The place itself is really cute and has ample seating, at tables or on couches. And in the winter you can sit by an electric fireplace! Check out their website for more info: http://riponmugs.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3982cc79-b46c-4a78-8b30-d6261ac888a1/IMG_9524.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - Public House Located right downtown (perfect before seeing a movie a the original Marcus theater), Public House has a few vegan and veganizable items. We tried the Tofu Bow (vegan as is)l, which was delicious, and a vegan version of the veggies wrap. I swapped the dressing for a gigner carrot dressing which I loved! The wrap seemed a little small, but the portion of fries was generous. The staff was helpful and knowledgeable about making items on their menu vegan, which is always great. And the margarita was excellent! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/veganappleton monthly 0.5 2024-03-01 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cc030cf6-22ea-4a5f-ab0c-aa5dd1a6ed0f/JBs+arepas.jpg Wisconsin - Appleton - JB’s Arepas So happy to have found arepas in my area! Arepas are a Venezuelan specialty: if a tortilla and a pita had a baby, it would be an arepa. They are stuffed like pitas. Mine had black beans, fried plantains and avocado cream! The owners are very nice and the food was delicious. And if you like it picante, ask for the green salsa. I’ll go back for sure! To learn more about this restaurant: https://jb-arepas.square.site https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c3f96e02-f5d6-4920-bb69-14b1d84da2f2/Lawlss.JPG Wisconsin - Appleton - Lawlss Located downtown, close to Lawrence University, this cafe has delicious vegan pastries (featured left are the mocha brownie and the lemon blondie), friendly staff and nice music. The place looks really good and I was very happy with my drink, a dirty chai with a twist: at Lawlss, they put lavender in the chai! It was a really nice touch, not overpowering but definitely giving my “usual” an edge. Check them out next time you’re downtown Appleton! Here’s their website: https://www.lawlsscoffee.com And their Instagram page: https://www.instagram.com/lawlsscoffee/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7557d38b-c04f-40ea-a1bb-5b6ecefe14f5/Tempest.JPG Wisconsin - Appleton - Tempest Collective Located in the Flats neighborhood, right by the Fox river, Tempest is a cool café with cool vegan treats: all in house baked goods are vegan! Pictured here are a lemon lavender cookie and an Earl Grey Chocolate Chip cookie, next to my favorite drink: a dirty chai with oat milk. Their food menu has a few dishes you can modify to make vegan (the avocado toast for example or the veggie bagel). Pictured here is the already vegan Chickpea smash. The space is large, with all windows facing the river. There are individual tables, a long sharable table and a couch with two armchairs inside, along with ample seating outside (some of it in the shade) for the nicer months. The cafe also has two unisex bathrooms. Don’t miss the opportunity to check out the Newberry Trail nearby! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a87acd01-cc39-456c-8da9-2081baf27124/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Appleton - Ginger Rootz This Asian restaurant in the northern part of Appleton doesn’t have a lot that is vegetarian on their menu, but if you make sure to mention you’re vegan, they can definitely accommodate you. We chose the “make your own noodle bowl”, with different choices of noodles, veggies, sauces and tofu for protein. The original sauces all contain chicken broth, but they can make a delicious coconut milk/curry sauce without it if you ask. Because they made it special, it took a little bit of time for our food to arrive, so take that into consideration. I had chow fun noodles and my husband had udon, with all the veggies: it was good, especially with some extra spice! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e67cc030-3ece-4183-8244-e2673fb76461/Bowl+Ninety-One.JPG Wisconsin - Appleton - Bowl Ninety-One Another Asian restaurant, Bowl Ninety-One is located right downtown on College Avenue, and has several vegan items on their menu. We had the egg roll appetizers (which is labeled vegan, despite the name), the spicy miso ramen bowl (which surprisingly had a decent amount of spice for Wisconsin!), and the vegan pad thai, which is just delicious. As it is right across from the Trout Museum, it would make a perfect location to discussed what you’ve seen at the museum, or a great place to refuel after exploring the Newberry Trail or North Island Trail down by the river. Check out their website here for more info. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4a717be7-edb8-4e7c-a137-4670dbf41942/Urban+Modern+Kitchen.JPG Wisconsin - Appleton - Urban Modern Kitchen Make sure to mention you’re vegan when you go to Urban Modern Kitchen, as they have a separate menu for vegans and vegetarians. The two main vegan entrées are Mexican based: the Vegan Tacos and the Vegan Mexi-Bowl. I wish the vegan cheese had been melted on the tacos, and that the veggies were a little spicier, but you can ask for hot sauce. The Bowl was excellent, with many different flavors in the pico de gallo, the mango salad, and the corn. It all fit well together. The restaurant is really nice and feels spacious, with careful lights and decorations. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6bc3583b-cba6-45d8-87b1-c4bdf7da0593/Sangria%27s.JPG Wisconsin - Appleton - Sangria’s Located on Memorial Drive close College Ave, Sangria’s is surprising right off the bat because it’s a restaurant in a house! The place is huge, and they have different rooms with different color walls, creating little atmospheres throughout the house. When they bring you the chips, salsa and bean dip at the beginning, mention you’re vegan, as the regular bean dip isn’t even vegetarian. They’ll switch it for you. They don’t have anything labeled vegan on the menu, but many items labeled vegetarian contain “vegan ground”, a soy-based meat alternative, so for the burrito or tacos for example, just omit the cheese and it’s vegan! Pictured here are the guacamole (made at the table) and the enchiladas (no vegan ground, just veggies). For the side of rice, the only option for vegans is the Tropical Rice, made with coconut milk (the other options are made with chicken broth). It was surprising, especially with bits of pineapple in it, but in a good way. The food was really good and the staff friendly and accommodating. For a full menu and more info, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ef469628-b4e4-4845-b749-34c919e5cd70/Tipsy+Taco.jpg Wisconsin - Appleton - Tispy Taco & Tequila Bar Across from Sangria’s, another great Mexican restaurant with vegan options. We tried the flight of margaritas: mango, japaleño and cherry, which was good but we didn’t taste much alcohol in them. Nothing on the menu is vegan, but you can ask the waitstaff to omit the dairy, and three of the vegetarian tacos can be made vegan: the Brussel sprouts one, the cauliflower one and the mushroom one. We also tried the Veggie Bowl made vegan, and both the rice and the veggies were very flavorful, even before using the teriyaki sauce on them. It comes with some avocado slices on a bed or arugula, and some roasted asparagus. Delicious! For more info on their hours and a full menu, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a2c3d1e8-11f2-4609-86e6-bd9e05c1e677/Melting+Pot.jpg Wisconsin - Appleton - Melting Pot A vegan fondue available in Wisconsin, “America’s Dairyland”, seemed impossible, but Melting Pot made it happen and I am so grateful! They have a four-course vegan menu, or you can choose à la carte. We skipped the salad and entrée and instead tried the vegan fondue, served with a variety of veggies and breads, and the chocolate fondue, served with a variety of fruits. Both were delicious! The small fondue, perfect for 2 people, is $24, and the chocolate fondue was also $24. It really made for a fun night out, eating something different from the ordinary! Click here to see the full vegan menu. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/veganoshkosh monthly 0.5 2023-12-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4c051d24-f527-49d3-aa6f-c6df3a25570f/New+Moon+Cafe.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh - New Moon Cafe The New Moon is located in a historic building downtown Oshkosh, and has so many beautiful plants it’s a great place to be during seasonal affective disorder time! They have live music, art for sale on the walls, open mics, and many vegan options on their menu! Between the green pepper and the onion, the George is one crunchy vegan wrap! The hummus is not very thick and acts almost as a dressing. If you’re downtown, check them out, they have vegan breakfast bagels, and sandwiches and quesadillas (with hummus!) for lunch and dinner!) Check out their full menu here: http://newmooncafe.com/new-moon-menu-oshkosh-wi/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2da547b5-2109-44aa-88d5-a1a6795cf4ca/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh - Manila Resto Manila is probably my favorite restaurant in town. There are a few vegan options at this Filipino restaurant but I always get the same thing because it’s so very delicious and I can’t quite find it like this elsewhere: the Ginataang Kalabasa (squash in coconut milk with green beans), pictured here. If you have room for starters, you can’t go wrong with the Spring Rolls: super fresh with a delicious peanut sauce. Manila Resto is located right downtown, there’s plenty of street parking nearby, and they have live jazz music playing on Fridays and Saturday featuring John Harmon! Check out their website for more info: https://www.manilaresto.com/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e638d1a5-cb7d-4d40-baf4-7bb9c4ece263/Bar+430.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh - Bar 430 I ended up at this bar/restaurant by chance (another place I wanted to try was closed) but I was so happy when I asked if they had vegan options and they named more than one! The burger was good, and the fries were as crispy as can be. But the most delicious part of the meal was the tacos made with quinoa chorizo: delicious! The “bar” section of the place is quite large and beautiful. It is located right downtown, has seating outside when the weather is nice (right on Main Street) and unisex bathrooms. Check out their website for more info: https://www.bar430.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d3a902e0-1a37-40ca-a041-8820785905da/Gardina%27s.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh - Gardina’s Another restaurant right downtown that can accommodate vegans. Nothing is labeled vegan on the menu, but the staff is always very nice and can help you modify some of dishes: we tried the Farro Caprese Salad (hold the cheese and prosciutto) and pasta with crispy kale, cherry tomatoes and pine nuts. Everything was very tasty! This restaurant has a store in the back with wine, olive oils, kitchen items etc. Don’t forget to check it out! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/veganmadison monthly 0.5 2024-06-24 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4f349504-d57a-48c2-98e7-5f2219e8598d/Dumpling+Haus.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Dumpling Haus (Asian) Located in the Hilldale Shopping Center on Midvale Blvd, this small restaurant has delicious inexpensive vegan options on their menu. Perfect for a quick bite before or after seeing a movie. Pictured left are the veggie wontons and the veggie bao, but they also have noodle dishes. Check out their website for the full menu: https://www.dumplinghaus.com/menu https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c2b6be37-be1c-48fb-96e4-4073cdafb85b/IMG_9745.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Chocolate Shoppe Ice Cream I was so happy to see four different vegan flavors at the Chocolate Shoppe Ice Cream on Atwood! Three are water-based sorbet, I tried the electrifying watermelon (sour but I love it!) and strawberry flavors, but there’s also a lemon one. I’ll have to go back for that ;) My husband had the oat milk based chocolate chip cookie flavor: everything was delicious! The location on Atwood Ave has some seating inside and some outside, right by the bike trail, but there are many locations in town. For a complete list click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2fbe5752-6aed-4958-8a14-7ac0aff7d6db/Tex+Tubb%27s+Taco+Palace.jpg Wisconsin - Madison - Tex Tubb’s Taco Palace So happy with the many many vegan and clearly labeled options at Tex Tubbs’ Taco Palace. This colorful restaurant is located in the Atwood neighborhood and can get quite busy because the food is excellent. Some of the tacos are unusual (fried avocado, squash etc.), cost 4 or 5 dollars each, and the drinks are delicious. There are several burrito options and nachos too. Not to forget dessert: their churros are vegan, served with vegan gelato! Save some room to make sure to include them at the end of your meal! They have gender neutral bathrooms. To see a full menu, click here https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c0ad0e09-bab9-48ab-a974-f45b0f0a28fe/Monty%27s+Blue+Plate+diner.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Monty’s Blue Plate Diner (American) Decorated like a traditional American diner, with a touch of blue, this popular restaurant is located on Atwood Blvd and is often busy, so be prepared to wait. There is a separate vegan menu, many drinks (including ice cream floats) are offered, and the portions are generous. Pictured right are the banana walnut vegan pancakes (made with almond milk) and the “Big Vegan Breakfast” which consists of a tofu scramble, seitan, fries and toast. They also have sandwiches, wraps and a Beyond burger. There are MANY options for dessert… one could stop there just for a slice of vegan pie! Check out their website for the full menu: https://www.montysblueplatediner.com/menus/#vegan-menu https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/94483f43-7892-41b8-b01d-3b2b294e7003/Green+Owl.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - The Green Owl (American) Located in the Atwood neighborhood, this all-vegan restaurant (that has some dairy options) has a wide variety of dishes and many vegan desserts. Since COVID and the change of ownership, they don’t offer table service anymore, and have a stronger focus on to-go order, which means there is more plastic than there used to be. The food there is delicious, and the menu will make you feel like ordering everything but I have to say it has become quite expensive for a different kind of restaurant experience! Also, if you order an appetizer, it comes with the rest of your food, so be mindful of that if you like your food hot. Pictured left are the Pesto Alfredo ($14 but you can easily share it or have leftovers) and the Mushroom Burger (with a Beyond patty as the regular patty contains soy). The specials change regularly as well as the “burger” of the week, so make sure to take a minute to check those out! Click here to see their menu https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e2557fd8-6b35-492f-b592-92e8d5b2bb1a/Sookie%27s.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Sookie’s Veggie Burgers If you want fast food or are looking for something quick on State Street, this place is perfect for you. It is located only a few steps off State Street, on Gilman Street): Look for the rainbow awning! Sookie’s Veggie Burgers is a small 100% plant based restaurant with several booths and a gender neutral bathroom. The basic burgers are $13, and you can add extras (guac, vegan cheese, sauce etc.) I had the chipotle black bean burger, which was good, and tater sticks for my side, which were nice and crispy! For more info and a full menu, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/88c64383-a771-420d-9ef9-50c0cba4a6ce/Lao+Laan-Xang.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Lao Laan-Xang Depending on where you are visiting from, this might be a very exotic food, and believe me it’s delicious! Lao Laan-Xang is located on Atwood Avenue on the West side of town, they have a large space inside with tables and booths, but also do take-out orders. I tend to always get the squash curry, because it’s my favorite, but I’ve been happy with several other things I’ve tried there. The portions are generous and I always have leftovers from the curry. For a more info and a full menu, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a8a75229-f8aa-449e-a9f6-fc3b50496007/Mad+Rabbit+Cafe.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Mad Rabbit Cafe On Williamson Street, not far from lake Monona and a twenty minute walk to the Capitol, Mad Rabbit Cafe offers a variety of delicious vegan food. This 100% plant-based restaurant has flatbreads ($17), wraps, sandwiches and burgers (GF buns available), salads, and a wonderful cheese platter (although $28) so you’re bound to find something to like. They have one gender neutral bathroom, and be aware that they play pretty loud punk rock music (or at least they did the day we ate there. For more info and a full menu, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cb76424d-76bd-44f7-ba4b-23b9f9ebc27e/Bar+Corallini.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Bar Corallini (Italian) Also located on Atwood Ave, Bar Corallini is a great option for a special occasion: great cocktails, a vegan menu including appetizers, pasta, pizza, and a couple of desserts. Pictured right are two pasta dishes: Fusilloni Malloreddus on top and Fusilloni Caio e Pepe on the bottom. Each was about $20, but the portions are generous and I only ate half of mine. If you know you want to eat at Bar Corallini, I strongly recommend making a reservation ahead of time. They have many booths but they fill out fast! If you don’t have a reservation, they have some high tables and a bar where you can sit if there is room. My favorite dessert there is the affogato, with vegan dark chocolate ice cream and a shot of espresso (decaf is possible and just as delicious!) Check out their website for the full menu: https://www.barcorallini.com/menus/#/vegan-menu https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/099a56c3-9515-40af-8846-bc617a98c9f8/Amara.JPG Wisconsin - Madison - Amara A Mediterranean inspired restaurant in the Hilldale Shopping Center, this upscale and beautiful restaurant has a few vegan dishes on their menu. It is an expensive restaurant, but the food was really flavorful and well prepared. We tried the Eggplant Caponata ($14) for starters, a cold eggplant dish, and it was delicious. The sourdough bread was particularly tasty. For our main entrée, we had the cauliflower steak ($29), which was surprising in the different flavors it included, with a white bean hummus, almonds, and an endive/fennel/radish salad, among other things. It was really good! Click here for more info and their full menu. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/cheezefactory monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2ba01f2c-58b7-49df-a3b8-c68ceceedd8b/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Baraboo - The Cheese Factory The Cheeze Factory in Baraboo is 100% vegan so take your time with the menu and make sure to leave some room for dessert! The food is hearty and the portions are generous. Pictured left are the hummus as a starter, the Grilled Veggie flatbread and the Soup n’Sandwich (Smoked Gouda Cheese). The flatbread is so very doughy! It’s the kind of restaurant where everything on the menu looks good… so you’ll have to come back! Another option is to go with a friend and order different things so you can share! Their desserts are described as “heavenly”… and truly are! The restaurant is located downtown (618 Oak Street) and there is plenty of parking around. Service has been great with each of my many visits there. Check their website for hours and specials: www.https://cheezefactoryrestaurant.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/wickedwillow monthly 0.5 2024-03-10 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5a5bd176-e004-4212-bbf9-2b853a6dad27/Wicked+Willow.jpg Wisconsin - Stevens Point - Wicked Willow If you’re looking for a place to eat after exploring the Stevens Point Sculpture Park, biking on the Green Circle Trail, or after a visit to the Farmer’s Market, Wicked Willow is the best vegan place in town. Pictured left are the quesadilla (build-your-own) and a Mac n Cheese. The food is delicious and the restaurant is really cute. It is located downtown (1137 Main Street) and there is plenty of street parking. Check out their website for the full menu: https://www.wickedwillowllc.com NB: I went back in August 2023 after the new owners reopened the restaurant, and I’m happy to report the food is as delicious as ever! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/67b70c74-6458-4d96-9c79-51b346c14b4a/Father+Fats.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point - Father Fats Father Fats is a small plates restaurant, where you ordered several dishes and share. The portions are not very big, but everything we had tasted great. If you look at the menu, nothing is vegan, but the chef can accommodate, and we were very happy with the results. The quinoa seems very simple, but the cherry reduction worked magic! The tacos were very flavorful, as well as the red pepper hummus. The pasta also looked simple but was quite delicious. They also have several flavors of sorbet for dessert options, fancy cocktails, and mocktails! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/wausau monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan+baraboo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/urban+modern+kitchen monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/beans+%26+barley monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/ginger+rootz monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/bar+corallini monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/lafayette+place monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/door+couty monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/wisconsin+dells monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/mugs monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/lawlss+cafe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/jb%27s+arepas monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/curry monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/fox+and+crow monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/neenah monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/Great+Dane+Pub+%26+Brewing+Co monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/beerline+cafe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/beerline+caf%C3%A9 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/oshkosh monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/manila+resto monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/baraboo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan+guide monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/mexicali+rose monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/bowl monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/pizzas+bros monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/ripon monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/bowl+ninety-one monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/wicked+willow monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/comet monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/tucknee+coffee+company monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/bowl+91 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan+madison monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/stevens+point monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/wisconsin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/cafe+manna monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan+stevens+point monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/egg+harbor monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/green+bay monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/madison monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/comet+cafe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/kavarna monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan+wisconsin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/wild+tomato monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/blue+horse+beach+cafe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/brookfield monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/milwaukee monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/vegan+milwaukee monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/pizza+lab monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/strange+town monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/knuth monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/beans+and+barley monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/dumpling+haus monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/fish+creek monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/little+siam monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/appleton monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/bar+430 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/cheeze+factory monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/green+owl monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/gardina%27s monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/tempest+collective monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin/tag/father+fats monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/two-peruvian-drinks monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0deb9adc-a0e8-4339-b4cb-0932781dc38a/page0.JPG Peru - Two Peruvian Drinks The emblematic cocktail of Peru is the pisco sour. The base of this drink is pisco, a high-proof spirit made from fermented grapes, and some lime, hence the name. There is also some sweet syrup, Angsotura bitters, and the traditional recipe contains raw egg white. We never had a problem asking for it without the egg white, for a vegan version: “sin huevo, por favor”. The chicha morada is a non-alcoholic drink made from purple corn, hence its color. It also contains sugar and lemon juice… a little bit like lemonade… but made from corn! Very refreshing! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/cusco monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/99ccd297-330d-4935-a817-e78dc1de963f/Green+Point.JPG Peru - Vegan in Cusco - Green Point In this 100% vegan restaurant, we had the chance to try two Peruvian specialties… vegan style. For starters a trio of ceviche, then tacu tacu (fragrant rice and beans topped here with mushrooms and arugula), and just look at this dessert! All this for just a little over 20 USD. The restaurant is situated is in San Blas neighborhood, a little ways from the city center but well worth the 10-minute walk from Plaza de Armas. Their outdoor patio is very green and pretty, but they have space inside too. The restaurant is quite popular so you might want to make a reservation, or be prepared to wait a bit. Check out their website for up to date hours and menu: https://greenpointcusco.com/home.html https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/arequipa monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/355be0d9-c5c8-4727-bd74-f433b7cd52cd/Buda+Profano.JPG Peru - Vegan in Arequipa - El Buda Profano Favorite restaurant in Arequipa, without a doubt. This is a small 100% vegan restaurant that has a very interesting take on sushi. Every order of sushi is inexpensive, but it will be hard to stop ordering! However, save room for dessert. They have a banana chocolate sushi for dessert that is absolutely spectacular! This restaurant is situated a little south of the Plaza de Armas on a very frequented street with many other options for restaurants and bars, but make sure to check out Buda Profano at least once during your stay in Arequipa, you will not be disappointed! Check our their website for hours and up to date menu: http://www.elbudaprofano.com/en/ https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/tag/chicha+morada monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/tag/pisco+sour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/tag/drinks monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/tag/coctail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganperu/tag/peru monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/gorge-trail monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/45216146-2f76-45e7-a777-c88fa0200134/page0.JPG New York - The Gorge Trail - Watkins Glen, NY My top piece of advice for this trail is to go early in the morning, before the crowds arrive. Start at the main entrance and, as you walk up the Gorge Trail, the sun will be behind you, so don’t forget to turn around every once in a while, this trail is worth seeing from multiple angles (and read until the end for how to see it from above). My second tip is to wear good shoes because the trail will get wet… and so might you. You’ll be mostly walking along the river but also going under some waterfalls, which is really pretty but can get messy. This trail isn’t very difficult, and not long at all, but if steps are an issue it might challenge you. The trail is paved and goes up gradually with some stairs here and there for the first mile. Then there is a flat stretch before… Jacob’s ladder and its 180 steps all at once! However short the trail itself, do plan time to just look around and take photos, it is too pretty to rush through. Two hours is a good amount of time to go up the Gorge Trail (with plenty of time to gawk and marvel) and then back to the main entrance via the Indian Trail, which will offer you a couple of opportunities to look down at the gorge and the trail you just walked. Check the official website for more info: https://parks.ny.gov/parks/watkinsglen/maps.aspx https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/seneca+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/watkins+glen monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/gorge+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/finger+lakes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/river monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-york/tag/new+york monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perouvegan daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perouvegan/boissons-peruviennes monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/67dcb1d7-32c6-41a7-a372-346b31672890/page0.JPG Pérou - Deux boissons péruviennes Le cocktail emblématique du Pérou est le pisco sour. Il est préparé à base d’une eau de vie de raisin (le pisco) et du citron vert. On y ajoute du sirop et de l’Angostura. La recette traditionnelle contient également du blanc d’œuf mais nous n’avons jamais eu aucun problème à le demander sans œuf pour une version végétalienne, que ce soit dans un restaurant ou dans un bar : « ¡sin huevo, por favor! ». La chicha morada est une boisson non alcoolisée à base de maïs violet (il y a énormément de maïs différents au Pérou). Elle contient aussi du citron et du sucre… un peu comme une limonade, mais à base de maïs ! Doublement rafraîchissante ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perouvegan/arequipavegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/355be0d9-c5c8-4727-bd74-f433b7cd52cd/Buda+Profano.JPG Pérou - Vegan à Arequipa - El Buda Profano Restaurant préféré à Arequipa, sans aucun doute. Ce petit restaurant 100% végétalien a une vision très intéressante des sushis, et il y a aussi d’autres spécialités asiatiques. Tout est individuellement très bon marché, mais il est difficile de ne pas tout commander ! Mais attention, gardez de la place pour le dessert. Leur sushi banane-chocolat est absolument spectaculaire ! Ce restaurant est situé un peu au sud de la Plaza de Armas dans une rue très fréquentée avec beaucoup d’autres restaurants et bars. Même avec toutes ces options, allez faire un tour au Buda Profano au moins une fois pendant votre visite à Arequipa, vous ne serez pas déçus ! Visitez leur site (en anglais) pour les horaires et pour regarder le menu complet. http://www.elbudaprofano.com/en/ https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/perouvegan/veganacusco monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/99ccd297-330d-4935-a817-e78dc1de963f/Green+Point.JPG Pérou - Vegan à Cusco - Green Point Dans ce restaurant 100% végétalien, nous avons eu l’opportunité de déguster deux spécialités péruviennes. En entrée: un trio de ceviche, en plat principal: un tacu tacu (du riz parfumé avec des haricots, avec champignon et roquette) et en dessert… voyez vous-même sur la photo ! Le tout pour un peu moins de vingt euros. Le restaurant est situé dans le quartier de San Las, à côté du centre, à environ 10 minutes de marche de la Plaza de Armas. Ce restaurant est très populaire, par conséquent je vous conseille de faire une réservation si vous voulez y allez à une heure typique, ou soyez prêts à attendre. Utilisez leur site pour confirmer les horaires, regarder le menu ou faire votre réservation ! https://greenpointcusco.com/home.html https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois daily 0.75 2025-01-02 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/veganevanston monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/67cf8656-dd9e-4707-a131-ab0a85208f0f/Blind+Faith+Cafe.JPG Illinois - Vegan in Evanston - Blind Faith Café I’ve been going to the Blind Faith Café for many years now, and I keep being impressed with the vegan options at this vegetarian restaurant. Mostly, I love how many delicious vegan desserts they have: look at that frosting! Pictured left, top is the Stuffed Avocado with Quinoa and bottom is the Kung Pao, from the dinner menu. Located on Dempster St, there is plenty of street parking nearby. It’s a very popular place so I would recommend making a reservation. Check out their full menus here: https://www.blindfaithcafe.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4b8114b1-1e9d-42dc-b558-6e5ade922c61/Mid+Kitchen.JPG Illinois - Vegan in Evanston - Mid Kitchen Mid Kitchen is a brunch restaurant, and they had quite a few vegan options. We had crispy fried avocado as an appetizer and it was delicious, with a siracha vegan mayo dip that had a real kick to it! I’ll be honest, my falafel sandwich was hard to eat, but once I ate a couple of falafel with a fork I was able to eat the rest as a sandwich. The flatbread was very good and the falafel a little on the crispy side, but the tahini sauce was wonderful. My husband was very happy with his tofu scramble! The place is small and cute and the staff very nice. Check out their full menu here: https://www.midkitchen.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/veganchicago monthly 0.5 2025-01-02 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2124f9eb-f90c-4890-9451-ef3e105f189f/Bien+Me+Sabe.JPG Illinois - Vegan in Chicago - Bien Me Sabe Have you had arepas before? It’s a traditional Venezuelan dish but is also eaten in Colombia. Think of arepas as a middle ground between a taco and a calzone… I have been on the lookout for arepas since my trip to Colombia in 2018, and I’m so happy I found this restaurant in Chicago. The vegan arepas at Bien Me Sabe are delicious and very filling. There are a few vegan ones on the menu but you can also make your own: I made mine with plantains [which were quite big], black beans, mushrooms [which were cold, surprisingly, but I got used to it] and avocado. There are two locations in Chicago, one close to downtown and one on the north side of town (near W. Montrose Ave and N. Ashland Ave). We tried the north side location and there is a decent size patio if you want to eat outdoor (the street this restaurant is on is not too busy) but there is plenty of space inside also. Check out their menu to see all the options! https://www.bienmesabechicago.com https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/32747353-9608-4127-a1a1-85cfaa26590b/Hot+woks+cool+sushi.jpg Illinois - Vegan in Chicago - Hot Woks Cool Sushi If you’re busy exploring downtown Chicago (like I did in this video) and are looking for a place to eat near Millenium Park, I recommend Hot Woks Cool Sushi. They have several locations in town, including one right across from “The Bean” and isn’t very expensive considering the location! It’ll be easy to stop by as you explore the loop and then get back to it! The place is bigger than it appears, and can be busy since it’s so central, so don’t expect service to be super fast and try to go slightly outside of regular meal times. The menu is pretty typical for a sushi place and they have several options for vegans, mostly in their maki selection. Click here for a full menu and more info on their different locations. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/548afbd0-fc92-4c8d-bc06-39b7e3ab065e/IMG_0872.jpg Illinois - Vegan in Chicago - Kale My Name This 100% vegan restaurant located at 3300 W Montrose Ave was so good! We Loved the mac and cheese balls as an appetizers, and really liked the Italian Seitan Wrap and the Jackfruit Wrap. Both came with crispy fries, but you can sub brocoli for a healthier choice. A friend has the lentil soup and really liked it too. They have funny names for their menu sections, and everything looks appetizing, so be prepared to spend some time reading the menu if it’s your first time visiting! Click here for a full menu and more info. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/529b8877-07f5-4217-9dc8-b95a5ff3e993/Pick+me+up+cafe.PNG Illinois - Vegan in Chicago - Pick Me Up Cafe One of the best vegan breakfast I’ve had in a long time! I had the Seitan Scram (with chorizo flavored seitan and melted vegan cheese on top of potatoes and veggies) and the Tofu Scram was very similar but without the melted vegan cheese on top. Both were good, but I prefered the seitan one. The portions are huge so I wasn’t able to eat any of the bakery, but they had several vegan items in the bakery case. Coffee was good and the place is very colorful and pretty! Despite the cafe being understaffed that morning, the service was good and we didn’t wait too long. This cafe is located at 4882 N. Clark St. I highly recommend it! Check out their full menu and hours here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0601f2ca-fc50-4f04-9861-b751840fedd9/Urban+Vegan+Thai.jpg Illinois - Vegan in Chicago - Urban Vegan Thai Located right at the other end of the block from Bien Me Sabe, this all vegan thai restaurant has lots of seating and a friendly staff. My stir fried veggies could have had a bit more flavor, but the hot sauce helped! The rice was delicious, and my husband was happy with his noodles. We were both happily surprised by the dessert. They had several options and we chose to share an order of the banana spring rolls and it was delicious! Check out their full menu here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/urban+vegan+thai monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/pick+me+up+cafe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/hot+woks+cool+sushi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/bien+me+sabe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/illinois monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/downtown monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/chicago monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois/tag/kale+my+name monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/edinburgh monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7b811a2b-bd71-4608-8d65-6b6dec06ce2b/page0.JPG Scotland - Edinburgh - Rocksalt Café The Jeffrey Street location is near the Waverley train station (on the southern side), so if you arrive in town around lunch time, this is perfect option! There are quite a few options labeled vegan on the menu, like the vegan avocado toast or, pictured here, the falafel wrap (delicious!) and the vegan salad platter which I must admit was very refreshing, both in taste and as an option that is not quite a sandwich but more filling than a salad. The place is cute, the hot drinks are good and the staff is friendly! Consider this restaurant as a stop to fuel up before hiking Arthur’s seat, or to recoup after the hike! Check out their website for more info. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1d5adb82-1a9f-4531-8c12-cba0c9e9f445/page0+2.JPG Scotland - Edinburgh - Maki & ramen This small Asian restaurant is part of a chain with locations over town. The Leith St location is really cute and has post it notes for you to draw on and pin on the walls: a cool activity while you wait for your food! They have a separate page in their menu for vegan entrées and many sides labeled v for vegetarian are also vegan. Pictured here from top to bottom are the yasai gyosa, the pumpkin roquette and the vegan black garlic tonkotsu: everything was absolutely delicious! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/vegandundee monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/56d29d75-385b-48e2-af35-53ef1acc5e5a/The+Bach.PNG Scotland - Dundee - The Bach A great brunch place with many vegan options located just behind the McManus. The local is quite big and beautiful, lots of light through very large windows. Pictured here is the avocado toast: I loved the crunchiness of the chickpeas next to the creamy avocado and the soft mushrooms. Lots of dessert options, including a chocolate stout cake… because, even if the posters inside are all about New Zealand, it’s Scotland after all! Check out their website for more info! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0937b442-7bf2-4800-82a6-d0fe4fef4422/Serendipities.JPG Scotland - Dundee - Serendipities This adorable little café with its adorable staff is 100% vegan and located downtown. Pictured here are the “cheese toastie” and the mac and cheese and the soup of the day. The desserts looked delicious but we were pretty full. If you have dessert there, let me know how they are! Check out their website for more info! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/58b8563f-0ae5-4ae9-b51f-ec84738b015c/Rad+Apples.PNG Scotland - Dundee - Rad Apples This independent vegan café has burgers and fries (including vegan poutine) but I went for the desserts (although the fries were very crispy and tasty): I hadn’t had apple pie in a long time but was pleasantly reminded of how delicious it can be. Served hot with a scoop of vegan ice cream and caramel drizzle, The Rad Apple Pie made me melt! Check out their Instagram page for live music and arts! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/rad+apples monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/serendipities monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/vegan+guide monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/the+bach monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/dundee monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/veganscotland/tag/scotland monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/dimbourg monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f1283c02-160c-4cf5-bb0d-aa0d9c4172ce/Rocksalt+cafe.JPG Ecosse - Édimbourg - Rocksalt Café Il y a deux Rocksalt Cafés en ville, et celui situé sur Jeffrey Street est près de la gare Waverley (du côté sud) donc si vous arrivez en ville sur l’heure du déjeuner, c’est une option parfaite ! Il y a plusieurs options marquées végétaliennes sur le menu, comme le toast avocat ou, sur la photo le wrap falafel (délicieux !) et le « vegan salad platter » qui vraiment a été une bonne surprise : tout était bon, mais surtout c’est une option qui change un peu : pas un sandwich mais plus consistant qu’une salade. L’endroit est mignon, les cafés étaient bons et les employés très sympathiques ! Ce restaurant est parfait pour vous prendre des forces avant de vous attaquer à la rando de Arthur’s seat… ou après pour récupérer ! Pour plus d’infos, cliquez ici ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3deb18d6-648c-440c-9d0f-24377beff2de/Maki+%26Ramen.JPG Ecosse - Édimbourg - Maki & Ramen Ce petit restaurant asiatique fait partie d’une chaîne avec plusieurs endroits en ville. La salle sur Leith St est super mignonne avec des notes post-it sur lesquelles vous pouvez dessiner et que vous pouvez accrocher aux murs : une bonne activité pour passer le temps en attendant votre commande ! Il y a une page réservée aux plats végétaliens, et de nombreux accompagnements sont marqués d’un V pour végétarien mais sont aussi végétaliens. Sur la photo, de haut en bas le “yasai gyosa”, le “pumpkin roquette” and le tonkotsu à l’aïl noir : tout était absolument délicieux ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/vegandundee monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/279bf376-b3c3-4511-93bc-174c48a0e93a/The+Bach.PNG Ecosse - Dundee - The Bach Un endroit parfait pour le brunch avec plusieurs options végétaliennes, the Batch est situé derrière le musée McManus. Le lieu est beau et grand, avec de grandes fenêtres laissant entrer beaucoup de lumière. Sur la photo l’ “avocado toast”: j’ai adoré le contraste entre les pois chiches croquants et l’avocat et crémeux et les champignons. Il y avait beaucoup d’options pour le dessert, y compris un gâteau au chocolat et à la bière brune (“stout”)… car même si tous les posters dans le restaurant représentent la Nouvelle Zélande, on est bien en Écosse! Voici leur site web pour plus d’info. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3ae71eda-ac8d-44d8-9137-f41a8ff824b5/Rad+Apples.PNG Ecosse - Dundee - Rad Apples C’est un café indépendant avec des burgers et des frites (et même une poutine végétalienne) mais j’y suis allée pour les desserts (même si les frites étaient délicieusement croquantes!). Cela faisait longtemps que je n’avait pas mange de tarte aux pommes et Rad Apples m’a rappelé combien ça peut être délicieux. Comme vous pouvez le voir sur la photo, elle est servie avec de la glace végétalienne et un peu de caramel... à faire fondre! Visitez leur page Instagram pour en savoir plus! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ec53f4d3-9f5c-4f09-9d67-eeb2c31b63ec/Serendipities.JPG Ecosse - Dundee - Serendipities Ce petit café adorable avec des employés adorables est 100% végétalien et situé en plein centre ville. Sur la photo: le “cheese toastie” et le “mac and cheese” avec la soupe du jour. Les desserts avaient l’air délicieux mais nous avions déjà trop mangé! Si vous y allez et prenez un dessert, dites-moi comment ils sont! Visitez leur site web pour plus d’infos! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/%C3%A9cosse monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/rad+apples monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/rocksalt+caf%C3%A9 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/serendipities monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/%C3%A9dimbourg monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/the+bach monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/ramen+%26+maki monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/arthur%27s+seat monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/v%C3%A9g%C3%A9talien monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecossevegan/tag/dundee monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecosse daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/ecosse/sentiers monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fb951372-cd59-4ae9-ae15-2aa90b5de348/Arthur%27s+Seat.JPG Écosse - Édimbourg - Arthur’s Seat La ville d’Édimbourg est associée au fameux Royal Mile, l’artère principale qui remonte la vieille ville depuis le Palais d’Holyrood jusqu’au château. Mais si vous voulez vous dégourdir les jambes sur un autre “mile”, celui-ci plus vert et amenant jusqu’à une vue imbattable de la ville, tentez la randonnée d’Arthur’s Seat ! Elle aussi commence en bas de la ville au parc Holyrood (au sud du Palais) et fait presque un « mile » (1,6km) (dans un sens). Ça monte, certes, mais doucement et sur un terrain parfois de terre et parfois de pierres (comme on peut le voir sur la photo) assez facile. À la toute fin, il faut grimper sur des pierres et c’est un peu moins facile, mais dans l’ensemble, cette randonnée est vraiment accessible. Le dénivelé total est moins de 200 mètres. Prenez votre temps, n’oubliez pas de regarder derrière vous (une bonne excuse si vous avez besoin de faire une pause), et emmenez de l’eau ! Une chose importante à prendre en considération est qu’il n’y a aucune ombre sur ce sentier, donc prévoyez chapeau et crème solaire si vous y aller un jour de grand soleil. Ce sentier offre une vue vraiment magnifique, et une vraie bouffée d’air frais juste à côté du centre-ville. Il y a des touristes, certes, mais considérablement moins qu’en ville. De plus, le sentier est facilement accessible depuis la gare si vous arrivez en train. Et après ça, le Royal Mile vous semblera encore plus facile ! Pour voir la rando en images, regardez cette vidéo ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1 daily 0.75 2025-11-23 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/ice-age-trail-hunting-season monthly 0.5 2025-11-23 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/566880ee-c877-4e99-8742-c262003ec5ef/Portage.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Make it stand out The canal of the Portage Canal segment. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7308f22c-9e9a-4dc7-9167-e29d9c2373f7/Portage+Segment.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Portage Segment (3.6 miles) I hiked the Portage Segment in late Spring 2020. I had previously avoided it because it is short, but Covid made me rethink the value or even short segments. I have written a piece about this for the Hello Stranger’s travel blog, which you can find here, if you’re curious. Portage is located in central Wisconsin, and the Portage segment is a really good mix of town and trail. Although the route has changed a little since I hiked it, the feeling remains. I always like hiking near water, so that’s a plus! You can see the video of my hike there by clicking here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2dfcf1f1-c24d-4d88-ae7f-ba03d3fca644/Arbor+Ridge.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Arbor Ridge Segment (2.1 miles) Here is another short but sweet segment, which you (can and should) connect to the next one. The segment starts a short drive northwest of Janesville, in southern Wisconsin (easily accessible from Illinois!) There is a parking lot at each end, so it’s very easy to access. If you park at the Memorial, the beginning is paved, and will lead you to an old pioneer log cabin. It then becomes a real trail which will lead you through the forest of the Robert Cook Memorial Arboretum. It’s a fairly easy segment which connects to the Devil’s Staircase Segment on Washington Street (North County Road E). You can see the video of my hike here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ebf14c32-7da5-48db-9743-148e5a51ae8c/Devil%27s+Staircase.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Devil’s Staircase Segment (1.8 miles) As indicated in the name, the Devil’s Staircase segment includes stairs, rock ones, which can be slippery when wet. The descent starts shortly after the start of the segment (once you go past the golf course), and it will take you down to the level of the Rock River. There is a nice bench by the river, great spot for a picnic! Then the trail goes up again (another set of stairs, and you will walk along up above the water, before going down to its level again, reaching the beautiful Riverside Park in the north of Janesville. The park has many amenities, if you prefer to have your picnic there. You can see the video of my hike of this segment here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cf89cfb9-09a8-4116-8188-acfaeb8bea02/Janesville.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Janesville Segment (10.3 miles) This segment is entirely in the city of Janesville, much of it is paved, as it is shared with a local bike path. It connects with the previous segment right in Riverside Park, in the north of town, and goes south, following the River, then crossing it, and meandering back north before ending at the Highway 26 overpass. It is very easy and pleasant, and feels surprisingly green for an urban segment! You can see the video of my hike through Janesville here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/92b0e744-bae6-425e-988b-2a40910ed2c6/Valley+View.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Valley View Segment (3.4 miles) This segment is located west of Madison, in the town of Middleton and is really beautiful. From the southern end of the segment, it’s a 1.8 mile connecting route to the Madison Segment… perfect if you’ve visiting Wisconsin’t capital! It is an easy segment with only a couple of short big uphills that goes by many houses as well as through the IATA Valley View Preserve, where you get nice views of the surrounding valley. It alternates between woodsy areas and more open areas, and includes boardwalks, which are always so nice! Remember that the trail and the boardwalks are entirely maintained by IAT volunteers, thank you! If you’re interested in becoming one, click here to learn more about it! You can see my video of hiking the Valley View Segment in early Fall of 2021 by clicking here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c1539348-404f-4f7c-8c62-a47199c7bf7c/Lapham+Peak.jpg Wisconsin - Ice Age Trail ~ Hunting Season - Lapham Peak Segment (6.1 miles) I discovered this segment through a “First Day Hike” organized by the WI Department of Natural Resources, as part of this segment crosses the Southern Kettle Moraine State Forest. The segment goes through the forest, up and down, as well as through a prairie (boardwalks!) and along Scuppernong Creek. As you can see in the photo, there is an observation tower that you can explore if you want to add a few steps and get a 360 view of the area! As we didn’t do the whole segment then, I had to go back later and do the whole thing! Some of the trail is paved, as it is shared with the Drumlin Bike Trail. You can see the video of my hike of the Lapham Peak segment by clicking here. There are many First Day Hikes organized throughout WI. For 2026, the Washington County chapter is organizing a hike at Pike Lake. Find more info here! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/my-top-5-ice-age-trail-segments monthly 0.5 2025-10-11 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e2b61d9c-5686-4b48-a365-46dc2d4e7196/Walla+Hi.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - #5. Walla Hi (2.3 miles) Such a lovely segment, I really wish it were longer. It mostly goes through a forest, on a nice mostly smooth trail. There are a couple of bridges, and you can see frogs! It rolls really well, going up and down all the time, and there is one (beautiful!) rock staircase. It sometimes intersects with other trails (including a horse trail) but is very easy to follow. I explored it in June and it was really lush! To see the video of this segment, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/62ded066-5d88-42f7-9c74-0ae52f950cec/Hartman+Creek.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - #4. Hartman Creek (5.3 miles) My favorite thing about this segment is the pine needles. I love walking and running on pine needles! This State Park is fairly popular, so you’ll likely meet other people on the trail or the parking lot (there are many other trails, including bike trails, in this park). I’ve explored it in all seasons, and it’s beautiful in all of them! Fall colors really pop there, and if you go in the Fall, make sure to explore the rest of the State Park too as it is beautiful by the lakes also. There is a campground in the State Park. Another thing I like is that you can park in several places in your are doing out and back and can’t do the whole segment at once. It connects directly to the Emmons Creek segment in the South. To see what it looks like in March with snow, click here! To see what it looks like in December, without any snow, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/be3b457e-c6f6-478f-8618-9be29f66e683/IMG_2063.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - Make it stand out Where the Hartman Creek segment ends, and the Emmons Creek segment begins! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/27cb4302-5988-4743-9dd6-b3470997d54b/West+Bend.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - West Bend (6.7 miles) Full of rolling hills, the West Bend segment mostly goes through forests, and includes some sections shared with bicycles. It also goes through a park, and has a few road crossings, even some road walking within the segment. It’s beautiful especially when it goes by the water (Silver Creek and Lucas Lake). There are several places where you can park and do out and backs if can’t do the whole thing in one go. To see a video of my hike of the West Bend segment (right along with the Kewaskum segment) click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c363f6cd-6d19-40e0-abf2-a00b953a4d68/West+Bend+Segment.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - Make it stand out Silver Creek, along the West Bend segment. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9e5e338c-57c1-4c8e-b8bd-1b060b47e0e3/St+Croix+Falls.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - St Croix Falls (9 miles) Located in Interstate State Park, on the border with Minnesota, the St Croix Falls segment is the beginning of the Ice Age Trail on the western end, with a plaque and a gorgeous view of the St Croix River! It leaves the park to continue north towards the town of St Croix Falls (an IAT Community!), before crossing Riegel Park and Ray Zillmer Park, then heading back towards the river, which it follows north until River Road and the end of the segment. It's a good mix of rocky terrain, roads or sidewalks, smooth trail and small water crossings (depending on the season). If you go explore this segment, I would highly recommend making a weekend out of it to explore the rest of Interstate State Park and maybe even kayak the St Croix river! To see a video of my hike of the St Croix Fall segment, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a33ac4f1-c420-4105-bf12-e1c877f29bc6/IMG_4468.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - Make it stand out View of the St Croix river from the Western Terminus of the Ice Age Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e28a52ca-b6ce-413c-a101-358d2a1f44aa/page0.jpg Wisconsin - My TOP 5 Ice Age Trail Segments - #1 Dells of Eau Claire (2.6 miles) My all-time favorite segment, such beauty and variety in only 2.6 miles. Located in Central Wisconsin, near the IAT Community of Wausau, this segment follows the gorgeous Eau Claire river for the majority of it. At the beginning and the end, it connects by trail to roads. You get to explore both banks of the river, and cross it twice. It’s a mix of rocky terrain, grass and smooth trail through a pine forest. The dells create spectacular rapids and rock formations. Just beautiful! To see a video of my hike of the Dells of Eau Claire segment, click here! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/gibraltar-rock-lodi monthly 0.5 2025-08-12 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8bf2ba7c-640a-4c02-a5a9-c86625d77748/IMG_8279.JPG Wisconsin - Gibraltar Rock - Lodi - Gibraltar Rock Loop The loop leading up to Gibraltar rock consists of a section of yellow blazes (part of the Ice Age Trail) and a short (o.6 miles) white blazed section connecting the two parking lots. You can park on Gibraltar Rock Road, or on County V and start hiking from there. There are several maps on the way, as you cross other trails within the area, so you won’t get lost! The trail goes up but is never too steep, although it can get quite muddy. Some sections are stone steps, and there is a boardwalk at one point, but it’s mostly dirt, rocks and roots. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/285fcf8b-1cdb-4831-884c-6ddc1d44802c/IMG_8280.jpg Wisconsin - Gibraltar Rock - Lodi - Make it stand out View from the top of Gibraltar Rock! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/newport-state-park monthly 0.5 2024-06-20 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6bb3380b-aeed-4fd2-abde-ab9bb1bdfb10/IMG_9237.jpg Wisconsin - Newport State Park - Make it stand out View of Lake Michigan from the beach between campsites 8 and 9. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bec42f9d-fee1-4f1d-a08b-0a297c3574c2/IMG_9227.jpg Wisconsin - Newport State Park - Rowley’s Trail Rowley’s Trail starts right across from the visitor center and is a technical trail full of rocks and roots! It’ll take you to site 8, 9, and 10, if you’re camping them. It takes about a mile and a half to reach the closest campsite. The trail is fairly well marked, but you’ll be focused on your footwork, so make sure not to miss turns of maps. Grab a map at the visitor center to help you navigate! It does loop and is 4 miles total, with a section going right along the lake. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/00f6693d-9534-4bb5-971a-366f03696598/Screen+Shot+2024-06-20+at+3.37.03+PM.png Wisconsin - Newport State Park - Make it stand out View of Europe Bay from a viewpoint on the Europe Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/20be2313-d8e1-4c50-85e9-d0ee8648101b/Europe+Bay+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Newport State Park - Europe Trail This trail goes north from the swimming beach area, and loops back. It is about 7 miles long total. Some of it is shared with bicycles and some of it is shared with the Holtz Trail. It is a nice woodsy trail, but not much of it goes right by the water, although it is right by Europe Bay. It is an easy trail, mostly flat. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f5bee714-29ae-47ce-8dc9-87bdcccefe4e/IMG_9594.jpg Wisconsin - Newport State Park - Make it stand out View of the lake from the northernmost point on the Europe Trail loop. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/66f6a3dd-ac6f-443a-b17b-ff18557e16dc/Poetry+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Newport State Park - Poetry Trail This is another loop starting right from the visitor’s center. Be aware that some of it is very exposed if you go there on a sunny day. It is an easy, quite flat, and wide trail. It is only .6 miles but if you stop to read all the poems it might take you a while! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/whitefish-dunes-state-park monthly 0.5 2024-06-11 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3f958fe0-aeca-49dd-9926-64082fab8181/IMG_9384.jpg Wisconsin - Whitefish Dunes State Park - Make it stand out View of the beach from the observation deck, right next to the visitor center. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/18bd4bef-0502-4ed1-8762-29dbdf735b57/IMG_9423.JPG Wisconsin - Whitefish Dunes State Park - Black Trail The black trail starts right by the visitor center and is about 2.5 miles long. Please be aware that some of this trail is a bike trail, and a section of it is also the brown trail, make sure to follow the black signs to complete this lollipop trail. As one would expect, the section shared with bikes is quite wide and flat, and while the rest of the loop is also mostly flat, some of it is single track and intermediate level because of the big rocks you have to navigate as you walk. There is a shortcut at some point, if you realize this is a bit too difficult for you. On your way back, if you want to be closer to the lake, follow the brown trail to the visitor center. It doesn’t add much at all and gives you better views! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/881303dc-c3a5-4152-a399-5a2db4b8bcc5/IMG_9377.jpg Wisconsin - Whitefish Dunes State Park - Make it stand out View of Lake Michigan from one of the lookout points on the Brown Trail. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/greenlaketrails monthly 0.5 2024-03-17 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8d7a92fc-da53-4431-95f0-e63f16b57cbd/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Green Lake Conference Center - The Dawson Prairie The prairie has several trails winding through the open area. This section of the Conference Center is very exposed, be aware if you go on a hot sunny day. The trails are wide, mowed, and easy. There is a bench in the middle if you’d like to take a rest, or sit and enjoy the view. While in the prairie, you can hear many songbirds and see several kinds of flowers. You might even be able to spot wild deer walking by. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f061d67f-4f70-4692-beb0-417334942812/Winnebago+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Green Lake Conference Center - Winnebago Trail If you prefer a single-track feel, head over to the Winnebago Trail. It is narrow and has roots and rocks, so make sure to wear appropriate footwear. This trail is perfect for a late afternoon/ sunset walk, as you can see the sun set on the lake as the trail follows the Norwegian Bay for a while. You can start the trail on Hillside Road, where it heads into a wooded area before going under a stone bridge towards the lake. There is a steep uphill as it goes back up from the lake to the level of the road, right after passing Teen Tower. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/amherst-junction monthly 0.5 2023-12-05 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a5083c5c-2de8-4f59-afa6-4b4001723c91/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Amherst Junction - Tomorrow River Trail This is an easy and well-marked trail, that alternates between shaded and exposed areas. There are some road crossings, but the roads are not usually very busy. There are several parking lots to access the trail along the way. The trail crosses the Tomorrow River a couple of times, offering some beautiful views. The photos here were all taken east of Amherst Junction. On the western end, in Plover, you can connect to the Green Circle Trail, which goes around Stevens Point, using the Hoover Road Trail. For a full map of the trail and more info, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/534d8dfc-00b9-46a7-9739-82afe003d844/Lake+Emily+to+Ogdensburg+and+back.jpg Wisconsin - Amherst Junction - Make it stand out From Lake Emily to Ogdensburg and back. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/ripontrails monthly 0.5 2024-06-24 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6e98c75d-d45e-4a43-906d-eb42b9488e82/Mascountin+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - Mascoutin Trail The Mascoutin Trail is a ‘rails to trails” type of trail, so almost flat for its 11 miles between Ripon and Berlin. One end of the trail is on County Road E right on the edge of Ripon, but you can get easily get to it from town. It crosses several roads, especially closer to Ripon, but not many are very busy roads. The trail has a good mix of shaded and exposed sections, and by Meadow Brook Road, it goes by a gorgeous body of water where you’re likely to see many egrets, herons, pelicans, and smaller birds in the Spring/Summer/Fall. There are a couple of boardwalks close to the Berlin end of the trail, but everything else is pure trail. To see a video of me biking the whole trail and birding, click here. For an official map of this western section of the trail, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9704831f-a199-46c9-a4d3-d7acc60effc5/Screen+Shot+2023-09-18+at+4.42.35+PM.png Wisconsin - Ripon - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a2fcfa59-60e4-4888-ad88-958dfd43f493/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - Northwestern Trail Starting right by the Public Library, this linear 2.8 mile trail is easy and mostly flat. It crosses a few roads, only one of them busy (County Road FF). The trail is mostly in the shade, and goes over a river, then by a lake made by a quarry before ending on County Road PP, where if you are biking and take a left, you can join Lauree’s Trail all the way to Green Lake. If you’d like to watch a hyperlapse video of me biking the whole trail, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c6b20e68-5634-474b-81e8-b813a8803b92/IMG_8830+copy.jpg Wisconsin - Ripon - Make it stand out South Woods in the Fall https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/086bcb92-cb88-4b38-af02-57330a488ca9/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - South Woods It’s a small forest, and a really a small parking lot on Union Street, but South Woods is really pretty. Don’t hesitate to go snowshoe there in the winter! There are several trails, a big escarpment which makes for a couple of hills, a couple of them steeper than the others, and if it’s been raining, you might need to cross a stream (there usually are rocks or branches to help) on the yellow trail. To avoid this, use the boardwalk on the blue trail. The yellow and red trails go up and down and are quite dramatic, the blue trail stays low but can get really muddy. The green trail veers away from the escarpment and stays deeper in the woods. To see a video of what it looks like in the Fall, click here. You can also access South Woods from the Prairie. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/233e910b-e98d-4850-a71e-c9fdaf8ee8d8/Prairie.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - The Prairie The Prairie is a delight to explore in all seasons! You can see many flowers in the Spring and summer, nice colors in the Fall, and enjoy the shimmering snow on a sunny winter day. The prairie is a great place to snowshoe! Check out this video of a snowshoeing excursion on the mountain bike trails. The chances of seeing deer are high! The lower area can get a little swampy when wet, so wear proper footwear. The mountain bike trails link the lower and upper area, but be careful about possible bikes there on a nice day. The upper prairie is almost entirely flat, and the trail follows the outer edges of the property. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/14173d05-77c8-459f-a818-dd7ea9fad6c2/IMG_5100.PNG Wisconsin - Ripon - Make it stand out Foggy Fall morning on Riggs Park. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6b57e2ef-ecb8-427d-a1d8-416dc37da058/Riggs.JPG Wisconsin - Ripon - Riggs Park On the outskirts of town, Riggs Park offers several short trails, as well as a disc golf course and a splash pad for children. The longest trail is the red one and is about 2.2 miles. Please note it is mostly out in the open with very little shade. The section of the red trail that is between the two parking lots (one on highway 23 and the other on Douglas Street) is wide and mostly gravel, but the rest of it is narrower, and includes some boardwalks. There is also a wooden observation deck where you can get some elevation and look around. It’s a great place to go for a walk at sunset! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f7fe91a5-4b06-4dcb-b440-780cce9c2d02/IMG_9473.jpg Wisconsin - Ripon - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/levis-moundtrails monthly 0.5 2024-03-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2b5b82a3-3c94-41f5-af0c-b5e6206efcb5/Screen+Shot+2023-11-23+at+11.13.56+PM.png Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Make it stand out Sign on the trail center at the parking lot off of Fisher Avenue. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/475e4601-51ea-41b4-92f4-7b908a2289be/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Lower Glen/Swamp Cut Trails The Lower Glen starts right off the trail center on the parking lot on Fisher Avenue and is a great way to warm up. Mostly flat with a mix of dirt and sand sections, they gently winds through the trees. They cross several other trails but are well marked, the Swamp Cut Trail is right across from the Lower Glen trail when it’s time to move from one to the other. The Swamp Cut Trail brings you to an intersection with several options, as well as a picnic table/bench and those two trails together are almost a mile and a half long. From there, I suggest continuing on the Yellow Jacket Trail, which at this particular intersection, is marked yellow. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eab6cf0d-0c69-4fc0-8f3a-6862fcb8d240/Yellow+Jacket+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Yellow Jacket Trail The Yellow Jacket Trail peacefully winds up and down, giving you some hills but nothing very steep. It goes through the forest but also has a couple of more open sections. On this trail you start finding more features for bikes, such as bridges and ramps, which can be fun for runners too! Again, this single track is a mix of dirt trail and sand, and the dirt sections have many roots and some rocks crossing the path. This trail is just over two miles long, doesn’t cross any other trails for a long time, so you don’t have a lot of decisions to make. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5898697c-c5b1-453c-8a5f-c9a5c31d23be/Rock+formatoin+on+Upper+Hermosa.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Make it stand out Rock formation on the Upper Hermosa Trail https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a84f98b9-267f-45ba-a0fa-b93f0774cd4b/Hermosas+Trails.JPG Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - The Hermosa Trails! After finishing the Yellow Jacket Trail, you can start heading back towards the parking lot by Fisher Avenue using the Upper Hermosa, the Hermosa and the Lower Hermosa Trails. The Upper Hermosa might be my favorite at Levis Mound with its gorgeous rock formations; the Hermosa has some really fun switchbacks to explore going downhill, and other features for bikers like bridges and ramps. These three trails will lead you back to where you can catch up the Lower Glen back to the trail center, or you can use a different way back, there are several options from there. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2fa6dc6f-ac39-49ba-92e7-5abcbce6139f/bike+trail+feature.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Make it stand out One of the many features you can find for bikes on the bike trails throughout the system. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1720efaf-fbc3-4dc6-a485-c193a4a20ccb/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Porky Point Trail You can find signage from the trail center that indicates “To Porky Point”, such as the Dump Trail, or you can briefly use the Pine Run ski trail to get to the beginning of Porky Point, which winds its way up to a rocky formation you can climb. This is marked as an Advanced Trail, and if you’re on a bike, be aware that is it a one-way trail. This trail is definitely technical, with more rocks and roots that the previous trails mentioned here, but also some rock slabs to contend with. Beware if it’s a wet day, as it becomes slippery. The top is worth it though! The trail itself doesn’t go all the way to the top, but there are a few side trails that you can take, and then climb on top of the rock formation to summit porky Point. This is a short but rewarding trail! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/70041332-221b-4625-8417-524a6226f104/Porky+Point.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Make it stand out Admiring the view from the top of Porky Point. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/03eadd0d-76e2-46f0-a05d-8ec650ad2e48/North+Face+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - North Face Trail After having come down from Porky Point, use the North Face Trail to gain some more elevation. This is an easier trail, going up without very steep sections, although there are still roots across the trail to contend with. This short trail, entirely in the woods doesn’t have particularly beautiful views, but is very pleasant, especially the segment in the pine trees. On this trail, you get a better feel for the topography of Levis Mound, with rock formations on the side of the slope, and the moraines on the other side. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/735cde99-7591-4be7-bdea-39e4805b104a/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Clarence Trail For the views, the Clarence Trail was my favorite trail on this loop! On a plateau, this trail has several spurs leading to viewpoints, with great views of the surrounding woods. You can see really far from up there! This trail is easy with no elevation change and only a few roots across the trail. The viewpoints are all rocky outcrops, and on some you can go up or down some of it in order to get a better view. This is another short trail that is rewarding, and from there you can easily access South Point for some more views! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d9b22c96-d931-499f-aa00-5568265ffa24/Viewpoint+on+the+Clarence+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Make it stand out One of the viewpoints on the Clarence Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/50b37e83-cdc9-460e-a274-4b6d4666915e/IMG_5532.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - South Point Trail The South Point trail is a short out and back leading to a viewpoint (pictured here). It is accessible from the intersection of the Clarence Trail with Cliffhanger Trail. It is another no elevation trail going through the woods to give you two scenic points of interest, one looking southeast like the ones on Clarence Trail, and another looking northeast (maybe the only one looking that way here at Levis Mound). If you’re running short on time on your hike, or starting to get tired and would rather skip some of the viewpoints, I’d suggest skipping this one, the Clarence Trail has prettier viewpoints I think. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c5caa7f4-c3af-43d1-960e-a54f4a13d3c1/Cliffhanger+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Levis Mound Trails - Cliffhanger Trail For the trail running experience, the Cliffhanger Trail was my favorite on this loop! It is labeled an Advanced Trail for bikes, and its name really fits well: at the beginning you really are going down on the edge of the slope! And sometimes the trail is really narrow! It does eventually go into a flatter area where you aren’t on the edge anymore. Mostly, it flows very well. This trail brings you down from the top where you had all the views, and you can connect it with the Snodgrass Trail (single Track) or with the East Levis Trail (wide ski trail) to get back to the trail center. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/hartman-creek-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6769b56a-465b-41db-9287-a82cde98d0fd/Mid+Lake.jpg Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Make it stand out Mid Lake https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/89a851e2-9d3f-48a5-91c5-82eef0e47553/Pope+Lake+Hiking+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Pope Lake Hiking Trail This is the easternmost trail in the system, and when the foliage isn’t too dense, you can see Pope Lake. This easy one mile loop, with only a couple of short hills, mostly dirt trail but a short section with sand, is glorious all around! The trail is wide, and there is a bench at one point to view the lake. Crossing Rural road, there is a short connecting trail that will lead you to Hartman Lake and the parking lot by the beach, where you can access a bathroom as well as a place to rent bikes, kayaks etc. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e71502ae-ff13-4d7f-b43e-b5614cacf59a/page0.jpg Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Hartman Lake Loop North of the Lake (this trail doesn’t go around the lake), there is a loop that is half in the woods and half along Hartman Lake. Both sections are really beautiful in their own way, but if you’re there on a sunny day, the lake is truly magnificent. It’s an easy trail less than a mile long, wide in the woods, narrower along the lake. The lake section has a short boardwalk. You can access it from both the parking lot by the beach and the parking lot by the amphitheaters. Both of these have bathrooms nearby. From there, there is a paved trail that is also a biking trail that will lead you to the campground and Allen Lake. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/369c080d-07be-4fbd-ac66-a175c8e9514f/paved+trail.jpg Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Make it stand out Paved biking trail between Hartman Lake and the campground/Allen Lake. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3a004dab-643f-4b03-8c57-dcf40782599c/Deer+Path+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Deer Path Trail This loop around Allen Lake might be my favorite! It’s also the most difficult, with a narrower trail on the south side of the lake, roots on the trail, small hills and one bigger hill giving you nice views of the lake. On the northern side, the trail is wider and gorgeously nestled among tall pines. Walking on pine needles is my favorite! You get the best views of the lake from this side too. If you want to start with this trail, there is a parking lot to this lake, shortly after you leave the park’s office, or you can access it directly from the campground. The parking lot has a bathroom nearby. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f38bbf5a-8091-47f6-bfaf-15c8a24a6452/IMG_5107.JPG Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Make it stand out Allen Lake in the winter. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e670c9a4-970f-4f43-816c-0b96b537e4a0/Water+Trail%21.jpg Wisconsin - Hartman Creek State Park - Water Trail! Don’t forget that you can kayak the many lakes of this State Park! In my opinion, the best place to do this is the set your kayak down in Marl Lake. You’ll have to drive from the main part of the park and use the Whispering Pines parking lot, but it’s worth it! There is a paved trail from the parking lot to a staircase going down to a dock on Marl Lake. From there, you can explore four connecting lakes located within the State Park’s limits: Marl Lake, Pope Lake, Manomin Lake and Knight Lake. To see a video of this, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/rib-mountain-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/25c8dcdb-0dff-4be6-aa69-c0cbb6b56d6c/IMG_4539.jpg Wisconsin - Rib Mountain State Park - Make it stand out One of the viewpoints on the Red Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/90b79ea0-031f-4062-9171-bbb05b82cf1b/Red+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Rib Mountain State Park - Red Trail This is not an easy trail, with roots and rocks. Not smooth rocks, pointy rocks, and pointing towards your feet too, so make sure you have good shoes. The trail is narrow, and I did get lost once, but other than that it’s beautiful, and it has several viewpoints with great expansive views. You can start this loop trail from the observation tower parking lot and it is listed as 1.2 miles long. There are several rock staircases, some of them steep, and some smoother flatter sections… but not many. Be prepared, but go for it, it’s worth it! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/779c36fb-2175-49ce-84c5-780585b26f2f/Grey+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Rib Mountain State Park - Gray Trail This is another loop you can do from the observation tower parking lot, it’s listed as 1.5 miles and goes on the other side of the mountain. Be aware that half of it is closed in the winter, as it goes through the ski area. That section is wide and exposed. You will have views of Wausau from this trail, which is easier than the red trail, and shares some of its sections with the yellow trail. In that section, it’s a wider trail, smoother. It also shares a very short section with the asphalt path that goes all along the park’s entrance road and goes quite close to the park’s office. Most of it is narrow with some roots and rocks, and some rock stairs. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/27247fac-d19a-4544-ba5d-c252add39dae/Observation+Tower.JPG Wisconsin - Rib Mountain State Park - Observation Tower Accessible from the furthest parking lot in the park, and near a bathroom, a concession stand and a playground, this observation tower is pretty typical of Wisconsin State Parks. There are three different levels to observe the area, the top one at 60 feet. From up there, you can see the forest, the city of Wausau and sections of the Wisconsin River. If you’re not afraid of heights, make sure to check it out next time you go visit Rib Mountain State Park! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9c9d1106-b2d0-4950-8065-3bdab9e8d4bd/IMG_4561.jpg Wisconsin - Rib Mountain State Park - Make it stand out View from the top of the Observation Tower. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/devils-lake monthly 0.5 2023-10-01 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e5e5cddc-e90e-45af-8d26-fc000d929d6f/46492051_846745339529_8757860984275599360_n+copy.jpg Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Make it stand out Don’t think you can’t visit Devil’s Lake in the winter, this place is beautiful in every season! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/37577b74-bb5b-4dae-82e4-6af588474915/East+Bluff.jpg Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - East Bluff Trail If you start on the North Beach, the way East Bluff Trail is somewhat steep, and at one point you can choose to stay closer to the lake and on a rocky trail, or go deeper in the woods on a trail that is less rocky but has more roots. They meet up again to continue along the bluff. You get some nice views the lake from this trail a few times, and the end of it is flatter and easier, arriving at a point where you can choose to continue on East Bluff Trail to go see the Devil’s Doorway, or go directly down to South Beach, seeing the Balanced Rock on the way down. This crossroads is also where you meet up with the Ice Age Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b0c9dbf7-958c-4b71-b8e9-cd3d7c139800/IMG_1801+copy.jpg Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Make it stand out The iconic Devil’s Doorway, in the Fall. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f9b24a35-bfa6-4a25-9e42-0628fbc271c1/Balanced+Rock+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Balanced Rock Trail Balanced Rock Trail is less than half a mile, but tough! It’s also part of the Ice Age Trail segment. Coming down from the East Bluff Trail to lake level is STEEP. The rocks that go down are uneven, and this is a difficult part of the trail. If the terrain is wet in any way, I’d suggest going up this way instead of down, because the rocks can get slippery. That being said, it’s a beautiful trail and beautiful views (not just the Balanced Rock), but it can be slow if there are a lot of people taking it at the same time. If you’re going down this trail, remember that trail etiquette suggests you give priority to the people who are going up, since it’s harder for them than for you. This whole trail is part of the Ice Age Trail segment at Devil’s Lake. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4a05802a-e90f-4c1e-a30d-99bc5ccfd22f/Balanced+Rock.jpg Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Make it stand out The iconic Balanced Rock, with a view of South Beach. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7467f335-0cbb-449a-b948-45cdd37d82da/West+Bluff.JPG Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - West Bluff Trail Although a little longer, the West Bluff Trail is slightly easier than the East Bluff, in my opinion with a slightly gentler slope going up and down each side. It’s still steep, more so on the north side, but it has benches along the top and has slightly better views of the lake, in my opinion. It is less rocky, as the trail is paved, although you still have to deal with roots from the trees that broke the pavement. You can often see turkey vultures from above from some of the lookout points. Going down on the north side, it meets up with the Park Road, and then continues down to the North Beach. This whole trail is part of the Ice Age Trail segment at Devil’s Lake. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5fe90e3b-c85e-4210-af7c-7fc585a9734c/IMG_E8339+copy.JPG Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Make it stand out View of the lake from the West Bluff, on a summer day. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ca8e2d7b-3237-4ab0-8728-8d669152894a/Tumbled+Rocks+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Tumbled Rocks Trail Tumbled Rocks Trail is one mile long, all along the lake, flat and paved and beautiful! It’s a great option to still experience the beauty of this place if you can’t quite handle the steep bluffs or tough trails. It’s mostly flat, and mostly paved, though in some areas you still have to deal with roots. Some sections are narrow and you might wait to let people by before you can continue your hike. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/68822382-c7c0-4d95-87ba-f89d3ce94b65/Roznos+Meadow+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Devil’s Lake - Roznos Meadow Trail As the name indicates, this trail goes through a meadow, and is therefore pretty flat and easy. It gives nice views of the bluffs from far and below, goes through grassy lands and includes a couple of boardwalk sections. Roznos Meadow Trail connects Highway 113 (where there is a parking lot) and the Upland Trail Loop, and is 1.8 miles long, one way. If you’re there on a hot sunny day, be aware that there is very little shadow on this trail. This whole trail is part of the Ice Age Trail segment at Devil’s Lake. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/lake-wissota-state-park monthly 0.5 2024-03-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/776ae291-4c49-4063-955c-7b3f6286620f/LWSP+top.jpg Wisconsin - Lake Wissota State Park - Make it stand out Horse trail continuing from the Lake Trail and leading to the Park’s Office. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4c84fa16-fceb-438c-80d2-c08f8691999d/Lake+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Lake Wissota State Park - Lake Trail This is an easy and shaded trail that goes alongside Lake Wissota, offering several opportunities to see the lake. It is also THE place to be to watch the sunset. On top of the overlook and a few benches that gives you a view from up on the bluff, there are a couple of staircases to go down and see the sunset from water level. The trail is marked as 1.4 miles long, one way. It seamlessly connects to a horse trail that will eventually lead you to the Park’s Office on the north end, and if you go all the way to the south, you can use this trail to get to the beach. This trail is easily accessible from the Family Campground. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/64924c66-005b-45c6-b538-a841f82a98a1/Eagle+Prairie+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Lake Wissota State Park - Eagle Prairie Trail This is a very open and exposed trail in the prairie, on a nice day it is great to observe the flowers and maybe see some wildlife, but it is to be avoided on a really hot day. However, if you’re spending the night camping at this State Park, I highly recommend going to the Eagle Prairie Trail at night to observe the stars and watch the moon rise. This trail is marked as half a mile long, and connects to the Red Pine Trail on the north, and the Staghorn Trail on the south. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eaf429db-9568-4f35-aeb0-8b3207ab1d64/Staghorn+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Lake Wissota State Park - Staghorn Trail This two-mile loop is the best trail to explore on a really hot day because it is almost entirely in the shade. It crosses a horse trail but is well marked. You might see a snake, and you’ll hear many birds while walking here. You can access it from the group campground, from the Eagle Prairie Trail, or from the Jack Pine Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2ed552ea-5164-420a-a4ab-88bdf8778fa3/IMG_3466.jpg Wisconsin - Lake Wissota State Park - Jack Pine Trail This very short trail is similar to the Staghorn Trail, connecting it to the Lake Trail and allowing you to get to the beach house. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/07b28aa8-06d4-4703-b4a7-865c07d40dae/IMG_3565.jpg Wisconsin - Lake Wissota State Park - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/brunet-island-state-park monthly 0.5 2024-03-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/58c6e879-4919-4940-b33f-e0e75d2d3d6e/Brunet+Island.JPG Wisconsin - Brunet Island State Park - One hike, four trails! It is really easy to explore the four main trails on the island part of the park in one hike, as they are quite short: Parking at the beach, you can hike the Timber Trail and connect to the Jean Brunet Nature Trail with a short road section, and from there hop on to the Pine Trail and the Spruce trail to get back to the beach. The trails are well marked and offer a good mix of woods and views of the Chippewa River. My favorite was probably the Jean Brunet loop. Too bad it’s only .6 miles! This loop is just over two miles. To see a video of this hike, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c2df5397-2678-4e9b-84b0-5efd2890318e/IMG_3359.jpg Wisconsin - Brunet Island State Park - Make it stand out The beach as seen from above. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/fond-du-lac monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/efe6500c-f6b9-410e-a1b4-4c327f69df56/Wild+Goose+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Fond Du Lac - Wild Goose State Trail This is one of Wisconsin’s Rails to trails gravel trails. It starts on S. Rolling Meadows. There is about half a mile north of the parking lot on S. Rolling Meadows (a Park and Ride lot with some spots reserved for trail users) that is paved with a cool bridge over Highway 41, but everything south of that is gravel. It’s mostly flat, like all rails to trails, but it’s a long trail one (35 miles between Fond du Lac and Juneau), and pleasant too. Most of it is shaded, you’ll cross some roads, go under others, cross streams on wooden trestle bridges, mostly in the first half of the trail. There is a gas station about six miles in, if you need anything, and not far from the finish line you can find another one. About 13 miles in, you’ll come by the Horicon National Wildlife Refuge and you can do the three-mile auto loop to do some birding, or get off the bike and hike a bit if you want to combine activities. There is a connecting trail between the Wild Goose and the trails within the Horicon Wildlife Refuge. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/kohler-andrae-state-park monthly 0.5 2024-03-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ca913dca-6406-4e23-a332-c24b4e465ae0/top.jpg Wisconsin - Kohler-Andrae State Park - Make it stand out Small dune on the Dunes Cordwalk Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d299cc07-e63f-4171-a192-3b002610c515/Cordwalk+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Kohler-Andrae State Park - Dunes Cordwalk Trail This linear one-mile-long trail follows Lake Michigan between Parking Lot 5 and the Nature Center, giving you plenty of opportunity for side trails leading to the beach. You can add the Creeping Juniper Loop for another .5 miles (bottom right photo), and north of the Sanderling Nature Center, the trail continues for another .5 miles to a beach where pets are allowed. The cordwalk is similar to a boardwalk except that it’s less stable because it’s on sand. The planks are tied together with a cord, but some of them move, so wear good shoes or sandals. This is a beautiful winding trail rolling between dunes, with many benches along the way to take a break and look at the many blues of Lake Michigan. Be aware there is very little shade on this trail, so wear sunscreen! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fc8b5e16-a3b7-4baf-bd36-ebdbaaaa4c38/Woodland+Dunes+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Kohler-Andrae State Park - Woodland Dunes Trail If the wind and sun right by the lake are too much, or if you like a woodsier atmosphere, head on over to this one-mile loop. You’ll be walking on dirt and pine leaves, see many types of trees (birches, maples, poplars, pines and more) and get some shade. There is a playground and a bathroom right at the beginning of the trail, on Parking Lot 8. On this trail, you can see many birds and maybe even startle a deer… if it doesn’t startle you first! This trail goes through the campground, and connects to the Marsh Trail: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/614f4bd5-443e-4c40-8249-f62dbdcbd6fb/Marsh+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Kohler-Andrae State Park - Marsh Trail This .25 linear trail is a nice little detour from the loop mentioned above. It goes along the marsh, through a nice section of trees before becoming more open, and ends up at Parking Lot 10. From there, you can continue your walk on the Black River Marsh Boardwalk Trail… before heading back to the Woodland Dunes to finish your loop. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2223ded0-beed-417f-9bc6-39a0a69011ce/Marsh+Boardwalk.JPG Wisconsin - Kohler-Andrae State Park - Black River Marsh Boardwalk This is another very short trail, a loop consisting entirely of boardwalk, that will bring you to the edge of the Black River. It is located at the end of the Marsh Trail, at Parking lot 10. From there you might see various birds, but also turtles and frogs! There are a couple of benches if you want to take a break… or take out the binoculars! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/perrot-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0d4892a0-329a-4af2-baf9-70320277de2b/after+intro+photo.JPG Wisconsin - Perrot State Park - Make it stand out Sunset view of the Mississipi and Trempealeau Mountain from the boat landing area. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9bfc23cc-8416-43fd-b121-c015e242c8b6/Brady+Bluff+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Perrot State Park - Brady’s Bluff Trail For the best views on this hike, I’d recommend to start at the West Brady parking lot and head up: where you can’t seem much while going up… but the big reveal at the end is all the more impressive! Beware, it’s steep, with stairs and rock steps, and there are some narrow passages between rocks while going up. 0.5 miles up to the top. Enjoy a snack with the view (there is a shelter where you can sit and. Find some shade), and head down towards the East Brady parking lot, the slope down is less steep and gives you great views of the Mississippi. 0.7 miles down. Once at the parking lot, you can connect to the Riverview Trail to get back to the starting point. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3d2fbdbe-e2e2-4fb8-acce-d38849d38671/Riverview+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Perrot State Park - Riverview Trail This is an easy trail that mostly follows the Mississippi and Trempealeau Bay. It will give you a variety of views, as you can see on my photo. I started at the campground and it was a perfect first trail to do after my long drive to get to the Park. It also gave me nice sunset views! This trail is 2.5 miles long and intersects with the boat landing area as well as several parking lots. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/appletontrails monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3ccc47be-167c-49e8-91e7-fa230590dc22/page0+2.JPG Wisconsin - Appleton - Newberry Trail The Newberry Trail is located mostly along the Fox River in Appleton. Going West from Telulah Park (you can park on E. Newberry St, hence the name), it is a paved trail and connects to downtown if you use S Olde Oneida Street to connect to Jones Park. Alternatively, you can use the North Island Trail (and a little bit of roads, but the College Ave bridge has a sidewalk and is safe to use) to do a loop back to Telulah Park. It’s great for the usual walking and running, but since it’s paved, it’s perfect for biking, skating… or scootering! It is an easy trail but do notice that there is an uphill from Jones Park if you’re going all the way to downtown. You’ll have great views of the river, the old railway, the canals and locks… and if you’re lucky you’ll see some wildlife like the softshell turtle pictured here! To make it longer, you can go East from Telulah Park, though the trail is less scenic there. If you need food or refreshments before or after your adventure on the trail, check out the Tempest Collective coffee shop! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/cherney-maribel-caves-county-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/66952d8a-c421-46f7-ae42-ef3e616ad9c6/Cherney+Maribel.JPG Wisconsin - Cherney Maribel Caves County Park The parking lot (on the upper section) has some picnic tables, and then the trail goes down (some sections have stairs) towards to river (lower area). In the middle section are… the caves! The prettiest and easiest trail is the one that follows the river. It’s a mostly flat dirt trail, with the occasional root sticking out. You do have to scramble up rocks and roots to access the caves, which makes those trails more difficult, but definitely worth it to see the rock formations and the roots of the trees intertwined in the rocks on the cliff line. The caves are small but cool: there is even one section where you can crawl inside a tunnel! I hiked a total of three miles. To watch my hike in this park, click here! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/peninsula-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/229007e2-8086-4252-9207-08f8274a5ec2/Sentinel+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Peninsula State Park - Sentinel Trail Starting right at the Eagle Observation Tower, the Sentinel Trail is a lollipop trail with a 0.3 stick and a 2-mile loop. It is an easy trail that can be hiked in the summer and snowshoed in the winter… and ran all year-round! The snow is often packed by snowshoers in the winter, which is nice. There’s isn’t much elevation change as you follow the winding trail through the beautiful forest. The trail crosses the Eagle Trail early on and the Lone Pine Trail later on, both of which will take you down closer to the lake, to the Minnehaha Trail. You can use these to do a loop that is longer… and would be harder because of the elevation change. To see a video of this trail run done in March (with still quite a bit of snow), click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cf1fd66e-87a3-48d4-a685-14a7348ef72c/Sunset+Hemlock+Skyline+Loop.JPG Wisconsin - Peninsula State Park - Hemlock/Skyline/Sunset Loop For a four-mile loop of moderate difficulty, start at the first parking lot past the visitor center and combine the Sunset route with the Hemlock Trail and the Skyline Trail before finishing back on the Sunset Route. This Lollipop loop gives you a little bit of everything, with some climbs on the Hemlock Trail (and a nice view of the lake from Sven’s Bluff!), some level segments, and nice views of the lake from low on the Sunset Route. The first parking lot is conveniently located near the Visitor Center, where you can use the bathroom when open. Be aware that the Sunset Route is also a bike trail. This route starts so close to the entrance of the park that you could potentially park in town and not in the park. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/dells-of-eau-claire monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/03fb108f-e16c-439f-93c1-b3a9725dd190/Dells+of+Eau+Claire.JPG Wisconsin - Dells of Eau Claire Explore both sides of the river! The trails alongside the river are the most beautiful, the sound of the rushing waters accompanying you as you hike is soothing, and the views incredible, especially right by the waterfall. There are three bridges that cross the river. The Ice Age Trail goes alongside the northern side of the river, and you can use the trail on the southern side to make a loop (about a mile). To see a video of the campsite at the county park and of the Ice Age Trail portion of this hike, click here! Park by the waterfall near County Y for a short hike or just to look at the waterfall, or, if you have a parking sticker, park by the beach within the county park for a longer loop! For an even longer hike, use the trails within the park, or do an out and back on the Ice Age Trail (5.2 miles total). Click here for a map. The trails are intermediate because of the terrain and some ups and down, and there are some steps to deal with by the waterfall. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/harrington-beach-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2c2eb6df-a954-492d-978f-e670a1a18080/Quarry+Lake+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Harrington Beach State Park - Quarry Lake Trail Loop (1 mile) As the name indicates, this trail goes around the quarry, which is now a lake, and it’s pretty neat to see the water through the trees from the trail. This trail is a little more technical as you have to deal with roots sometimes. If you’re planning to have a picnic during your visit, there is a table at the beginning of this trail, right by the water, that would make a perfect spot! This trail is mostly in the shade. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2c5aed11-d719-4c0b-8045-583c16a47465/White+Cedar.jpg Wisconsin - Harrington Beach State Park - White Cedar Nature Trail (.8mile) This loop is all in the woods, all in the shade! A good break from the sun, and more opportunities to see cool birds and flowers different from the ones on the Bobolink Trail. The trail is easy, mostly flat and accessible right from the parking lot, where there are more picnic tables, if you didn’t have lunch by the lake. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/51221bfe-9c33-41a1-bea0-93d311eeb68d/Lakeview+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Harrington Beach State Park - Lakeview Trail (.8 mile) On a sunny day, Lake Michigan has so many incredible shades of blue it resembles the Caribbean Sea… this is the best trail to check that out! And since the lake is east of the trail, it’s also a great spot to watch the sunrise. As you can see from the photo here, sunset isn’t bad either… Note: On the north side, there are many trees that make up good spots to hang a hammock. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/42fa1e29-fcea-4685-b95b-3632898e877b/Bobolink+Trail.jpg Wisconsin - Harrington Beach State Park - Bobolink Trail Loop (1 mile) A mowed path in the prairie, this trail is great to observe the vegetation and try to see butterflies and birds. It’s an easy trail, mostly flat. Be aware that there is no shade for that whole mile. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/point-beach-state-forest monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/27b2ffe9-8cca-4d6a-9432-aed71f82a4be/Point+Beach.JPG Wisconsin - Point Beach State Forest I am partial to trails near a lake. In the summer, it’s a treat to get to swim after a hike. This park is also a beautiful place to see the leaves in the Fall. The trails are all fairly easy: there are no big hills for example. The Ice Age Trail goes through this park (a 10-mile segment, including three and half glorious miles of beach!) but that is a linear trail. If you’re looking for a loop, try the the Red Pine Trail (2.8 miles), or a combination of the Red Loop and the Ridges Trail (for a shorter option). This park has a variety of “feels” to it: beach, woods, dunes… try them all! It really is one of those parks where you can’t go wrong. And considering how big it is, either plan to camp so you can explore over several days… or plan on coming back! To see the official map of the trails, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/stevens-point monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8f437fc3-e1af-43e4-92c3-d0b53aa85482/Green+Circle+collage.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point - Green Circle Trail The Green Circle is a beautiful 27-mile-long bike trail that combines a collection of trails, sidewalks and road to go around the town. Its trailhead is located on the northern end of the loop, but you can easily access it from many different points along the road, including close to downtown. The trails goes in nature reserves, by lakes and rivers, on boardwalks, goes near the airport… looking at the map is seemed complicated, but I was impressed by how easy it was to follow. To see the video of my bike ride, click here. For more info and a full map, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3dc1c84b-ec43-45c6-a5d7-30b088bae396/Sculpture+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point - Sculpture Park Located on the north side of Stevens Point, the Sculpture Park is a really cool place where you can see dozens of sculptures right from the trail. Some are made of wood, some of steel, some of fabric… it’s very interesting to see the confluence of art and nature and it feels very relaxing to meander in the woods and find art around each corner. The trail isn’t very long and is very easy. Not paved but mostly flat, the area is about 20 acres: how long it takes depends on how long you spent on each sculpture. Feel free to go again as the sculptures change periodically. From this park you can connect to the Green Circle Trail (a 27 -mile nature trail around town). For more information: https://stevenspointsculpturepark.org https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/interstate-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f7b5836c-942a-4521-9a11-15a8c0e6d532/page0+2.JPG Wisconsin - Interstate State Park - So many views! There are many trails in this park, and for the ones near the river: the views from above are just awesome! I combined several trails in one hike to get the most of the different feels the park has to offer: lake views on the Lake O’ the Dalles Trail and bluffs on the Summit Trails as well as Echo Canyon Lake and Bluff River Trail. There is plenty of shade in the summer on these different trails, but they are not easy. This particular loop in only 2.5 miles but you’ll be going up and down a lot, sometimes on stairs and sometimes on rocks. Definitely worth it for the views! Separate trails are open during the winter, check our the DNR’s map for more details. To see this hike I did on Labor Day weekend in 2022, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/buckhorn-state-park monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a19e63a7-f09f-4ed1-9b37-3589a44d6625/Buckhorn.JPG Wisconsin - Buckhorn State Park - one hike, three trails! The most interesting trails are in the southern section of the park. I’d suggest parking at the main beach: from there it’s easy to access the trails, check out the campsites for a future visit, but mostly to be able to get in the water after your hike! I did a three-mile loop (as you can see in the bottom right photo) combining the Central Sands Trail, the Turkey Hollow Trail and the Partridge Trail Loop and thus was able to enjoy some open areas, some woodsy sections and some parts along Castle Rock Lake. And to see the DNR’s map of all the trails, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/green-bay monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/dce68616-81fc-4e10-a5cf-cf730509ed30/Baird+Creek+Nature+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Green Bay - Baird Creek Trails Baird Creek trails are fun! There is a 1.6 mile paved trail, and many unpaved trails of varying lengths through the woods and along the creek. The photos are from the Pike Hike trail which is labeled intermediate but really is easy, just not paved. You can hike and run but there is also a system of mountain biking and skiing trails. There are four access points to this trail system. For an official map and more info, click here! This set of trails is only about a 10 minute drive from downtown, so if you’re looking for a place to have a delicious meal after your outdoor activity, check out Kavarna! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/north-kettle-moraine-forest monthly 0.5 2024-05-20 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c15e6803-1618-4563-aa1e-42005fc2115a/IMG_4582.jpg Wisconsin - North Kettle Moraine Forest - Make it stand out Fall at the Greenbush Group Camp. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/635ad72e-8cc1-455b-a485-1c25e34ba6a9/Greenbush.JPG Wisconsin - North Kettle Moraine Forest - Greenbush Recreational Area The Greenbush Recreational Area has two main systems of trails: A) color-coded trails for hiking and trailrunning in the summer that switch to cross-country skiing (both classic and Nordic) in the winter B) numbered trails for mountain biking (permit required) in the summer and snowshoeing as well as fat biking in the winter. All these trails are loops of varying lengths (from .7 miles to 5.1 miles) and levels of difficulty. You can access them from two parking lots along Kettle Moraine Drive, where you will find a map of the area as well as bathrooms. The color-coded trails are wide, so if you’re looking for more of a single-track feel to your hiking or running, consider the Ice Age Trail, which goes through this area as well. The longest trail (purple) is a mix of gently rolling hills, steep sections, and a couple of flat segments of soft dirt and pine needles. There are benches scattered along the way if you need a break. It is really beautiful out there, in all seasons, and there is a shelter at the Group camp area parking lot where you can rest after your hike, take shelter from the mosquitoes for a picnic, or warm up during the winter in between loops on your skis or snowshoes! Click here for a map of the trails. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e9d227ab-c33c-436b-8052-9e112367b51a/IMG_8954.jpg Wisconsin - North Kettle Moraine Forest - Make it stand out View from the top of the Parnell Tower in Spring. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/33cc0318-3ca7-4856-99fd-a23a4a3b3c64/Parnell+Purple+Loop.JPG Wisconsin - North Kettle Moraine Forest - Parnell Tower Hiking Trail The Parnell Loop is a 3.4 mile trail near Plymouth, WI. It’s not a difficult trail but you have to watch where you step because of rocks and roots, and as it is a loop you either turn around soon or commit to the whole thing. It’s well marked (purple) and there are not many side trails to get lost on. It’s a beautiful trail but the Fall is a really special time to walk it, as you can see on the photos here. The other special feature of the trail is the 60-foot Parnell Observation Tower: from the top, you get a 360-degree view at the highest point of observation in the Kettle Moraine (as seen above). From the parking lot (which features a bathroom and water) the tower is not very far: you get to it via a long (not steep but long) set of steps (top left photo). There is an additional bathroom on trail near the Parnell Trail Shelter #4, less than a mile from the tower. To see a video of the trail on a gorgeous day in October, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/627bac05-3369-41ff-a938-67018523447a/Zillmer.JPG Wisconsin - North Kettle Moraine Forest - Zillmer Trails Zillmer has a system of four loops of varying lengths (the shortest being 1.2 miles long and the longest 5.4 miles) and levels of difficulty (the longest is also the toughest with a few big hills… and nice views!). It’s beautiful though, in all seasons, and can be used for skiing in the winter. There is a very large shelter near the parking lot, where you can rest or warm up in between loops. It’s bigger than the one at Greenbush. Bathrooms are also available right by the parking lot. And if you’re feeling very adventurous, there is a backpacking shelter in the center of the loops, reservable from April to November… For a detailed map, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/milwaukee monthly 0.5 2023-12-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0a9d6db8-2ddf-44c3-812d-6c75e55d7520/Mke+Nature+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Milwaukee Nature Trail For anyone who loves trail, is in the city, and prefers to find something unpaved, I have the perfect section for you! I love trail running on this trail whenever I stay in Milwaukee. It starts on the corner of W. Hampton Ave and N. Port Washington Rd, on the northwest corner of Estabrook Park, and goes right alongside the Milwaukee River and you can go all the way to North Ave on an unpaved trail. You’ll go through Estabrook Park, Hubbard Park, and Riverside Park (past the Urban Ecology Center where you can find the East Bank Trail.) It’s beautiful in all seasons and is a good way to get away from the hustle and bustle… and the pavement! And if you need ideas on where to eat after your exploration of the trail, check out this page for recommendations! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/416fa2e5-6335-4278-b200-cd3cb0dc2680/Beerline+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee - Beerline Trail The Beerline Trail is a paved trail starting in Glendale, just north of Milwaukee, going south winding through the Harambee and Riverwest neighborhoods. It is built on the route of a former railroad line which used to transport beer, hence the name. Therefore, it is mostly flat. Nowadays, you can admire sculptures along the way, and there are many events organized throughout the year. At the corner of Bremen and Burleigh, don’t forget to check out Cafe Corazón for some delicious Mexican food! And if you continue south to the intersection of E. Locust St and Humboldt Blvd, you can find a continuation of the paved trail through Gordon Park that will follow the Milwaukee River and lead you to downtown. If you go this way and want to stop by for something to eat… check out the Beerline Café! For more info on events on the trail, check out the Beerline Trail official website! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/madisontrails monthly 0.5 2023-12-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/81998e3f-af46-41c7-8a5a-3ccf8f319875/Howard+Temin.JPG Wisconsin - Madison Trails - Howard Temin Lakeshore Path If you are exploring downtown Madison and need to get away from the hustle and bustle, then head over to the Howard Temin Lakeshore Trail, easily accessible from State Street through the UW Campus. You can start it from the Union’s Terrace. Head west and you can walk alongside Lake Mendota for over two miles within the Lakeshore Nature Preserve. The first mile is between the lake and campus (dorms and other buildings), but then it is in a forest. The trail is sometimes paved, sometimes not (as you can see on the photo), and it is shared by walkers, runners and bikers, so be aware of your surroundings. There are several benches along the way, if you need to rest or just to take in the view. This path links to the Lake Mendota Path and other trails in Bill’s Wood and you can walk further, to Picnic point and more, within the woods. For more information, check out the university’s website: https://lakeshorepreserve.wisc.edu/visit/places/the-lakeshore-path/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/20ae17ae-cf1a-4d41-97cb-9ce8ea82b805/Yahara+River+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Madison Trails - Yahara River path If you’re in the Williamson/Marquette neighborhood, check out the Yahara River Trail and go from Lake Mendota to Lake Monona (or vice versa) in just about a mile! Starting by Lake Mendota (check out the locks!) you can take a detour in Tenney Park, then continue along the Yahara River and under a couple of bridges. As with many trails in Madison, this trail is shared between walkers, runners and bikers. It is entirely paved, and flat. The trail connects with the Capital City State Trail near Winnebago Street, but it you keep going using the sidewalk on South Thornton Avenue, you can get all the way to Lake Monona. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/newberry+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/bike+trails monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/greenbay monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/green+lake+conference+center monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/sculpture+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/trail+running monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/county+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/gibraltar+rock monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/upper+hermosa monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/st+croix+river monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/rib+mountain+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/parnell monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/yahara+river monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/caves monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/levis+mound monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/west+bluff+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/riverview+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/quarry monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/east+bluff+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/kohler+andrae monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/ice+age+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/hemlock+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/brady%27s+bluff monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/jean+brunet+nature+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/mountain+biking monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/shelter monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/waupaca monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/trails monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/birds monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/interstate+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/trailrunning monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/bike+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/waterfall monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/whitefish+dunes+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/kayak monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/lake+michigan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/art monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/skiing monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/manitowoc monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/hiking monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/dells+of+eau+claire monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/biking monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/buckhorn+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/perrot+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/chippewa+river monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/baird+creek monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/fish+creek monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/lakeshore monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/lodi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/river monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/mississippi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/north+face+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/st+croix+falls monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/mascountin+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/zillmer monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/wausau monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/run monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/cliffhanger monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/scenic+overlook monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/south+woods monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/observation+tower monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/marl+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/woods monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/balanced+rock+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/tomorrow+river+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/kettle+moraine+state+forest monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/scuptures monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/walla+hi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/trempealeau+mountain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/hartman+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/fond+du+lac monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/devil%27s+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/cherney+maribel monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/state+forest monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/bike monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/summit+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/ripon monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/green+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/wicked+willow monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/deer+path+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/dunes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/allen+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/amherst+junction monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/castle+rock+lake monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/door+county monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/parnell+tower monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/peninsula+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/harrington+beach monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/stevens+point monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/wild+goose monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/wisconsin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/nature monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/madison monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/brunet+island+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/point+beach monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/kavarna monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/lakeshore+nature+preserve monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/northwestern+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/pope+lake+hiking+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/milwaukee monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/lake+o%27+the+dalles monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/sentinel+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/appleton monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/hartman+creek+state+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/yellow+jacket monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/porky+point monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/clarence+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/tempest+collective monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/lake+emily+county+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-1/tag/boardwalk monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/scotland daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/scotland/arthursseat monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9807a57e-f603-4422-addc-05cee7793b49/Arthur%27s+Seat.JPG Scotland - Edinburgh - Arthur’s Seat Translated from French by Meghan McCallum Edinburgh is known for its Royal Mile, the main thoroughfare through the Old Town between Holyrood Palace and Edinburgh Castle. If you want to stretch your legs on another “mile” that’s greener and gives you an unbeatable view of the city, consider hiking Arthur’s Seat! It starts in the city at Holyrood Park (south of Holyrood Palace) and runs about one mile each way. It goes up, of course, but the incline is gradual. It’s an easy hike on a dirt path and with occasional stones (as seen in the photo). At the end you’ll climb up some rocks, which is a bit trickier, but overall this hike is really accessible. The total elevation gain is less than 700 feet. Take your time, remember to look behind you (a good excuse for a break), and bring water! Note that there is no shade on this trail, so pack a hat and sunscreen if you’re going on a sunny day. This trail provides an incredible view and a real breath of fresh air just outside the city center. There are tourists here, of course, but considerably fewer than in town. The trail is also very easy to access from the train station, if you happen to arrive to the city there. After this, the Royal Mile will feel even easier! Watch this video to see snapshots of the hike! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/scotland/tag/edinburgh monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/scotland/tag/arthur%27s+seat monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/scotland/tag/hike monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/scotland/tag/scotland monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france daily 0.75 2026-03-10 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/avignon-vegan monthly 0.5 2026-03-10 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/71742ef2-09ee-4d06-b4fa-a36b83911613/Mi+Coffeecina.jpg France - Avignon vegan - Mi Coffeecina C’est tellement difficile de trouver un bon restau mexicain, j’ai été enchantée par Mi Coffecina et ses burritos vegan. De plus, le patron propose une sauce piquante… qui est vraiment piquante! Le burrito est de taille raisonnable, ne le partagez pas, et pour le dessert l’option vegan est un cookie. Le lieu est charmant, les tables sont partagées, la musique est en espganol, les déco sont folles et intéressantes… bref, passez du temps à Mi Coffecina, et si besoin, l’étage est un espace de co-working. Pour plus d’information, consultez leur page Instagram https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/25f43454-261d-4f78-a4be-0ef7450603f1/Naka.jpg France - Avignon vegan - Naka Ce restaurant est très populaire, avec raison, et si vous voulez y aller pour le dîner, je vous recommande de réserver. Le menu vegan était affiché à l’extérieur du restaurant, et il est non seulement savoureux mais tellement beau! Le sushi est listé comme “surprise”, et nous avons reçu du riz avec des petits morceaux de mangue, entouré ‘une fiche lamelle de concombre, mais cela peut changer selon la saison. Le lieu est vraiment beau, les sièges peuvent être surprenant, le thé vert délicieux. J’y retournerai absolument lors de ma prochaine visite! Pour plus d’information, voici leur site internet. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/218cd708-c637-4fc1-a8a2-6261386132fe/Little+bagel.jpg France - Avignon vegan - Little bagel Situé sur la rue Carnot, Litte Bagel est n endroit sans prétention mais offre un bagel vegan délicieux et nourrissant avec son bacon végétal et son guacamole bien frais. Parfait pour un brunch, un lunch… ou un ravitaillement après une journée vélo sur la Via Rhôna! Le lieu est agréable et le personnel prêt à répondre aux questions. Le café est aussi très bon avec des options de laits végétaux. Pour plus d’info, n’hésitez pas à consulter leur page Instagram. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/bourg-saint-maurice monthly 0.5 2025-05-26 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/989dcdc1-bce1-4d3e-9d29-c66daf60960d/Pause+BSM.jpg France - Bourg-Saint-Maurice - Pause Un café avec de nombreuses options de cafés avec lait végétal et quelques options pour le petit déjeuner: il y a le “breakfast bowl”, un bol d’avoine fait avec du lait de noisette, et un toast au beurre de cacahuète. L’endroit est comfortable et le personnel très sympa, mais attention, il n’y a pas d’internet. Il y a aussi une thématique “vélo” dans ce café, de la déco à certains vêtements et accessoires à vendre dans le café. Il y a de nombreuses tables à l’intérieur ainsi que sur la terrasse, qui est partiellement couverte. Les toilettes sont unisexes. Et bien sûr, vue sur les montagnes!! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/annecy monthly 0.5 2025-05-12 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a2ea90a8-d64e-4b43-8f63-764c0bc3eb3a/Granny+Smith.jpg France - Annecy - Granny Smith Ce restaurant a quatre “éléments” principaux, que vous pouvez marier dans des formules différentes à des prix différents: crudités, céréales, soupe et tarte. Les plats composés changent souvent selon les ingrédients locaux disponibles, mais voici en image un exemple de menu printanier: un assortiment de crudités, une tarte salée aux blettes, du riz basmati avec une sauce champignons, l’elixir betterave-pomme-citron, et en dessert une délicieuse barre crue au beurre de cacahuète. C’était délicieux et parfait pour reprendre des forces après avoir fait le tour du lac à vélo ! Pour en savoir plus sur les horaires et le menu, cliquez ici! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/valencevegan monthly 0.5 2025-01-31 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1e874b90-ac1b-48d4-8841-7fc0107cd7d2/page0+2.jpg France - Valence - Mamounia J’ai été ravie de me replonger dans l’ambiance du Maroc (après mon voyage dans les montagnes de l’Atlas) avec la décoration, la musique de fond et la nourriture de la Mamounia. Il n’y a pas d’options végétarienne pour le couscous, mais une tajine peut être végane, et le délicieux caviar d’aubergine en entrée aussi. Les deux étaient vraiment bons, ainsi que les olives servies au début du repas. Attention, elles sont couvertes de harissa et piquent! Il est possible de rajouter des raisins secs et de la harrisa dans la tajine, mais je l’ai vraiment appréciée telle quelle. Et bien sûr, il faut prendre un thé à la menthe! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b1867355-0d24-499e-a244-b066121d4d44/Sevan.jpg France - Valence - Sevan Le thé à la menthe est plus amer que celui de la Mamounia, mais les plats principaux sont tout aussi délicieux! Ce restaurant arménien est situé un peu à l’extérieur du centre, mais on peut rapidement y accéder à pied, rue de… l’Arménie! Le jour de ma visite, on m’a proposé une assiette découverte: seul le chausson au fromage n’est pas vegan, tout le reste l’es: la salade de betterave craquante, une version froide de la ratatouille arménienne, du houmous et du baba ganoush, ainsi qu’un falafel et une galette de lentille: je me suis régalée! Il existe une version chaude de la ratatouille arménienne comme plat principal, servie avec une délicieux mélange de gros boulghour et de vermicelle. Régalez-vous! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/grenoblevegan monthly 0.5 2026-03-01 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/aed2071f-4135-4ce6-8eca-43195ac73f65/Abri.PNG France - Grenoble - Abri Une de mes options préférées avec un délicieux bowl vegan plein de saveurs et de textures différentes qui se mélangent parfaitement! Les pommes de terre en side étaient elles aussi délicieuses et croquantes à souhait. L’endroit est très mignon, avec quelques tables en terrasse, quelques tables en bas, et encore plus à l’étage, et une déco très sympa. Le personnel a répondu à toutes mes questions! J’y retournerai pour modifier l’option vegétarienne et voir ce que ça donne! PS: je recommande le bowl car il est difficile de manger la version pita sans en mettre partout ;) Pour en savoir plus sur leurs horaires et voir un menu complet, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/02cfdebb-f3fd-4b41-91bf-618a5599615d/Ayako+Sushi.jpg France - Grenoble - Ayako Sushi J’ai été très agréablement surprise de voir que, non seulement certains maki sont vegan (comme dans la plupart des restaurants japonais), mais aussi et surtout qu’Ayako Sushi a une “option veggie” qui est vegane et permet de manger des brochettes végétales! Il est possible de choisir un mélange de champignons et de leur mélange à la base de blé. Si vous les prenez en menu à 18 euros 50, les brochettes sont servies avec une soupe miso, un bol de riz… et des makis! Ça fait une portion vraiment grande, donc allez-y un jour de grande faim! Ce restaurant situé à la Caserne de Bonne a une terrasse et un grand espace à l’intérieur. Pour plus d’info, visitez leur site ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3cf1a2e8-6c64-4c41-97a3-4d6ca9ab796a/Au+bon+Label.jpg France - Grenoble - Le Bon Label Quel bonheur de trouver un café ouvert jusqu’à 23h, avec des cafés très bons (mais pas de déca!) et plein de boissons différentes. Il y a souvent des options vegan le midi, comme un parmentier végétal, ou un ramen. En plus, le soir, leur assiette végane est délicieuse, avec des dips différentes, des crudités, du pain et des boulettes pour 13euros. J’avoue y être passé en rentrant chez moi juste pour un dessert… après avoir mangé dans un resto sans dessert vegan. J’ai testé le tiramisu (tellement fondant) et le gâteau chocolat caramel aux trois couches différentes (base croustillante, caramel fondant et chocolat dur) qui se marient très bien! Pour plus d’infos, voici leur site! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4b5ab03d-4b09-493f-ae4c-a14c9ad38720/Gustavo.JPG France - Grenoble - Gustavo Pas très loin de Salsita se trouve Gustavo, un restaurant très populaire, et si vous devez attendre… ça en vaut la peine. Le menu est 100% vegan! Le plat de frites était énorme, et la pita un peu difficile à manger, mais tout était délicieux. Ils ont des boissons originales, une décoration sympa, et les employés ont pris le temps de répondre à toutes mes questions. Et pour finir, un cookie vegan. Que demander de plus? Explorez leur page Instagram pour commencer à saliver! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e084f572-8663-4cf0-bdf2-c8fdb4703994/Listo.PNG France - Grenoble - Listo La nourriture colombienne en mode street food, c’est Listo! Délicieux et avec des portions généreuses, Listo offre un bowl vegan et une arepa vegan, en variant les ingrédients typiques: riz, haricots noirs, avocat, et bien sûr bananes plantain! Il y a quelques tables à l’extérieur, pour les jours de beaux temps, et une salle à l’étage avec quelques tables aussi. Le personnel et sympa, et la panela (boisson eau/sucre/citron vert) tellement délicieuse que je n’ai jamais eu le temps de la prendre en photo! Situé dans le quartier Championnet, au coin de la rue Lakanal et du Boulevard Gambetta, ce petit resto vraiment sympa va vite devenir un de mes points de prédilection, je le sens! Pour les horaires et les dernières Nouvelles, explorez leur page Insta! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5d5b02a4-8840-4735-97ec-2b2f5e0cf1ff/La+salsita.jpg France - Grenoble - La salsita Si, comme moi, vous ne comprenez pas les France tacos parce que avez voyagé au Mexique et mangé des vrais tacos… et que vous cherchez de la bonne nourriture mexicaine à Grenoble, je vous recommande La Salsita. Leur burrito m’a surpris avec des noix pour ajouter de la protéine… mais la noix de Grenoble ne devrait plus me surprendre! Leur niveau piquant n’est pas vraiment piquant, mais j’ai beaucoup aimé les saveurs, et leur agua de jamaica est très rafraîchissante. Pour plus d’info, c’est par ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a160bc75-9084-447e-9ecc-b1055da92e87/TIGMI.jpg France - Grenoble - TIGMI En plein centre ville, près de l’église Notre Dame, ce petit restaurant marocain va vous régaler. Il y a plusieurs options vegan: tajine, couscous, bowl… le couscous et le bowl que nous avons pris étaient tous les deux délicieux, et je recommande l’ajout des pois chiches sur le couscous pour un peu plus de protéines. La décoration est très sympa et l’endroit petit mais confortable. Quelle que soit la température à l’extérieur, je vous conseille de prendre le thé à la menthe (chaud), c’est un incontournable, et il était excellent, presque aussi bon que le thé que nous buvions à chaque repas pendant notre trek dans les montagnes de l’Atlas au Maroc! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/13e48232-16be-4451-9537-67cf7ab71fa9/TowerCoffee.JPG France - Grenoble - Tower Coffee Si vous cherchez un café cosy avec des options vegan pour le goûter, Tower Coffee est parfait! Les options changent, parfois c’est un banana bread, parfois des cookies, donc n’hésitez pas à y aller plusieurs fois pour tout tester! Il y a bien sûr de nombreuses options de lait végétaux pour les boissons, et le café est excellent. Il y a des tables et des fauteuils pour s’installer en bas, et un étage avec des tables supplémentaires si besoin. Ce café est situé sur le square Léon Martin, où se situe la librairie du square, si vous avez besoin d’un livre! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8a19aadc-631a-4d07-8aae-706ec1bdd3f2/Screen+Shot+2025-04-10+at+11.13.39+PM.png France - Grenoble - Bagelstein Juste en face des Halles se trouve Bagelstein, qui a une option marquée vegan sur leur menu: le Joséphine (falafel, houmous, oignons rouges, tomate, salades, sauce menthe). Il y a des places en terrase et à l’intérieur, et de nombreuses unes de magazines aux murs pour vous donner de quoi lire pendant que vous mangez! C’est rapide, frais, pas cher, et le personnel était très gentil lors de mon passage! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/aba59890-5596-4e41-896a-79e1b27e305e/Rouge+De%CC%81lice.jpg France - Grenoble - Rouge Délice - FERMÉ CETTE CRÊPERIE A FERMÉ. Probablement ma crêperie préférée à Grenoble, située à deux pas de la Place Victor Hugo, cette crêperie offre plusieurs options vegan salées et sucrées, et a de nouvelles créations spécialement pour le mois de janvier pour Veganuary! Sur la photo, vous pouvez voir la libanaise, avec des falafels, et la Pralinoise, mais il y en a d’autres! L’intérieur est joli et confortable, il y a une terrasse pour les beaux jours, et certains mardis, des concerts de jazz! Pour plus d’info sur les horaires ou les concerts, voici leur site web! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b7eef033-17c9-478d-88e6-48d989536572/page0.jpg France - Grenoble - Peanut Butter Books Si vous cherchez des livres en anglais, espagnol ou italien, avec énormément d’offre pour les enfants et d’ateliers artistiques et littéraires, expo, etc., Peanut Butter Books est parfait pour vous… et en plus ils offrent des options vegan dans leur petite section café! Située près de la gare et de l’avenue Jaurès, Il y a aussi des cartes postales, posters, sacs, puzzles, etc. à acheter, et la propriétaire franco-américaine est très sympa! Pour bouquiner et boire un café ou un thé en dégustant une friandise vegan, foncez-y! Et en prime, il y a la clim’! Pour en savoir plus, consultez leur page Instagram! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7e98c202-fd25-4e6a-9723-8f7b5e9a1918/Cafe%CC%81+Cannelle.jpg France - Grenoble - Café Cannelle Récemment ouvert, ce petit café en plein centre ville offre de nombreuses boissons, pâtisseries, et sandwich. L’atmosphère est bonne et le lieu confortable, le personnel est gentil… j’y ai pris une gourmandise mais j’y retournerai pour essayer les sandwichs! Il y a de nombreuses tables à l’intérieur, et quelques tables à l’extérieur. Parfait en descendant des bulles ou après une visite au Musée de Grenoble! Pour plus d’info, allez saliver sur leur compte Instagram! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4416fd5c-38dc-4e5b-9727-6c5730dfadd3/Pizza+Sanna.jpg France - Grenoble - Pizza Sana Si vous vous trouvez dans le quartier de la Presqu’Île et cherchez une option vegan, je vous recommande fortement le restaurant Pizza Sanna. IL est beau, le personnel est très aimable, et la pizza Tutto Brocoli est vraiment surprenante! C’est une pizza saisonnière d’été. En automne, l’ingrédient principal est le butternut… allez découvrir l’option vegan de chaque saison! Ce restaurant est facilement accessible avec le Tram A, ou vous pouvez marcher depuis la bibliothèque internationale. Il y a une grande salle à l’intérieur, une belle terrasse pour les beaux jours en extérieur, une cuisine ouverte où vous pouvez voir votre pizza dorer, et une salle de bain unisexe et accessible aux personnes à mobilité réduite. PS: Ils ont aussi un restaurant à St Martin le Vinoux. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3ffcdedc-9807-4772-848b-5179276af9f1/Cafe%CC%81+Bastille.jpg France - Grenoble - Crêpes de la Bastille Vous venez de descendre à pied de la Bastille ou de visiter le musée archéologique St Laurent et vous avez faim? Le restaurant Crêpes de la Bastille est idéalement situé rue St Laurent et offre des options vegan! J’ai mange la crêpe méditerranéenne, avec du houmous, et je me suis régalé! Le restaurant n’est pas très grand: il y a quelques tables à l’extérieur, et la rue est piétonne, et quelques tables à l’intérieur. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0ba9bac6-c511-48ce-a930-3833ed254916/LaCafteuse.jpg France - Grenoble - La Cafteuse Ce charmant café-brocante offre de délicieuses boissons et des patisseries et gâteaux vegan à deux pas au nord de la Place Championnet. La partie “brocante” est intéressante aussi… les tables et chaises sur lesquelles vous êtes installés sont à vendre! Il y a tout un tas de petites choses aussi à vendre, y compris de l’art sur les murs. La Cafteuse propose aussi des repas (tout est local et végétarien) pour le petit-déjeuner et le déjeuner, qui peuvent être vegan (téléphonez pour voir les options du jour ou précisez “vegan” lors de votre réservation). Vous pouvez aussi les suivre sur Instagram pour être au courant des offres du jour! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/939c097f-9c2a-4fd0-8192-3caf54320016/page0.jpg France - Grenoble - Bar Radis Situé dans le quartier Flaubert, à deux pas de l’espace associatif La Bifurk, le Bar Radis offre de délicieuses option vegan, principalement en mode tapas, dans une optique solidaire et écologique. Son énorme terrasse est parfaite pour observer le coucher de soleil, traîner avec ses amis, et profitez d’un des nombreux jeux de société en prêt. L’endroit est plein de plantes, de fleurs et de bonne humeur. Bar Radis offre régulièrement des événement musicaux, des expo photo, des spectacles, des ateliers d’apprentissage et de partage, etc. Pour en savoir plus, leur site se trouve juste ici. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/de2270fa-df33-4f9b-ae2d-7cf99a66e565/Ya+Falafel.jpg France - Grenoble - Ya Falafel! Situé sur le Boulevard Vallier, tout y est végétarien et beaucoup est vegan! C’est un fast food, et tout est basé sur le falafel ou un pané végétal que je n’ai pas encore testé. Vous pouvez choisir un sandwich dans un pain pita, un wrap ou un burger, ainsi que de nombreuses salades. Les falafels sont soit à la tomate, soit pimentés, soit traditionnels…et si vraiment vous les adorez vous pouvez les acheté à emporter, ils sont sous vide dans le frigo près de la caisse! La salle en haut a un plafond bas mais est agréable, et le personnel est prêt à répondre à toutes vos questions. Pour plus d’info, consultez le site web de Ya Falafel! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/peisey-nancroix-savoie monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/613dbab9-30d4-4994-b996-83a2434e837d/Le+Petit+Hibou.JPG France - Peisey-Nancroix (Savoie) - Le Petit Hibou Je suis vraiment contente qu’on ai trouvé cet endroit, même si c’était un peu par hazard. La nourriture est un peu chère, mais en vaut absolument le coût, et même plus. La présentation était fabuleuse, tout était plein de saveur et la vue des montagnes depuis votre table: la cerise sur le gâteau. Le menu n’est pas entièrement vegan, mais il y a vait une entrée, un plat et un dessert vegan… et nous avons tout essayé. Sur la photo: la ricotta maison au lait d’amande avec broccolini et gremolata aux pistaches; les haricots beurre avec houmous de betterave, betterave rotie, blette et chimichurri; le crémeux vegan au chocolat, sorbet coco, gel fruit de la passion et tuile sésame. Ai-je besoin d’en dire plus? Pour plus d’info: https://www.lepetithibou.fr https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/parisvegan monthly 0.5 2025-07-18 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f607eb14-3364-4e8d-9eb0-6f95391028bd/Kapunka+Vegan.jpg France - Paris Vegan - Kapunka Vegan En plein dans le quartier Montorgueil avec ses rues piétonnes merveilleuses à explorer, ce petit resto (pas beaucoup de tables, si vous êtes nombreux, n’hésitez pas à réserver!) offre de nombreux plats thaï plein de saveurs, tout est vegan… et sans gluten! Après les rouleaux de printemps en entrée, j’ai pris le mikati et je me suis régalée! Pour plus d’info, voici leur site (horaires et carte du moment!) https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d0f6e9e3-5a0c-4862-b30d-640ef5779c70/Lolilol.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Lolilol (4ème) Si vous cherchez un snack unique près de la Place des Vosges ou du métro St Paul, allez chez Lolilol pour un chimney cake ! J’ai testé la version sucrée (n’oubliez pas de demander la pâte vegan) et c’était vraiment délicieux. La pâte est cuite et dorée : croustillante à l’extérieur, fondante à l’intérieur ! Choisissez la finition (noisettes, pistaches, sucre etc.) et soit l’option glace (pâte en forme de cône), ou un nappage pour y tremper la pâte. Un régal ! Le magasin même est super mignon, il y a plein de déco et un coin magasin à explorer pendant que la pâte dore... n’oubliez pas de « visiter » les toilettes juste pour les petits posters installés là sur les murs ;) Pour plus d’info, voici leur page Instagram. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/560e9a4b-8012-4578-bc66-58ed6fa22d14/Joji.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Joji (4ème) Petit resto asiatique sympa juste à côté de Lolilol (où vous pouvez aller pour le dessert !), Joji offre plusieurs options vegan. En entrée, on a testé les aubergines marinées et elles étaient délicieuses. En plat, le wok de tofu frit avec légumes, très bon, et les gua bao veggie. J’ai apprécié le contraste entre la pâte du bao même, très simple, et l’intérieur, plein de saveurs. Ils ont du saké et de la limonade japonaise, et du jus de litchi si vous voulez rester dans l’ambiance asiatique avec votre boisson ! Pour voir le menu complet, c’est par ici ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c3264625-0487-4eaf-9234-939aa5700d9f/Maoz.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Maoz (5ème) Pour une option économique en plein cœur de St Michel, allez chez Maoz au 8 rue Xavier Privas, une ruelle piétonne ! Attention, il n’y a que deux petites tables, et pas de toilettes… mais si c’est complet, c’est une occasion pour aller manger le long de la Seine voisine ! Vous pouvez choisir vos falafels en mode salade ou pita, et vous choisissez les garnitures. Ils font aussi des frites, si vous pensez ne pas avoir assez avec les falafels. C’est simple, pas cher, bon… que demander de plus ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/85f4743b-abf5-4997-8bf4-8fcef0f64bff/Cre%CC%82perie+des+Arts.JPG France - Paris Vegan Crêperie des Arts (5ème) C’est ma crêperie préférée à Paris et elle se situe à quelques pas de la Fontaine St Michel, dans la rue St André des Arts. Le lieu est petit et adorable, avec des alcoves décorées de têtes de chevaux, et statues “style grec”. La pâte au sarrasin est vegan, et vous pouvez choisir parmi différentes garnitures. La Provençale est déjà vegan! Utilisez la même pâte mais avec de la confiture ou du sucre et une banane pour le dessert! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/875bffcd-106a-46f9-aa7c-0bce088b93e5/Grenier+de+Notre+Dame.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Le Grenier de Notre Dame (5ème) Situé au 18 Rue de la Bûcherie, une petite rue derrière le quai de Montebello qui longe la Seine, la vue depuis ce restaurant 100% végétarien n’est pas fantastique mais l’endroit même est si mignon que cela ne vous dérangera pas. La nourriture, quant à elle, est magnifiquement présentée ! Le couscous est plein de bonnes saveurs et de bonnes odeurs et le tartare d’avocat crémeux à souhait ! Le menu change selon les saisons, vous pourrez donc y retourner souvent et continuer à savourer les plats du plus ancien restaurant végétarien de Paris durant toute l’année ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/72188914-0657-4421-8974-908d52ace46c/Jah+Jah+by+Le+Tricycle.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Jah Jah by Le Tricycle (10ème) Quelle pépite ce petit restaurant à deux pas (littéralement) du New Morning ! Ce resto 100% vegan offre des spécialités afro-vegan. Il y a des plats chauds, des plats froids, et des jus d’hibiscus (Bissap) délicieux! On comprend pourquoi ce restaurant est si populaire. Nous y étions un mardi midi et c’était vite complet ! Sur la photo, vous pouvez voir un exemple de chaque plat, mais aussi les bananes plantains, succulentes, parfait en entrée ou en accompagnement. Tout était tellement sain et savoureux, un vrai délice ! Pour en savoir plus, voici leur page Instagram https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/99be9fe6-6703-4a72-88ec-02b7bb785056/Le+Daily+Syrien+veggie.jpg France - Paris Vegan - Le Daily Syrien Veggie (10ème) À ne pas confondre avec Le Daily Syrien, un autre restaurant à deux pas mais qui inclut de la viande. Dans la version « veggie », tout est végétarien, et il y a plusieurs options vegan. Sur la photo vous pouvez voir la salade Veggie, avec un assortiment de petites choses délicieuses : falafel, houmous, taboulé, moussaka, moujadara, caviar de courgettes, feuilles de vignes et assaisonnement ail/citron/huile d’olive. C’est sain, c’est frais, c’est bon. Je me suis régalée ! Pour saliver un peu, voici leur page Instagram. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f18aeacb-6bc2-4641-8699-0440b6343bf3/Beans+on+Fire.JPG France - Paris Vegan - The Beans on Fire (11ème) Un petit café très sympa tout près de l’Atelier des Lumières, parfait donc pour avant ou après un spectacle là-bas. Il y a des places à l’intérieur et à l’extérieur (quelques-unes à l’abri, au cas où il pleut). Le café est vraiment bon, l’ambiance est sympa et accueillante (toilettes non-genrées, par exemple), et le jour ou j’y étais, l’option vegan était un banana bread savoureux ! Pour en savoir plus, c’est par ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/10ecc2dc-5e3d-4d41-9dab-f1cffebf8b34/Le+Paradis+du+Fruit.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Le Paradis du Fruit (11ème) J’ai tendance à éviter les chaînes, mais j’ai un point faible pour le Paradis du Fruit, malgré le prix. Il existe plusieurs restaurants à Paris et pas énormément d’options végétaliennes au menu, pour être honnête, mais leurs falafels sont délicieux et leurs smoothies frais à souhait. Le restaurant sur la Place de la Bastille est un point de rencontre idéal (car facile à trouver), et si vous allez au restaurant près de la place St Michel, la vue de la cathédrale Notre Dame est un plus ! Pour explorer le menu et trouver le site le plus près de chez vous , c’est par ici : https://www.leparadisdufruit.fr/le-menu/#menu-a https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ea61d6c3-7e59-460a-a379-a1cc4acf3daf/e%CC%81tsi.JPG France - Paris Vegan - Étsi (18ème) Si vous cherchez un resto grec sophistiqué et avec des options végétaliennes, Étsi est pour vous. L’endroit est petit, avec une terrasse pour les beaux jours, et il est souvent plein, donc faites une réservation à l’avance, et n’hésitez pas à poser des questions pour voir ce qui peut être adapté pour les végétaliens. Nous avons eu beaucoup de chance d’être trois et de pouvoir commander plein de petites choses à partager. Le humus était délicieux, les feuilles de vigne farcies aussi, le fenouil inventif avec ses graines de grenades, mais mon plat préféré a été les fleurs de courgettes. En bref, mes papilles se sont régalées ! Pour en savoir plus : https://www.etsi-paris.fr https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/decbd24c-d00d-4ce6-b485-0375fbf96604/IMG_1696.PNG France - Paris Vegan - Acà (18ème) Ce restaurant mexicain (où vous pourrez pratiquer votre espagnol avec les serveurs !) fait un excellent guacamole, et l’agua de jamaica (thé à l’hibiscus) est parfait ! Il y a deux options vegan pour les tacos (en photo « champiñones al ajillo ») et un burrito vegan. Le menu a plusieurs symboles indiquant les options végétariennes, et celles contenant du fromage. Vu de l’extérieur, ce restaurant n’a pas l’air trop spécial, mais l’intérieur est charmant. Attention au cactus dans les toilettes ! C’est le meilleur restaurant mexicain que j’aie trouvé sur Paris. Pour en savoir plus : https://www.acataqueria.fr/en/menu/ https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/paradis+du+fruit monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/granny+smith monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/mamounia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/maoz monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/aca+taqueria monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/the+beans+on+fire monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/paris monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/peisey-nancroix monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/sevan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/daily+syrien+veggie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/alpes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/annecy monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/le+petit+hibou monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/le+grenier+de+notre+dame monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/lolilol monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/savoie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/%C3%A9tsi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/etsi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/valence monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/v%C3%A9g%C3%A9talien monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/bourg+saint+maurice monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/arm%C3%A9nien monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/jah+jah+by+le+tricycle monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/joji monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/marocain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france/tag/ac%C3%A1 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/londres-city-of-london monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c965a776-4ded-48df-a916-280c32da284c/Zizzi.PNG Angleterre - Londres - City of London - Zizzi Une fois que vous aurez fini de rire du nom de ce restaurant, vous pourrez regarder la photo et cette sublime lasagne végétalienne ! Après avoir exploré le quartier appelé « City of London » et marché de monument en monument, nous nous sommes régalés dans ce restaurent italien qui offre plusieurs options végétaliennes. Il s’agit d’une chaîne de restaurants et il y en a deux dans le quartier City of London : un près du monument Tower of London, et un dans le centre commercial à trois étages One New Change au sommet duquel vous pouvez accéder gratuitement pour avoir une vue imprenable sur la cathédrale Saint Paul ! Et si vous voulez voir ce quartier de Londres en images, cliquez ici. Pour explorer le menu complet : https://www.zizzi.co.uk/menus/full-menu https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/vegancamden monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e3ca7010-7098-4166-a054-83e70ad78ef4/Purezza.JPG Angleterre - Londres - Camden - Purezza Cette pizzeria est 100% végétalienne, et tout ce que nous avons mangé était absolument fantastique. Nous avons partagé une pizza pour prendre un dessert, et j’aurais voulu passer plus de temps à Camden juste pour pouvoir y retourner et essayer autre chose ! Le restaurant même est adorable, spacieux et avec une terrasse pour les beaux jours, et les employés très accueillants. Le nom des pizzas est inspiré du modèle des épisodes de Friends… the one with… Sur la photo : « The one with the pesto » et en dessert un brownie au caramel salé. Un pur régal. Installez-vous près de la fenêtre pour observer les gens qui passent… une autre chose à faire à Camden! Pour en savoir plus et commencer à saliver en regardant le menu: https://purezza.co.uk/locations/camden/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4b5af435-a19e-40c7-9c1f-c15a12f6ca90/Saint+Espresso.JPG Angleterre - Londres - Camden - Saint Espresso Qui a besoin de Paul quand Saint Espresso a des pains au chocolat végétaliens ! Situé près du métro Mornington Crescent (point d’accès sud de Camden High St.) ce café a un grand espace au sous-sol, de jolies décorations vertes, et plusieurs offres « Plant Based » sur leur menu. En photo ici le toast à l’avocat, mais si j’y étais allée pour le déjeuner j’aurais dégusté leur tajine d’aubergine et pois chiches… il faut que j’y retourne ! (À noter : pas d’espèces acceptées dans ce café.) Pour explorer le menu complet, cliquez ici. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/restaurant+zizzi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/city+of+london monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/zizzi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/cath%C3%A9drale+saint+paul monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/pizzeria monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/camden monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/v%C3%A9g%C3%A9talien monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/purezza monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/saint+espresso monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/angleterre/tag/londres monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1 daily 0.75 2026-03-18 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/hiver-chamrousse-1600 monthly 0.5 2026-03-18 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/52530819-61df-4206-b186-8183ffbfa4ea/IMG_4763.jpg France - Hiver ~ Chamrousse 1600 - Make it stand out Le domaine nordique s’étend sur le Plateau de l’Arselle. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4987eb7a-7188-41aa-b90e-ee9efb459972/page0.jpg France - Hiver ~ Chamrousse 1600 - Crêtes de l’Arselle (boucle 1, verte) Cette boucle (avec une option aller-retour pour aller jusqu’à un point de vue… qui se mérite) fait 4 km et est assez facile. Il y a quelques pentes mais seulement une centaine de mètres de dénivelé. Le sentier part du point de départ près de la salle hors sac, et entre vite dans la forêt, offrant de belles vues de ça de là. En commençant la descente, le sentier rejoint le plateau de l’Arselle et est parallèle aux pistes de ski de fond pendant un certain temps. Cette section est particulièrement agréable. Pour finir, vous traverserez le plateau et croiserez les pistes (attention où vous poser les pieds) et le sentier réservés aux chiens de traineau (vous les entendrez arriver!) pour revenir à votre point de départ. Pour voir la vidéo de mon aventure en trailrunning sur cette boucle, cliquez ici! Dénivelé total: 150 mètres https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/be5db514-84d5-4b20-8732-bb6bb89df52b/IMG_4803.jpg France - Hiver ~ Chamrousse 1600 - Make it stand out Le sentier large qui traverse le Plateau de L’Arselle pour revenir au point de départ. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f1cf3993-cdea-4328-b1b4-3ba321984629/Pre%CC%81+Gaudet.jpg France - Hiver ~ Chamrousse 1600 - Pré Gaudet (Boucle 6, rouge) Cette boucle de 7 km commence sur la route D111, où vous pouvez trouver une carte du parc nordique incluant les sentiers raquette. Ça commence relativement plat, et peu après le km1, bifurquez à gauche pour commencer à descendre. La descente est un peu raide par endroit, utilisez des crampons si la neige est rude ou gelée! Une fois en bas, le Pré Gaudet s’offre à vos yeux, et le sentier commence à remonter doucement. Aux environs du km 4.5, vous atteindrez la route D111 où il y a un joli point de vue de l’autre côté de l’abri en ciment. Remontez dans la forêt (montée parfois raide) pendant un kilomètre, et retrouvez le chemin plat où vous avez commencé, pour le dernier kilomètre de la balade… qui était aussi le premier! Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure, cliquez ici! Dénivelé total: 235m. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/76628510-6cc3-4167-bf2e-ac79357571a8/IMG_4309.jpg France - Hiver ~ Chamrousse 1600 - Make it stand out Le Pré Gaudet, où vous pourrez voir une cabane (non gardée). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/68cdae1d-bc40-42ce-a4c6-1681f8551645/page0.jpg France - Hiver ~ Chamrousse 1600 - Lac Achard (Boucle 4, rouge) Cette boucle de 7km commence au niveau du restaurant La Salinière et est la plus difficile listée ici. La montée ne commence pas tout de suite, mais une fois qu’elle commence… elle est longue et parfois raide, jusqu’au lac. Comme vous pouvez le voir sur les photos, le lac est souvent recouvert de neige en hiver et au printemps, mais la vue vaut l’effort de la montée. Il y a souvent pas mal de monde au niveau du lac, même quand il y a de la neige. Par beau temps, c’est un bel endroit pour un pique-nique! Vous pouvez allonger la balade en faisant le tout du lac (ne passez pas SUR le lac pour votre sécurité) avant de prendre le chemin du retour. Les vues sont magnifiques aussi en descendant, mais la pente est parfois raide, attention donc à utiliser l’équipement approprié selon les conditions météo le jour de votre aventure! Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure, cliquez ici! Dénivelé total: 380m. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/lans-en-vercors monthly 0.5 2025-09-21 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/16bcdf5f-f796-4645-8ff5-6b2b70d09ff5/Vue+depuis+le+Moucherotte.png France - Lans-en-Vercors - Make it stand out Vue depuis le Moucherotte, à 1901 mètres d’altitude. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/adb88561-69f8-45c6-ab3d-c55d95dfc853/Monte%CC%81e+au+Moucherotte.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Montée au Moucherotte Depuis le parking 2 ou 3 situé juste en dessous de la station de ski La Sierre, il est facile de trouver vers le nord le GR91 qui monte au Moucherotte. Je vous conseille de monter en suivant “Les Ramées” et de faire un petit détour (aller-retour) jusqu’à La Croix des Ramées pour une magnifique vue sur la vallée du Vercors. (la vue depuis le Moucherotte donne sur l’autre côté, sur Grenoble). Le sentier monte un peu raide pendant 1.5 km environ, puis la pente s’adoucit… mais elle reste longue. Il faut compter presque deux heures pour arriver au sommet, tout en montée. N’oubliez pas de vous protéger du soleil (le sentier est très exposé), et d’amener suffisamment d’eau (il y a une fontaine au bas des pistes de ski, près du parking 3). Aussi, en été, des troupeaux (et leurs patous) peuvent être présent. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d4f60c9b-d186-4174-b84c-6f385978b8ce/IMG_1173.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Make it stand out Lever de soleil depuis le Moucherotte. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/32961f8a-1499-434f-8903-b4f15d2d9a67/Descente+du+Moucherotte.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Descente du Moucherotte Pour redescendre, je vous conseille de passer par le “Habert des Ramées”. Ce trajet suit au début et à la fin le GR91 emprunté à l’allée, mais au centre vous permet de créer une boucle et de passer par un chemin herbeux très plaisant. Vous pourrez aussi y voir l’abri du Habert des Ramées. Encore une fois, selon la saison, soyez attentifs à la présence de troupeaux et de leurs patous. Cette descente vous permet aussi de faire une détour d’environ 45 minutes (plus le temps passé là haut) au Vertige des Cimes… (Pour voir une vidéo de cette randonnée… et d’une nuit passée au Moucherotte, cliquez ici!) https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6ff334c5-b233-47a7-ba45-cf5e4778fcd5/IMG_1654.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Make it stand out Profil de la randonnée en montant au Moucherotte par la Croix des Ramées et descendant par le Habert des Ramées . N’inclus pas le Vertige des cimes. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a716b2c6-c4b2-4ce2-ac5c-33ca9a6225d1/Vertige+des+Cimes.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Le Vertige des Cimes Une plateforme qui se jette dans le vide et vous donne une vue à couper le souffle (ou est-ce que vertige?) sur Grenoble et sa vallée, c’est le Vertige des Cimes! Vous pouvez monter au Vertige des Cimes depuis le parking de la Sierre, ou y passer en descendant du Moucherotte. Une fois le Vertige des Cimes indiqué sur le panneau vert et jaune, le début du sentier est assez technique, passant par la roche calcaire si typique du Vercors. Il existe un sentier parallèle plus large qui est en fait la piste de ski (et donc pas accessible en toute saison), il est constitué de petits rochers et peu être un peu glissant si mouillé. Tout près du Vertige, la dernière montée est assez raide, que ce soit par le sentier ou la piste de ski… mais la vue ne vaut la peine! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cc4c667e-1806-4e4c-9b33-849a77562cf5/IMG_1252.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Make it stand out Vue de Grenoble depuis le Vertige des Cimes https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8e2e07e6-d353-4532-9c46-80e942bd5ad2/vue+du+Pic+St+Michel.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Make it stand out Vue depuis le Pic St Michel. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/025c0a25-03b2-44d4-85d6-6d634447b1ba/Pic+St+Michel.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Le Pic St Michel Depuis le parking des Barnets, situé plus bas que celui de la Sierre mentionné plus haut, vous pouvez commencer l’ascension qui vous amènera au Pic St Michel et ses vues époustouflantes. Si le temps le permet, amenez un pique-nique et mangez là-haut avant des redescendre! La montée commence doucement dans les alpages jusqu’à l’Auberge des Allières (si c’est ouvert, arrêtez-y vous en descendant!). Nous sommes montés par le col de l’Arc qui inclut une section en forêt, puis une rude montée exposée. Nous sommes descendus par la Combe Oursière, une belle section, mais très technique, raide et fatiguante. Je vous recommanderait de redescendre par le col de l’Arc. Pour voir une vidéo de cette randonnée, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9c2e46b3-7503-42f0-a741-0db62efcc13e/IMG_1655.jpg France - Lans-en-Vercors - Make it stand out Profil de la randonnée au Pic St Michel, en montant par le col de l’Arc et en descendant par la Combe oursière. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/uriage-trail-belledonne monthly 0.5 2025-09-14 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c1971f10-d105-49c0-8801-22d2c3e24334/page0.jpg France - Uriage Trail - Belledonne - Première moitié On sort de la ville tranquillement le long de la route pendant environ 1,5km et ensuite on monte doucement pendant un autre 1,5 km dans les bois. On bifurque à droite en épingle pour parcourir les crêtes d’Herbeys, avec des vues magnifiques sur la vallée. Le sentier des crêtes est vallonné, et vous fait passer entre cochons et vaches, est parfois un peu technique, mais dans l’ensemble vraiment plaisant. Ma partie préférée de cette course! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2ef2d98e-ddee-42e4-894b-55f9751d1ad5/IMG_1464.jpg France - Uriage Trail - Belledonne - Make it stand out Vue à la fin des crêtes, avant d’entrer dans le hameau de Villeneuve. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b4287fe1-7447-45fe-8116-58e9bce67152/Uriage+part2.jpg France - Uriage Trail - Belledonne - Deuxième moitié À la sortie de hameau commence une montée TRÈS raide, et la descente en va de même… tout ça pour finir au même hameau. On continue à descendre, et le sentier peut être boueux à ce niveau. Il offre quand même de belles vues sur les montagnes environnantes. Après avoir traversé la Route de Gières… ça remonte pour arriver jusqu’à Saint Martin d’Uriage. Je vous avoue que j’ai préféré la première moitié, plus plaisante. Cette deuxième moitié est plus technique et difficiles. Par des sections goudronnées, on arrive au dessus du château qui surplombe le parc où tout à commencé… et où la course se termine. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/90d3b5be-9035-4d1e-ae59-26edb8f392bf/IMG_1500.jpg France - Uriage Trail - Belledonne - Make it stand out Au final, 13,5 km de course, au lieu des 12km annoncés… https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/lac-de-crop-belledonne monthly 0.5 2025-07-21 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8da95b06-8b2a-4f71-ae56-119de464a733/IMG_9707.jpg France - Lac de Crop (Belledonne) - Make it stand out Première petite cascade sur le sentier. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/33c6fbbd-11d7-4e81-afb5-d3a24177e032/IMG_9698.jpg France - Lac de Crop (Belledonne) - Make it stand out Le sentier dans la section forestière. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/45fc0457-165d-4f6f-ad6d-c0fea19d2866/page0.jpg France - Lac de Crop (Belledonne) Vous allez passer deux barrières qui délimitent une section avec des animaux, pensez bien à refermer derrière vous! Entre les deux, le sentier s’ouvre, et les vues sur la vallée commence. C’est une belle section, mais si vous y allez un jour ensoleillé, n’oubliez pas la crème solaire, car il n’y a plus d’arbres pour vous protéger! Cette partie est plus rocailleuse, mais arrêtez-vous de temps en temps pour lever les yeux! Le sentier commence à former des lacets sur cette section.Ça continuer de grimper, mais vous êtes presque arrivés! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bd53d874-d7f6-4be1-b669-60c081ad2004/IMG_9680.jpg France - Lac de Crop (Belledonne) - Make it stand out Le Lac de Crop https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/lac-bleu-et-lac-de-buclet monthly 0.5 2025-07-27 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/691a2b4d-e570-497a-a5b4-9165a15e2664/page0.jpg France - Lac bleu et lac du buclet (Belledonne) - Entre le Bourg d’Oisans et le lac bleu Depuis l’office du tourisme, suivez le GR54, sur une route pavée qui vous permettra de sortir de la ville. Vous aurez les montagnes à votre droite, et passerez par des forêts, continuez à suivre le GR 54 qui bifurque à droite avant d’arriver à La Rive. Vous atteindrez un parking, et traverserez un pont sur la Rive, juste avant d’arriver au Lac Bleu. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/90029f6c-13cc-4a61-9957-8d93be9ea1d0/le+lac+bleu.jpg France - Lac bleu et lac du buclet (Belledonne) - Le lac bleu Le Lac bleu est absolument époustouflant! Il y a deux niveaux, celui du bas est plutôt vert, mais si vous montez sur votre droite juste après le lac, vous pouvez accéder au niveau supérieur et voir le bleu transparent et magnifique. Il y a plusieurs tables de pique-nique au bord du lac, ainsi qu’un terrain pour les tentes. Après le lac bleu, continuez sur le GR 54 pour atteindre le Lac du Buclet. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bf0ec5f1-586b-4e4b-82c8-8d8006938990/IMG_8804.jpg France - Lac bleu et lac du buclet (Belledonne) - Make it stand out Lac du Buclet https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/556a47e6-d967-4a8b-98ce-9caffd459940/IMG_9884.jpg France - Lac bleu et lac du buclet (Belledonne) - Make it stand out La cascade de la Pisse. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d45c83ac-b6b7-4717-bf5e-6e959cd52b0a/page0.jpg France - Lac bleu et lac du buclet (Belledonne) - Le retour au Bourg d’Oisans Après avoir fini d’admirer le lac du Buclet et en avoir fait le tour, vous vous retrouverez au parking du lac bleu. Si vous êtes à pied, je vous conseille de reprendre le chemin que vous avez pris à l’aller. Le chemin des digues qui longe la Romanche est tout droit et assez monotone, et très exposé. Si vous y êtes par une forte chaleur, je ne vous le recommande pas, mais à vélo ce serait une bonne idée. À pied, l’heure passée sur le chemin des digues a été très longue… https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/lac-de-paladru monthly 0.5 2025-04-20 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6edd33c0-2cac-4b4e-baca-0962f8e98a9c/page0.jpg France - Lac de Paladru - Première moitié La course commence à la plage de Montferrat, est le parcours est plat pendant presque 3km pour contourner la limite est du lac, avant de commencer à monter, après un passage dans le village de Paladru. Toutes les montées raides sont dans la première moitié du parcours, mais par temps boueux, les descentes peuvent être difficiles aussi! Le parcours est principalement sur des routes forestières, avec de cours passages sur des routes peu fréquentées. Le terrain en forêt est soit juste de la terre, soit de la terre et de gros cailloux. Le ravitaillement pour le parcours de 16km se trouve à 7km. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d0213f96-903d-4e6f-ae0f-a811197861bb/FullSizeRender.jpg France - Lac de Paladru - Make it stand out Magnifique vue peu après la moitié du parcours de 16km, une fois sortis des bois. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ea9ef65f-10fe-4ba5-b59f-8b37fefe10c1/page0.jpg France - Lac de Paladru - Deuxième moitié La deuxième moitié du parcours est beaucoup plus douce. On commence en forêt, puis les paysages s’ouvrent et de magnifiques vue sur la vallée s’offrent à vous. Cette deuxième moitié est principalement en descente, avant de finir à plat. Le terrain continue à être principalement en sentier, avec quelques cours passages sur route, et on redescend vers Paladru pour finir les 3 derniers km comme on a commencé, de Paladru à la plage de Montserrat, principalement plat. Ce n’est que vers la fin que l’on peut vraiment voir le lac, mais quelle vue motivante pour finir quand on commence à être fatigué! Pour plus d’informations sur les différentes options de ce trail, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3c1c5866-72e4-470b-a14c-7d594b376dcc/Screen+Shot+2025-04-20+at+8.35.21+PM.png France - Lac de Paladru - Make it stand out La meilleure chose après la course, c’est de mettre les pieds dans l’eau! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/ardeche monthly 0.5 2025-06-12 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/695cddaf-287f-47cc-91a7-56af747f7c22/IMG_1955.jpg France - Ardèche - Make it stand out Vue depuis une des fenêtres du logis seigneurial du Chateau de Crussol. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c9e5ed40-f988-4589-b31a-dfc71be92edb/IMG_3637.PNG France - Ardèche - chateau de crussol À 10 minutes de Valence, le chateau de Crussol est visible de loin. En ruine, ce château du 12ème siècle offre un beau cadre de randonnées, avec un sentier qui monte rude, mais offre de belles vues! Il n’est pas nécessaire de commencer tout en bas, vous pouvez conduire depuis l’avenue de Asso, à Saint-Peray, jusqu’à un assez grand parking, et commencer à marcher de là. Pour voir la vidéo de ma montée au château, cliquez ici! Le début du sentier est partagé avec le GR42, commence avec une pente lente, passe par l’amphitéâtre et une buvette (vérifiez les horaires) et dans une section avec des arbres, puis bifurque à un moment donné… il vous faudra continuer à monter pour arriver aux ruines de la chambre seigneuriale qui se trouve au sommet. Il existe de nombreuses occasions de s’arrêter si la pente est trop raide, et d’explorer sur les côtés pour voir où les gens habitaient, la vue depuis le bord, etc. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f176a2d9-cc0e-458e-9042-721842f27543/IMG_2624.JPG France - Ardèche - Make it stand out Le Trail de la Chaussée des Géants, dans les hauteurs de Thueyts. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2e92efba-8387-4d5d-b802-91e09114ff22/Chausse%CC%81e+des+Ge%CC%81ants.jpg France - Ardèche - La Chaussée des Géants (20km) La Chaussée des Géants a trois distances en boucle: 51km, 20km et 10km. Elle se déroule le premier samedi de juin. Pour le 20km, les huit premiers kilomètres sont en montée, ce qui est difficile, mais les vues sont magnifiques! Après être monté dans les collines, on descend près de la rivière, passe par le célèbre Pont du Diable, et retourne au village, et on peut voir des roches basaltiques dans la vallée. Le sentier est un mélange de sections très techniques (grosses pierres sur le sentier, ou escaliers en pierre, glissant en cas de pluie), et de sections en forêt ou sur le flanc des collines, moins techniques. Pour voir la vidéo de ma course, cliquez ici! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/boucle-au-mont-rachais-grenoble monthly 0.5 2025-12-24 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/40cef007-cf31-47fc-9199-8a5c740c9f6d/IMG_6145.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Vue sur Grenoble, depuis le sentier montant au Mont Rachais. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/93a0ea36-965b-44e7-b6f2-ecb03e132848/IMG_4338.PNG France - Autour de Grenoble - Boucle du Mont Rachais En partant du col de Vence (accesible abec le bus N62), vous pouvez faire une boucle de 8km par le col du Mont Rachais, qui vous offre de magnifiques vues et une ambiance variée. Le sentier commence en montée, suivez les panneaux indiquant le Mont Rachais, et vous passerez l’intersection “la Bergerie” après environ 1.5km, continuer encore 1km qui montent un peu moins, avant de tourner à droite pour monter vers le Mont Rachais. Le sentier est technique, avec beaucoup de pierre, et assez pentu, mais vous arriverez au Mont Rachais en moins d’1km. De là, vous aurez une belle vue sur Grenoble et le Fort St Eynard à votre gauche, mais ce n’est pas un endroit où trop s’attarder… commencer à redescendre de l’autre côté du Mont en continuant à suivre le balisage jaune, et vous vous retrouverez dans une forêt! Après 0.5km, à l’intersection “Sous le mont”, suivez “Les Granges, et moins d’1km plus tard, tournez à droite pour traverser un champs, et le sentier commence à descendre plus facilement. Vous retournerez à l’intersection de la Bergerie où vous reprendrez le chemin de Col de Vence! Dénivelé total 375m Si vous préférez voir cette aventure sur Youtube, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/13f4655c-26bd-4629-9b94-08a9ccecb764/IMG_3894.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Vue sur Grenoble depuis les crêtes de Comboire, en allant au Belvédère. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/baf5596c-3f90-49a8-8cfb-ddc03ad0a3b9/Boucle+Be%CC%81lve%CC%81de%CC%80re+de+Comboire.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Boucle au Belvédère de Comboire En se garant sur l’Avenue Louis Vicat à Seyssins, il est facile de commencer à suivre les balisages jaunes menant au Belvédère de Comboire. Suivez l’Allée des Chênes, avec sa pente raide, puis les crêtes de Comboire pour la meilleure sur Grenoble. Du belvédère, on a une vue à 360 degrés, sur Grenoble d’un côté, le Moucherotte de l’autre… On ne voit pas bien le Fort depuis le Belvédère, mais vous pouvez y aller par plusieurs chemins. Pour faire une boucle, il est possible de descendre les marches qui partent du Belvédère, mais attention c’est raide et rempli de cailloux! Une fois arrivé en bas, le chemin redevient plus doux pour remonter vers la route de Comboire, et vous pouvez suivre le sentier balisé jaune qui vous ramènera vers l’allée des chênes… et votre point de départ! Pour voir cette aventure en vidéo, cliquez ici! Dénivelé total: 281m https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/78eb5136-b726-4f31-8d83-99a13e838a2f/IMG_4050.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Vue sur le Moucherotte (Vercors), depuis le Belvédère de Comboire. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cc9d4260-0c84-48ee-9dd6-57a35d703375/page0.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Désert Jean-Jacques Rousseau Le parking au Désert Jean-Jacques Rousseau est grand et il y a des toilettes sèches ouvertes toutes l’année. À l’entrée du parc, les falaises sont impressionnantes, et offrent la possibilités de stalactites en hiver! Le terrain est assez facile et le sentier large, qui monte et qui descend. Il est possible de suivre une multitude de sentiers et former des boucles plus ou moins longues reliant le désert Jean-Jacques Rousseau et le Bois des Vouillants, attention à ne pas vous perdre! Dénivelé total: 294m https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f9373558-7727-4e1c-9a55-bbf95af4ac0f/IMG_0346.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Vue sur Grenoble, et Belledonne en fond, depuis le bois des Vouillants. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/863c1858-d362-4c37-92a4-d2086fe3e2b0/page0.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Ferme Durand depuis le Parc de la Poyat C’est une randonnée difficile, mais la vue en vaut la peine! Ça monte dure dès le début, mais on passe rapidement dans une fissure entre les montagnes, qui est assez cool, et ensuite la pente continue en alternant terrain facile et caillouteux, pendant près de 4km. Je ne recommande pas cette randonnée si le terrain est mouillé, car il peut devenir très glissant. Début janvier, il y a avait un peu de neige sur le dernier kilomètre avant la ferme, et les crampons ont suffit, mais j’image que c’est délicat avec beaucoup de neige. Il est possible de faire une boucle (9km) en dépassant la ferme et suivant le sentier marqué en bleu, direction Fontaine, mais le sentier est étroit et au bord de la falaise. Vous rejoindrez ensuite le sentier balisé en jaune à environ 3km du départ. Pour voir cette aventure en vidéo, cliquez ici! Dénivelé total: 708m https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/57cba73f-929b-47e9-89db-79fbcd2424ff/IMG_4400.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Vue de la ferme Durand et de la vallée. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/164d6ef4-cb5f-4048-b1e2-4a7ea884abfe/Gorges+du+Furon.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Les gorges du Furon Non loin du château de Sassenage (accessible en tram C + bus 20 depuis Grenoble) se trouve le début du sentier remontant les gorges du Furon. C’est le même sentier qui mène au grottes “les Cuves”, qui ne sont ouvertes que de juin à novembre: le sentier est ouvert toute l’année! Le sentier remonte le long du Furon, dépasse l’entrée des gorges, et continue de monter pendant moins de deux kilomètres. Il est possible de continuer la montée en traversant le village de Sassenage (suivez le balisage jaune!) et de retrouver la rivière près de la route de Villard de Lans (D531). Mais si vous préférez commencer à redescendre, le sentier repasse par le même chemin jusqu’à la moitié, et vous pouvez finir la descente de l’autre côté de la rivière. Vous trouverez le long du sentier plusieurs magnifiques cascades à admirer (et faire une photo est une bonne excuse pour faire un pause dans la montée!). Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/560fb630-3fa9-4176-9f7f-af02fa4867bd/FullSizeRender.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Une des nombreuses cascades à admirer sur le sentier le long du Furon. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/47fcb6cb-2aab-4f3b-b001-c564ca374982/Cuves+de+Sassenage.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Cuves de Sassenage Si vous explorez le sentier des gorges du Furon entre juin et octobre, prenez le temps de réserver une visite des Cuves de Sassenage. L’entrée se trouve sur le sentier, et c’est une expérience assez cool! En particulier si vous faites les gorges en été, la grotte vous permettra de vous mettre à l’abri de la chaleur, avec ses 10 degrés constants! Attention, certains passages sont très étroits, et il faut souvent se pencher pour marcher dans les tunnels. Ce n’est pas de la spéléo, mais je m’attendais à quelque chose de plus grand comme à la Grotte de Choranche, et pas du tout! Pour voir cette aventure en image, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/42be7bc4-5438-4bc1-86b0-76fd78662618/Bec+de+l%27e%CC%81cahillon.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - Le Bec de l’échaillon Cette randonnée n’est pas très longue (un peu moins de 6km), mais monte rude pendant environ une heure, et vous mène à la pointe le plus au nord du massif du Vercors. Au départ de la route du Petit Port, à Veurey-Voroize (au nord de Grenoble), le chemin est en partie bétonné, mais devient ensuite un vrai sentier. La route est facile à suivre et bien balisée, et il est possible de faire une boucle au centre (au niveau du marqueur du téléphérique) si vous ne voulez pas faire exactement un aller-retour. À l’arrivée en haut, deux petits aller-retour s’offrent à vous: un pour aller au belvédère de l’Échaillon, un bon endroit pour un pique-nique (et un petit tour en balançoire!), et un autre à la chapelle Saint-Ours, qui a une fenêtre sur la vallée, comme vous pouvez le voir sur la photo. Dénivelé total 420m https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2dd577a9-c4c9-41e3-99d4-a24ffd812064/Screen+Shot+2025-12-10+at+5.04.16+PM.png France - Autour de Grenoble - Make it stand out Vue sur l’Isère depuis le bec de l’échaillon https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9b910cb2-be93-4ce4-a176-39408a30a3f0/Via+du+Tram+ancienne+gare+up.jpg France - Autour de Grenoble - La via du Tram Il était une fois, une ligne de tram qui reliait Grenoble à St Nizier du Moucherotte. Cette ligne n’existe plus, mais le chemin a été transformé en sentier! Juste au dessus de la Tour Sans Venin, à Seyssinet-Pariset, se trouve l’ancienne gare du tram (maintenant un habitation), avec un petit parking. De là, le départ d’une section de la Via du Tram qui monte, mais pas trop rude, et qui vous offre de belles vues sur les Trois Pucelles et sur Grenoble, et qui vous fait passer par deux courts tunnels! Cette via peut être explorée toute l’année… foncez-y! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/les-gorges-du-nan monthly 0.5 2024-11-24 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7ff74552-bb0f-4075-b85d-47f2067a4076/FullSizeRender.jpg France - Les gorges du nan - Make it stand out Une des cascades le long du sentiers. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e0d3287d-0e10-4cca-ad1d-a883a86ad1b8/IMG_3489.jpg France - Les gorges du nan - Les gorges du Nan Une fois le village quitté, le sentier monte constamment mais de façon très douce. Il longe le Nan pendant près de deux kilomètres, et vous aurez l’opportunité de voir de nombreuses cascades, parfois très différentes les unes de autres. Même si la pente n’est pas très raide, le sentier est principalement constitué de pierre, et si vous y allez à l’automne, elles sont en partie recouvertes de feuilles, ce qui peut rendre le sentier difficile, assurez-vous donc de porter de bonnes chaussures! Ensuite, le sentier s’éloigne du Nan et continue à monter, avec des sections un peu plus raides mais très faisables, et vous serez plongés dans un univers plus forestier. Le sentier rejoint la route D22, et si vous voulez continuer, il est nécessaire de marcher le long de la route, pour arriver en environ 15 minutes au “Moulin”, où le sentier reprend. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c6303256-fd4a-4187-9826-c65787f4b4dd/IMG_3459.jpg France - Les gorges du nan - Make it stand out La D22, où débouche le sentier “Les gorges de Nan” qui part du village. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/lac-de-monteynard monthly 0.5 2025-07-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8654778c-a52d-4f94-aefa-2fefb38938f1/Screen+Shot+2024-11-10+at+9.19.09+PM.png France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - Make it stand out Vue du lac depuis le parking des Vignes, en novembre. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f42d971d-5b1b-4abf-9279-326cffd1423b/La+Mira.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - La traversée en bateau De mai à octobre, le bateau La Mira vous permet de traverser le lac en environ 20-30 minutes (selon la météo), et de revenir à votre voiture à pied, pour une randonnée d’environ 13km passant par les deux passerelles. Le début et la fin du chemin se font sur le bord de la route, sur une section réservée au piétons. Vous pouvez traverser de Treffort à Mayres-Savel, ou l’inverse. Il existe aussi un option croisière et il est possible de manger sur le bateau. L’embarcadère est bien indiqué quand vous arrivez pour pouvoir vous garer facilement, et des toilettes sont disponibles de chaque côté du lac près des parkings. Pour en savoir plus et réserver, c’est par ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2101eaa4-c822-4923-9f5b-08b04bfe4474/IMG_7426.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - Make it stand out Vue du lac depuis l’embarcadère côté Savel, en mai quand le niveau de l’eau est bas. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ae9f84c5-e965-44b6-ba25-bc3d971aa418/embarcade%CC%80re+to+passerelle+du+Drac.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - De l’embarcadère Savel à la passerelle du Drac Si vous avez pris le bateau, le début de la randonnée commence sur une assez courte portion le long de la route, sur une section réservée aux piétons. Ensuite, le sentier bifurque à droite (c’est bien indiqué), pour 2.4 km avant d’atteindre la passerelle du Drac. Le sentier traverse une forêt avant de s’ouvrir sur les champs et de vous donner les première vues en hauteur sur le lac. Le sentier est assez facile, principalement du gravier https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ec1f4553-3cb9-49ca-8785-5be00cd33af2/sentier+forestier.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - Le sentier forestier Si vous ne prenez pas le bateau, en partant du parking des Vignes, il existe deux chemins pour rejoindre la passerelle de l’Ebron: le sentier forestier est un peu plus technique que l’autre, car c’est un sentier étroit et il faut naviguer les pierres et les racines. Le sentier commence sur la plage avant de s’enfoncer dans les bois. Vous restez près du lac la majorité du temps, prenant de la hauteur sur une pente douce, ce qui permet de temps à autre de voir la beauté du lac. Le sentier est majoritairement en forêt, donc assez ombragé. L’autre option a une distance quasi équivalente, les deux options faisant plus ou moins 2k. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7ad119c8-b81a-4a61-bab1-23a57044e9bc/La+piste.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - La piste L’autre option depuis le parking des Vignes juqu’à la passerelle de l’Ebron est plus facile, car le sentier est plus large et il y a moins de racines à naviguer. Depuis le parking, il commence sur le même chemin sur la plage que le sentier, mais après une brève incursion dans la forêt, et après une montée un peu raide, le sentier devient large, couvert de gravier, et la pente est douce pour rejoindre la passerelle de l’Ebron. Un partie est exposée, une autre plus ombragée. Cette option est plus éloignée du lac, et vous ne le verrez pas aussi souvent que depuis le sentier forestier. Avant de descendre vers la passerelle, vous trouverez un point d’observation pour la voir de haut. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/79d3eec8-32c5-4371-8124-b6b6b0c03263/IMG_3261.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - Make it stand out La passerelle de l’Ebron. Il y a des tables de pique-nique et des toilettes juste avant de la franchir, en venant du parking des Vignes. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9b29ce60-85f5-4b9b-9d32-20b645516f65/entre+les+passerelles.JPG France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - Entre les deux passerelles Il y a environ 5km entre les deux passerelles, interrompus par le parking de la Serre de Lavana au niveau de la Route de la Condamine (D34E), où vous trouverez de bonnes options pour vous installer pour un pique nique, ainsi que des toilettes et un point d’eau si vous avez besoin de remplir votre gourde. Avant Serre de Lavana, le sentier est étroit et il faut naviguer des racines et pierres, mais il n’est pas très difficile et offre de magnifiques points de vue En continuant au nord jusqu’à la passerelle du Drace, le sentier est principalement en descente, plus raide que la section depuis la passerelle de l’Ebron (attention à la remontée il sera en côte si vous faites un aller-retour!). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e8c2fea7-fc27-47d5-9350-1940c1a76803/passerelle+du+Drac.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - La passerelle du Drac Cette passerelle himalayenne fait 220m de long et est donc un peu plus longue que celle de l’Ebron, qui fait 180m, mais elles sont assez similaires, visuellement et au niveau du ressenti. Les deux bougent légèrement selon le vent, et offrent une vue ma-gni-fique sur le lac! Pensez toutefois à quel moment de la journée vous y passerez. Nous y sommes allés en novembre, et une bonne partie de cette passerelle était dans l’ombre en fin de journée. La couleur du lac change avec la lumière, bien sûr, donc je vous recommande d’y aller par un jour ensoleillé, d’y arriver assez tôt pour un parking plus facile, et de profiter d’une des nombres aires où l’on peut pique-niquer! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b9750f8e-1e66-45f0-9d60-e91505b10dad/map+and+elevation.jpg France - Lac de Monteynard-Avignonet - Make it stand out Profil du dénivelé des 15km (aller-retour) du parking des Vignes à (juste un peu plus loin que) la passerelle du Drac, avec le sentier forestier à l’aller et la piste plus facile au retour. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/annecy-velo monthly 0.5 2024-11-12 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a4f913db-66d8-4c1e-af46-67465d726439/IMG_2878.jpg France - Annecy À vélo - Make it stand out Vue du lac au départ de la ville. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/073cf601-ac0a-4427-bad0-5392a3a10949/tour+du+lac+d%27annecy.jpg France - Annecy À vélo - Le parcours Le tour fait environ 40 km. Il est plat sur le côté est et croise quelques routes, et sur le côté ouest il inclut une montée un peu difficile (mais si vous n’êtes pas pressé ou si vous avez un vélo électrique, pas de problème!) et une descente dans laquelle il fait faire attention, car c’est le seul moment où il n’y a pas de piste cyclable et que vous êtes sur la route avec les voitures. Du côté ouest, vous longez le lac presque tout le temps, mais du côté est il y a plusieurs kilomètres sans voir le lac, et un passage dans un tunnel (suffisamment éclairé). Si le temps y est propice, vous verrez plusieurs parapentes dans le ciel pendant le trajet, et si vous voulez les voir atterrir, il est possible de s’arrêter sur la côte ouest, à la fin de la montée, et de les observer (et d’utiliser des toilettes publiques). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ba376374-f4a5-44a6-8a12-6550f76e6316/IMG_3029.jpg France - Annecy À vélo - Make it stand out La piste cyclable en quittant la ville, le lac, et le château de Duingt. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/grenoble-vlo monthly 0.5 2026-03-18 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b624a9c4-45c8-4179-9cdf-ce5fef353668/Pontcharrat-Bernin.jpg France - la Belle Via, vélo d’Aix-les-bains à Valence - Pontcharrat -> Bernin Nous avons pris le train depuis Grenoble jusqu’à Pontcharrat, et sommes rentrés à vélo sur la Belle Via! Entre Pontcharrat et Bernin, la piste cyclable est parfois pavée et parfois gravier. Elle passe par de nombreux champs et est plus vallonée qu’entre Bernin et Grenoble, mais ce n’est jamais très raide. Lorsque vous passez près du Touvet, vous pourrez observer des parachutistes atterrir juste à côté de la piste! Pour voir cette aventure (Pontcharrat -> Grenoble) en vidéo, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ea692b26-aea9-4093-9cdb-6d2eb34331f3/Screen+Shot+2024-10-23+at+10.30.03+PM.png France - la Belle Via, vélo d’Aix-les-bains à Valence - Make it stand out Des cygnes sur un lac près de la Base de loisirs du Bois Français https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f52863ae-1914-436c-b41f-ae8705822943/page0.jpg France - la Belle Via, vélo d’Aix-les-bains à Valence - Grenoble -> Bernin Depuis les berges du centre, direction le nord-est: entre Grenoble et Bernin, il y a environ 20km. La plupart se trouve sur la piste cyclable de la Belle Via, parfois pavée, parfois non. Il y a deux courtes sections sur la route, dont une où il y a très peu de circulation, et qui est très bien marquée au sol. C’est un très joli segment qui longe principalement l’Isère, passe près du campus de l’UGA à Saint Martin d’Hères, et continue en direction de Chambéry. Il y a très peu de dénivelé, et la route est principalement bien marquée. Il n’y a que deux passages où je n’étais pas sûre où aller… et le bon sens m’a fait suivre le bon chemin. Suivez votre instinct! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3400d3e1-da09-4c16-912f-9736d9770b5f/Screen+Shot+2024-10-23+at+10.40.30+PM.jpg France - la Belle Via, vélo d’Aix-les-bains à Valence - Make it stand out En quittant Grenoble par le nord-ouest, la Belle Via longe un mur décoré par de nombreux artistes de graffiti. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e9929b67-7938-455f-98bb-a7228a923ecd/page0.JPG France - la Belle Via, vélo d’Aix-les-bains à Valence - Grenoble -> voreppe De la Porte de France à Grenoble, en prenant la Belle Via vers Valence (nord-ouest), la piste est entièrement pavée. La piste longe l’Isère, avec des vues magnifiques à chaque tournant sur l’eau et les montages alentours. Vous pourrez même peut-être voir des entrainements d’aviron! Le chemin est bien marqué (Belle via et #63), facile à suivre, presque entièrement plat, et partiellement ombragé tout du long. Voreppe est à environ 15 km de la Porte de France. Pour voir cette aventure en vidéo, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/add016ec-f1bf-43fe-b139-b237ba94441b/IMG_6384.jpg France - la Belle Via, vélo d’Aix-les-bains à Valence - Make it stand out Près de Voreppe. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/rosuel monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d4379d29-94e8-4c03-b24f-46d27062e76c/Rosuel+collage.JPG France - Rosuel ~ sentier cascade - Sentier cascade Depuis le refuge, suivez le panneau jaune indiquant “La Gurraz”, un petit hameau où vous tournerez à gauche pour traverser la rivière sur une passerelle. Après la rivière, prenez à droite et continuez sur le chemin allant aux cascades. La montée est un peu raide, et vous traverserez la rivière sans pont. Selon le niveau de l’eau, il est possible de devoir se mouiller. Après la grande cascade, continuez jusqu’à la prochaine intersection avec des panneaux jaunes, où vous pourrez prendre à droite pour commencer à descendre vers le parking. C’est assez simple, il y a un petit pont, et ensuite vous pourrez voir où le chemin commence à descendre. Jusqu’à ce point, il n’y a pas d’ombre sur le sentier. En descendant, le chemin est simple, et vous arriverez à une petite plateforme en bois avec un banc, parfait pour se reposer ou grignoter quelque chose. La difficulté de ce sentier est moyenne. La partie la plus difficile est la montée vers la grande cascade, et les traversées de la rivières (selon l’eau). N’oubliez pas d’avoir assez d’eau (ou un filtre) et de la crème solaire ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/bourgsaintmaurice monthly 0.5 2025-05-01 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/45f18ae3-b6a8-4867-a617-97e174e61700/Bourg+St+Maurice.JPG France - Bourg-Saint-Maurice - Chapelle Saint Michel Si vous aimez les randonnées à pied, en voici une au départ du centre ! Une marche de 5km aller-retour jusqu’à la Chapelle Saint Michel, située à 1343m d’altitude. Le départ de cette randonnée s’effectue sur le parking du gymnase (juste au-dessus du cimetière) où vous pouvez vous garer gratuitement. Le sentier même n’est pas très difficile mais la montée est raide ! 460 mètres d’élévation en deux kilomètres et demi. Les panneaux annoncent une durée d’une heure trente, je l’ai effectuée en un peu plus d’une heure alors que même si je suis habituée à la rando je ne suis pas habituée à monter comme ça ! Le début du sentier traverse deux rues en ville avant de devenir pure nature, entre sections exposées au soleil et plus boisées vers la fin. N’hésitez pas à vous arrêter et vous retourner de temps en temps pour faire une pause et avoir une vue magnifique sur la ville et la couleur de l’Isère, surtout si vous choisissez de redescendre par une autre voie. Et si vous n’êtes pas assez fatigués en arrivant à la chapelle, vous pouvez continuer jusqu’au Fort du Truc ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/776205b2-da80-4d05-b204-ede49a6e5078/sentier+Bourg-Aime.JPG France - Bourg-Saint-Maurice - Piste cyclable vers aime Du centre de Bourg-Saint-Maurice, il est très facile d’accéder à la piste cyclable goudronnée qui longe l’Isère et peut vous amener jusqu’à Aime, à environ 15km. Vous y rencontrerez des coureurs, des marcheurs, des gens en rollers… Le sentier est facile à suivre, il paraît plat mais en fait il descend légèrement en direction d’Aime… donc il monte en revenant jusqu’à Bourg ! Si vous avez besoin de louer un vélo (y compris électrique) je recommande Précision Ski, en face de la gare. Depuis le magasin, le sentier se situe juste derrière la gare. Et si vous avez envie de manger en chemin, je recommande Rive Gauche, près d’Aime, au bord de la rivière. Une fois arrivés à Aime il est assez facile d’aller explorer le centre-ville avant de reprendre le chemin du retour. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/cr%C3%AAtes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac+du+Buclet monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac+d%27Annecy monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/rh%C3%B4ne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/uriage monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/is%C3%A8re monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/v%C3%A9lo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/trailrunning monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac+bleu monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/cascades monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac+de+paladu monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lans-en-vercors monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/moucherotte monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/cognin+les+gorges monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/bivouac monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/bourg-saint-maurice monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/le+bourg+d%27oisans monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/vertige+des+cimes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/course monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/grenoble monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac+de+crop monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/annecy monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/piste+cyclable monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/chartreuse monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/belle+via monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/bourg+st+maurice monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/savoie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/randonn%C3%A9e monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/croix+des+ram%C3%A9es monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/trail+de+paladru monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/sentiers monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/belledonne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/gr91 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/sentier monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/passerelle+himalayenne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/lac+de+monteynard monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/chauss%C3%A9e+des+g%C3%A9ants monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/gorges+du+nan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/bour+saing+maurice monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/chapelle+saint+michel monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/belv%C3%A9d%C3%A8re monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/ard%C3%A8che monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/uriage-les-bains monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/ch%C3%A2teau+de+crussol monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/montagne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-1/tag/vercors monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/cityoflondonvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/115815bc-0d48-4387-8018-6bb1af0f4f42/Zizzi.PNG England - London - City of London - Zizzi Pictured is the heavenly vegan lasagna! After exploring the City of London neighborhood, strolling from one monument to the next, we feasted in this Italian restaurant with several vegan options. This restaurant chain has two locations in the City of London neighborhood: one near the Tower of London, and one in the One New Change shopping center. You can also go to the top of this center for an unbeatable view of Saint Paul’s cathedral! See the full menu: https://www.zizzi.co.uk/menus/full-menu https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/camdenvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/26a01c86-b5b4-4a61-875f-e87d99f5fbe6/Purezza.JPG England - London - Camden - Purezza This pizzeria is 100% vegan, and everything we ate was absolutely fantastic. We shared a pizza to save room for dessert. I would have loved to spend more time in Camden just to come back here and try more! The restaurant itself is beautiful and spacious. There’s a patio for outdoor dining when weather allows. The staff are very welcoming, too. The pizza names are inspired by Friends episode titles (“The one with…”). Pictured are “The one with the pesto” pizza and a salted caramel brownie for dessert. An absolute delight. Sit near the window for some good people-watching… another must-do in Camden! Learn more and try not to drool over the menu: https://purezza.co.uk/locations/camden/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1a00e42a-aa65-478f-8bf2-f7a5e07246fb/Saint+Espresso.JPG England - London - Camden - Saint Espresso Who needs French pastries when Saint Espresso has vegan pain au chocolat?! Located near the Mornington Crescent tube station (at the south end of Camden High Street), this café has a large lower level, beautiful greenery, and several plant-based options on their menu. Pictured here is the avocado toast. If I had come for lunch I would have had their eggplant and chickpea tagine. And I want to come back for more! (Note: this café does not take cash.) See the full menu here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/tag/pizzeria monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/tag/camden monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/tag/purezza monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/england/tag/saint+espresso monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2 daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/peisey-nancroix-savoie monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e102a8c0-0f8e-4057-985f-b2ddf3df8a2f/Le+Petit+Hibou.JPG France - Peisey-nancroix (Savoie) - Le Petit Hibou We found this place randomly, but I’m so happy we did. The food is a bit pricey, but it was absolutely worth it, and then some. The presentation was gorgeous, everything was so very flavorful and filling, and the settings around us was just the cherry on top. The menu isn’t fully vegan, but they had a vegan appetizer, a vegan entrée and a vegan dessert… and we just had to try them all. Pictured here are the vegan ricotta (almond-based) with broccolini and a pistachio sauce; the beet hummus with crispy butter beans, beets and swiss chard with a chimichuri sauce; chocolate cream with coconut ice cream and passion fruit gel, served with a sesame wafer. Need I say more? Check out their website for more info: https://www.lepetithibou.fr https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/veganparis monthly 0.5 2025-11-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/416c60d6-a5f3-41d0-a46f-bb9680f9d604/Lolilol.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Lolilol (4th arrondissement) Looking for a fun treat near the Place des Vosges/Saint-Paul metro station? Head to Lolilol for a chimney cake! I tried the sweet version (remember to order the vegan dough), and it was really delicious. These golden baked cakes are crispy on the outside and tender on the inside. Choose your toppings (hazelnuts, pistachios, sugar, etc.) and either the ice cream option (shaped like a cone), or a spread to dip the cake in. What a treat! The place itself is super cute. There are nice decorations and a little shop area to check out while your cake is cooking. Don’t forget to visit the restrooms to see the little posters on the walls! ;) Check out their Instagram for more. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/73e22472-4677-4730-a0b5-fb56d14d9dcf/Joji.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Joji (4th arrondissement) Joji is a cool little Asian restaurant right next to Lolilol (you can go there for dessert!). The restaurant has multiple vegan options. We tried the marinated eggplant for an appetizer, which was delicious. For an entrée we enjoyed the wok-fried tofu with vegetables (very good) and veggie gua bao. I liked the contrast between the simple bao dough and the flavorful filling. They have sake and Japanese lemonade, as well as lychee juice if you want to stick with the Asian theme for your drink. Check out their full menu here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a2c71be3-3fd1-436e-bd8b-a8a73e44733f/Maoz.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Maoz (5th arrondissement) For an affordable option right in the heart of Saint-Michel, go to Maoz at 8 rue Xavier Privas, a small pedestrian street! Heads up: there are only two small tables, and no restrooms. But if the tables are full, you can take the opportunity to eat on the banks of the Seine nearby! Your falafel can be served on a salad or in a pita, and you choose your toppings. They also have fries, if you’d like something in addition to your falafel. It’s simple, cheap, and tasty… what more could you ask for? https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/804de9fd-3cdb-486b-b6bf-393a88599a54/Cre%CC%82perie+des+Arts.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Crêperie des Arts (5th arrondissement) My favorite crêpe restaurant in Paris is located just steps from the Saint-Michel fountain on rue Saint-André des Arts. This little spot is adorable, with alcoves decorated with horse heads and Greek-style statues. The buckwheat batter is vegan, and you can choose from a variety of fillings. The Provençale is vegan as-is! You can order the buckwheat batter with jam or sugar and banana for dessert! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/647c0347-1025-4ca5-bdc7-988366c27b0f/Grenier+de+Notre+Dame.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Le Grenier de Notre Dame (Paris, 5th Arrondissement) This 100% vegetarian restaurant is located at 18 Rue de la Bûcherie, on a small street behind the Quai de Montebello along the Seine’s Left Bank. It doesn’t have the best view, but the restaurant itself is so cute that you probably won’t even notice. And as for the food: it’s amazing! The couscous explodes with flavor, and the avocado tartare is unbelievably smooth. The menu changes seasonally, so you can come here often throughout the year to try a variety of dishes at Paris’s oldest vegetarian restaurant! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1ff5c33e-874f-497f-a974-eaa12031772c/Jah+Jah+by+Le+Tricycle.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Jah Jah by Le Tricycle (10th Arrondissement) Located just steps (literally) from the music club New Morning, this little restaurant is a true gem. It’s a fully vegan African restaurant. They offer hot and cold dishes, as well as delicious bissap (hibiscus juice). It’s easy to see why this restaurant is so popular. We went for lunch on a Tuesday and the place filled up quickly! In the photo, you can see examples of their dishes, as well as plantains, which make a tasty appetizer or side. Everything was flavorful and healthy. It was a real delight! Check out their Instagram for more. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f20493e9-2c0e-4d42-a0b0-9e58d8780c37/Le+Daily+Syrien+veggie.jpg France - Vegan in Paris - Le Daily Syrien Veggie (10th Arrondissement) Not to be confused with Le Daily Syrien, which is another restaurant close by with meat options. At this veggie version, everything is vegetarian, and there are multiple vegan options. In the photo you can see the Veggie salad with a variety of delicious things: falafel, hummus, tabbouleh, moussaka, moujadara, zucchini dip, grape leaves, and garlic/lemon/olive oil seasoning. It’s healthy, it’s fresh, and it’s good. I absolutely loved it! To drool a little more, check out their Instagram. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1a03d797-a043-4d46-8a36-95692453b199/Beans+on+Fire.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - The Beans on Fire (10th Arrondissement) This cool little café is close to the Atelier des Lumières, so it’s perfect before or after a visit there. There’s indoor and outdoor seating (some are covered, in case it’s raining). The coffee is really good, the atmosphere is warm and welcoming (with gender-neutral bathrooms, for example), and the day I was there, the vegan option was a tasty banana bread! Check out their website for more! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ce106706-be54-493e-8b90-e568394fc8e0/Le+Paradis+du+Fruit.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - Le Paradis du Fruit (Paris, 11th Arrondissement) I tend to avoid chains, but I have a soft spot for Le Paradis du Fruit, despite it being pricey. This restaurant has a few locations in Paris. There aren’t a lot of vegan options on the menu, unfortunately, but their falafel is delicious and the smoothies are super fresh. The restaurant at Place de la Bastille is a perfect, easy-to-find meeting spot. And if you go to the location near Place Saint Michel, you’ll have a bonus view of the Notre Dame cathedral! Check out the menu and find a location (website in French only): https://www.leparadisdufruit.fr/le-menu/#menu-a https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3e7383a5-58a8-46f1-aaac-f9643bcea28c/e%CC%81tsi.JPG France - Vegan in Paris - étsi (Paris, 18th Arrondissement) Looking for an elegant Greek restaurant with vegan options? étsi is the place to go! The space is small, with a patio for outdoor dining when weather permits. I recommend making a reservation ahead of time. Feel free to ask questions to see what adjustments can be made for vegans. We dined as a group of three, and were happy to find several small dishes to share. The hummus was delicious, as were the stuffed grape leaves. We also enjoyed the fennel with pomegranate seeds. But the zucchini flowers were my favorite! In a nutshell, my taste buds were happy! Learn more (website in French only): https://www.etsi-paris.fr https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/dfb9553f-cdc4-490d-9b33-f38af2084147/Aca.PNG France - Vegan in Paris - Acà (18th Arrondissement) Take the opportunity to practice your Spanish with the servers at this Mexican restaurant! They have an excellent guacamole, and the agua de jamaica (hibiscus tea) is spot-on. There are two vegan options for tacos (the champiñones al ajillo is shown in the photo) and a vegan burrito. The menu uses symbols to indicate the vegetarian options, and which ones contain cheese. This restaurant isn’t extremely eye-catching from the outside, but the inside is lovely. Watch out for the cactus in the bathroom! Check out their website for more. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/le+grenier+de+notre+dame monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/etsi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/%C3%A9tsi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/maoz monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/jah+jah+by+le+tricycle monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/the+beans+on+fire monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/le+daily+syrien+veggie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/joji monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/cr%C3%AAperie+des+arts monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/lolilo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/le+paradis+du+fruit monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/aca monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-2/tag/ac%C3%A0 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/vgan-cancun-centre-ville monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d0894eaf-3377-456c-9af1-660e93ac1617/Bao+vegan.jpg Mexique - Végan à Cancun: centre-ville - Bao Vegan Bao vegan, un resto 100% végan est situé à environ 12 minutes de marche de la station ADO. Le diner fût exquis, et le personnel gentil à souhait et très apte à répondre à toutes nos questions : le chorizo est à base de pois chiches, le fromage et la crème sont un mélange de noix et de tofu. Les boissons étaient rafraîchissantes, la présentation de la nourriture bonne, et tout ce que nous avons commandé était délicieux. Sur la photo, vous pouvez voir le houmous chipotle, les tacos de légumes et les « enmoladas ». Les boissons : un mocha frappé et une eau au fruit de la passion. Chaque plat a coûté moins de 5 euros. N’oubliez pas le pourboire (en général entre 10 and 15%) ! Pour plus d’info, voici leur page Insta ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bc27a25c-84ac-4e60-a5eb-0543ff803abc/Sirena+Morena.jpg Mexique - Végan à Cancun: centre-ville - Sirena Morena L’entrée de ce restaurant a été un peu difficile à trouver : elle était cachée derrière des voitures garées), mais on a été bien contents de la trouver ! Sirena Morena est entièrement végétarien, avec de nombreuses options végan clairement marquées. Notre petit-déjeuner a été beau, délicieux et rassasiant : du pain perdu végan pour moins de 8 euros ! Ce restaurant est situé à environ 10 minutes de marche de la station ADO, c’est donc parfait pour un gros petit déjeuner avant de passer de longues heures dans le bus, ou comme un premier repas à votre arrivée en ville avant d’aller explorer. Pour voir le menu complet, cliquez ici: https://linktr.ee/sirenamorena https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/vegan-valladolid monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fb01b234-f8d2-4adb-a449-8918b7bdf201/Le%27+Kaat.JPG Mexique - Végan À Valladolid, Yucatán - Le’Kaat Nous avons tellement aimé cet endroit que nous y sommes allés trois fois pendant nos cinq jours à Valladolid. Il fallait juste tester les options petit-déjeuner, déjeuner et diner ! Ce beau restaurant est 100% végétarien avec des options véganes absolument délicieuses. Les salades étaient rafraîchissantes et colorées mais aussi satisfaisantes, les tacos savoureux et le brownie au chocolat simplement céleste ! Il y a un très beau jardin mais aussi une section couverte pour quand il fait trop chaud. Vous pourrez même peut-être voir des lézards sur les pierres de la fontaine ! Le’ Kaat est situé sur la rue Calzada de los Frailes, entre la place principale et l’ancien couvent San Bernardino. Voici leur page Instagram … pour commencer à saliver ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a7a9cb0d-8f4c-42bb-ae35-47325bd81616/Elela+Vegan.JPG Mexique - Végan À Valladolid, Yucatán - Elela Entièrement végan et bio, ce petit restaurant est situé de façon très pratiquer en face de l’ancien couvent San Bernardino, où vous pourrez admirer le spectacle son et lumière après le dîner : à 21h en espagnol et à 21h30 en anglais. Les boissons et la nourriture étaient frais et savoureux (beaucoup de légumes locaux), et les desserts succulents ! Sur la photo vous pouvez voir la Tortilla Española (les œufs étant remplacés par des pois chiche et de la farine et maïs, et les Salbutes Elela. Le restaurant est petit, donc allez-y avec un peu de temps au cas où il vous faudrait attendre une place : ça en vaut la peine ! Voici leur page instagram pour commencer à rêver ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/96b72cd7-66ec-4be7-9dfd-624a8af9b875/Burrito+Amor.jpg Mexique - Végan À Valladolid, Yucatán - Burrito Amor Malgré ce que croient beaucoup de personnes, le burrito n’est pas un plat typiquement mexicain. Toutefois, si c’est ce dont vous avez envie, dirigez-vous vers Burrito Amor, situé sur la place Calendaria : il y a des burritos… et plus ! Nous avons mangé le burrito végan et la salade mexicaine végan, et les deux étaient excellents. Il y a une section couverte, une section jardin, et une section où ils vendent de l’art. Les serveurs étaient très sympathiques, les plats végan sont clairement notés sur le menu, mais notez que ce restaurant ne sert pas d’alcool. Pour voir le menu complet, cliquez ici ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a79f3bc4-398f-464f-ba90-a4fde7733e9e/Hu%CC%88per.JPG Mexique - Végan À Valladolid, Yucatán - Hüper Si vous avez envie d’un sandwich ou d’un wrap lors d’une balade à Valladolid par un jour de chaleur, c’est endroit est pour vous. Ce restaurant est situé dans un bâtiment en pierre (entre la place principale et la Calzada de los Frailes) et il y a de nombreux ventilateurs au plafond, ce qui aide à garder la température à l’intérieur fraîche. Il y a quelques options végan sur le menu, et vous pouvez modifier quelques options végétariennes, comme le sandwich végé sans fromage. Les smoothies étaient super frais et servis avec des pailles en papier en option. Et sur les murs, des photos de cénotes pour vous aider à choisir dans lesquelles aller nager! Pour en savoir plus, direction leur page Instagram. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/veganlapaz monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3197e51e-74f6-4a6e-a1d6-73761aa590b2/Mango+Blues.JPG Mexique - Vegan à La Paz, en basse californie - Mango Blues : Le restau 100% vegan ! Tout est végétalien et délicieux, et rien n’est cher… mais vous allez vouloir commander beaucoup ! Chaque taco coûte 65 centimes, et une quesadilla (fromage à base de pommes de terre… original !) 1€30. Tous les tacos ont la même base de soja sauf un à base de champignons et c’est l’assaisonnement qui change. Le dessert change chaque jour : gardez un peu de place pour en profiter. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b99f7532-7c07-4a32-af90-9eea36412cbc/Capuchino.JPG Mexique - Vegan à La Paz, en basse californie - Capuchino : Les meilleurs chilaquiles de la ville ! Les chilaquiles sont un plat traditionnellement mangé au petit-déjeuner, mais ce restaurant offre des options délicieuses pour tous les repas : falafel en burger ou en salade, tacos, bananes plantain… prenez votre temps avec le menu ! Les options végétaliennes y sont clairement indiquées, et il est facile de remplacer le fromage traditionnel par du fromage végétalien sur beaucoup de plats. L’endroit est très grand, avec des tables à l’intérieur et à l’extérieur. L’extérieur se transforme le soir en espace spectacle: principalement concert, théâtre, et open mic. Si vous allez à un spectacle, arrivez en avance pour pouvoir commander sans devoir trop attendre, le lieu se remplit vite ! À titre indicatif, un petit déjeuner avec deux chilaquiles, deux cafés et un jus a coûté 18 euros. https://capuchino.mx https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1e5e3d5e-b026-4c62-a127-de833a274135/Nomada.JPG Mexique - Vegan à La Paz, en basse californie - Nomada : bio à La Paz ! Situé près du centre et juste en face du café Doce Cuarenta (mon préféré !), ce petit restaurant est bio avec de nombreuses options végétaliennes et des jus originaux (ananas-basilic par exemple). Il y a quelques tables en terrasse, et plus à l’intérieur. Il y a aussi une petite section épicerie à l’intérieur, si vous cherchez des produits pour cuisiner dans votre auberge ou Airbnb ! À titre indicatif, un déjeuner pour deux avec une entrée à partager, deux plats et deux boissons a coûté 20 euros. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/851c7ec1-583f-406f-821f-b64581181020/Dulce+Romero.JPG Mexique - Vegan à La Paz, en basse californie - Dulce Romero : peu mais délicieux ! Il n’y a pas énormément d’options végétaliennes mais celles qui existent sont délicieuses ! Je recommande la salade de quinoa, la pita méditerranéene (sans féta et tzatziki), la bruschetta végétalienne et la ciabatta végétarienne (sans fromage). L’ambiance est très sympa et ce restaurant est situé à deux pâtés du Malecón. https://dulceromero.mx https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7f3d7c24-79ce-4c72-8a1b-18591ac6fad9/Hambrusia.JPG Mexique - Vegan à La Paz, en basse californie - Hambrusia : tacos sur le Malécon ! Hambrusia offre une grande variété de tacos. Un est déjà végétalien, plusieurs ont un peu de fromage en garniture que l’on peut facilement éliminer. De plus, le serveur nous a offert de remplacer certains ingrédients par des champignons, ce qui a ouvert encore plus d’options ! Accessoirement, c’est aussi à Hambrusia que nous avons trouvé les meilleures margaritas… https://www.hambrusia.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/mango+blues monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/burrito+amor monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/h%C3%BCper monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/hambrusia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/valladolid monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/dulce+romero monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/la+paz monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/capuchino monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/basse+californie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/elela monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/mexique monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/nomada monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/baja monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/yucat%C3%A1n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/yucatan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/mexique-vegan/tag/le+kaat monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/musttryacadianationalpark monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7319f67c-4499-4035-a576-eaf1c0b5ddfe/Summit+a+Mountain+or+two.JPG Maine - Acadia National Park: 5 must-try activities - Summit a Mountain… or Two! Take a free shuttle from the Hulls Cove Visitor Center to Jordan Pond, and from there you can choose from many trails. We opted for one that would have us summit two mountains, Penobscot at 1,194’, and Sargent at 1,373’. On this same hike we also got to swim in a lake! Even though these mountains are not very high, some of the inclines can be steep. You’ll be mostly on rocks, and very exposed after a certain altitude. Beware of trail closures (we had to modify our way down because of some trails being closed to protect nesting birds), make sure you have a map, take plenty of water and sunscreen… and, if you choose this particular hike, don’t forget your swimsuit! To see the video of this hike, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eb8ece6f-e3d4-4db6-a13e-ea51d199db1f/Whale-watching.JPG Maine - Acadia National Park: 5 must-try activities - Go Whale Watching What an incredible experience it is to see animals in the wild! For less than $100/person, you can go on a whale-watching tour right from Bar Harbor and try your luck. The tour organizers can’t promise you’ll see whales, but if you’re there at the right season and you’re lucky, you might see some… and other animals as well! On our afternoon tour, we were lucky enough to see dolphins, a basking shark, and very playful humpback whales! I can convey the beauty much better in a video than in a photo for this, so click here to see them! The boats always stay at a respectable distance from the animals, so make sure you have binoculars or a good zoom/lens on your camera. And no matter what the temperature when you leave Bar Harbor, it will be colder and windier once you’re out on the Atlantic Ocean, so pack an extra layer or two—one for warmth, one for wind protection. Don’t forget water and sunglasses. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/84fc0619-01e2-47f1-990e-5719cbb1cf4e/Hiking+Jordan+Pond.JPG Maine - Acadia National Park: 5 must-try activities - Hike Jordan Pond The trail around Jordan Pond is beautiful for the views of the pond, the views of some of the mountains around, and the forest it goes through. The loop is about 3 miles. Because the loop alternates between gravel, stone, earth, and a narrow boardwalk, I wouldn’t qualify this hike as easy, but there’s no real elevation change. To see the video of this hike, click here! You can take a free shuttle from the visitor center at the entrance of the park, but we actually combined this hike with our day of biking around the park on the carriage roads… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3bda5d2d-5cf8-4354-85d5-b4608ac77e80/Biking+Acadia.jpg Maine - Acadia National Park: 5 must-try activities - Bike the carriage roads One particularity of Acadia National Park is its carriage roads, gravel roads where no vehicles are allowed, a system gifted by John D. Rockefeller. People use them for hiking and running, but also biking! The roads definitely go up and down, giving you nice views along the way, so be prepared for some exercise. You can rent a bike in town at several places, and they all seemed to offer similar services and prices. If you’re visiting during a busy period, I’d highly recommend making a reservation at least the day before your bike adventure. Pack a lunch and plenty of water, check for road closures (for construction or storms) and explore as much as you’d like of the 45 miles available! You’ll see many bridges, a waterfall or two, flowers, lakes… and don’t forget to smell the forest! To see the video of this adventure, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ab16f05a-b814-489a-9d8c-99f51217ea25/Bar+Harbor.JPG Maine - Acadia National Park: 5 must-try activities - Explore Bar Harbor and its museum One great and easy way to explore Bar Harbor is to take one of the free L.L. Bean shuttles (the Island Explorer) that goes from the Visitor Center to downtown and then explore on foot. That way you don’t have to worry about parking. If you’re staying in a hotel or Airbnb on its route, even better! The town is easy to explore on foot, there are many restaurants, a cool café, bookstores, and souvenirs shops. If you’re planning on staying late, make sure you can walk back to your lodging. You can easily walk along the shore of the Atlantic Ocean and watch the sun set from town. And don’t forget to try a blueberry-based product—I loved the blueberry soda: it’s all the rage in Maine! There is a small but worthwhile museum in the heart of Bar Harbor called Abbe Museum that is well worth the visit. Check their hours so you can organize your time, and head on over to learn about the history and culture of the Native peoples of Maine. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/maine monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/sargent+mountain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/abbe+museum monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/jordan+pond monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/acadia+national+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/bar+harbor monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/penobscot+mountain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/carriage+roads monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/blueberry+soda monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/hike monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/maine/tag/bike monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/6chosebogota monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7d58d54c-127b-44bf-b79a-f0d30ed77e43/Bogota+after+intro.jpg Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Vue de la ville depuis le Montserrate. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7710ab4f-5d47-4228-8fa8-620fc0846a2c/Free+Walking+Tour.jpg Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Free Walking Tour De nombreuses companies offrent des Free Walking Tour, ils ne sont pas tous les mêmes, mais celui que nous avons fait s’est concentré sur le quartier de la Candelaria et est passé par la Plaza de Bolívar, qui contrairement à beaucoup de Places centrales en Colombie, n’est pas un parc. Tout autour de la Plaza se situent de nombreux bâtiments gouvernementaux tels que le Palais de Justice, le Capitolio Nacional dans lequel se trouve le Congrès, et le Palacio Liévano où travaille le maire. C’est sur cette place que se situe aussi que la Cathédrale de l’Immaculée-Conception. Mais la partie la plus intéressante pour moi a été le Chorro de Quevedo, une petite place qui a selon certains été la fondation de la ville : les petites ruelles pavée qui y accèdent sont bordées de peintures murales aux couleurs vives, et vous pouvez voir la première petite église de la ville, une fontaine, des artistes… et plus encore ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2a55cf9a-e880-4a98-a5aa-4bd573196c0e/Montserrate.jpg Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Monter au Cerro de Montserrate Il y a un sentier de randonnée et un téléphérique pour monter au Monserrate. Je conseille de monter à pied en fin d’après-midi, d’observer le coucher de soleil depuis les 3 512 mètres de hauteur, et de redescendre en téléphérique. Le Monserrate est une colline située juste au bord de la ville, facilement accessible depuis le quartier de la Candelaria par exemple, en haut duquel se trouve une basilique et un petit sentier de pèlerinage. Mais vraiment c’est la vue de la ville d’en haut qui rend cet endroit particulièrement spectaculaire. Les marches sont raides, et l’endroit est populaire (chez les locaux tout comme chez les touristes), mais tout est oublié une fois arrivés en haut ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/66568dc3-5371-41aa-a47b-4d7738d42040/Bike+tour.JPG Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Tour guidé à vélo L’idée de ce tour est similaire de pouvoir explorer des parties un peu plus lointaines de la ville, et de voir une partie de la Carrera 7 (une grande voie de la ville incluant le quartier des affaires, dont une partie est fermée à la circulation le dimanche matin). De plus, le guide vous emmènera visiter un marché pour déguster des produits locaux (notamment des fruits), et visiter un café où les propriétaires moulent eux-mêmes les graines de café. Et si vous voulez en savoir plus sur le café, il faut visiter Salento ! Pour finir le tour, vous aurez la possibilité de jouer au jeu national : le tejo ! La circulation à Bogotá est intense, il faut faire attention, mais une fois la section avec piste cyclable atteinte, c’est plus rassurant. C’est une façon un peu différente de voir la ville : si vous explorez uniquement les quartiers touristiques de la vieille ville, vous n’aurez pas l’occasion de voir le côté plus moderne et contemporains de la ville, et de voir certains endroits où les touristes ne vont que rarement. Le cyclisme est de plus en plus populaire en Colombie : Egan Bernal a même gagné le Tour de France en 2019 ! Voir une partie de la ciclovía qui aide de nombreux citadins à pouvoir profiter de leur ville est spécial ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f4c888a0-7ef5-403e-a2a6-16d9085feaa3/Museo+del+Oro.JPG Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Admirer le Museo del Oro Le Museo de Oro est un incontournable à Bogotá ! Il est immense, prenez donc le temps pour cette visite, ou choisissez une visite guidée qui se concentre sur une ou deux expositions pour les explorer plus en détails. L’or est bien plus que les bijoux. C’est une grande partie de l’histoire du pays et du continent, puisque les Européens ont longtemps cherché de l’or en Amérique du Sud, et vous en apprendrez plus sur la légende d’El Dorado dans ce musée. Vous pourrez voir comment les populations indigènes utilisaient l’or avant l’arrivée des Européens (ce n’était pas une monnaie !) et admirer le talent des orfèvres de l’époque. Vous pourrez également en apprendre plus sur la place de la cosmologie dans la culture locale. Le musée est sur la Carrera 7, à environ 10 minutes de marche de la place de Bolívar et l’entrée coûte 5 000 pesos colombiens. Et si vous n’avez pas le temps de le faire à Bogotá, essayez de voir celui de Carthagène ! Il est plus petit et gérable. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4a111738-b086-43f0-8606-0b9db3aa9e04/Museo+Nacional.JPG Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Visiter le Museo Nacional Un autre musée à faire à Bogotá est le Museo Nacional, lui aussi sur la Carrera 7, à environ 20 minutes de la Plaza de Bolívar et 10 minutes du Museo del Oro. Ce musée est grand et le bâtiment lui-même est intéressant. Vous y trouverez, entre autres, des peintures, des sculptures, des tapisseries…. La collection nationale explorant l’art, l’histoire et la culture du pays. C’est un grand musée, prévoyez pas mal de temps non seulement pour y aller mais aussi pour l’explorer. Il est dans un quartier avec des gratte-ciels et sur une route assez utilisée, mais les trottoirs sont larges, il y a un parc pas très loin, et vous trouverez facilement un café ou restaurant pas loin pour déjeuner pendant ou après votre visite. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d22adf41-34cb-420e-9d92-58e0f33157f3/peintures+murales.jpg Colombie - Bogotá: 6 activités à ne pas manquer - Chercher des peintures murales L’art mural est partout en Colombie, et partout à Bogotá ! Perdez-vous dans les petites rues des quartiers sûrs pour en chercher et n'oubliez pas de regarder partout même dans les quartiers plus modernes car ils sont parfois en hauteur. Les thèmes principaux sont la nature, l’histoire locale et les représentations des populations indigènes. Les styles sont divers et variés… ce qui rend cette chasse au trésor encore plus intéressante et surprenante ! Bien sûr vous en verrez beaucoup si vous faites le Free Walking tour ou la balade guidée à vélo, mais profitez de vos balades seuls pour en découvrir des moins vus ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/7activitessalento monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9879b7fb-8312-4eac-9715-cf6ed99a09df/Salento+top.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Art mural au mirador. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/13ffdba8-f0ad-4dc6-9ffc-9c3061c58f38/Town.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Explorer le centre Le tour est vite fait mais la place principale est jolie avec son petit parc et l’église de la ville, les couleurs des petites rues sont charmantes, et vous pouvez repérer des restaurants ou cafés à explorer pendant votre visite (c’est une ville assez touristique, il y a beaucoup de choix !). Si vous venez à Salento après avoir exploré Bogotá ou Medellín, vous apprécierez combien il est paisible de s’y promener. Mais attention, la ville est construite sur une colline, ça monte et ça descend même en ville. Sur la place principale vous trouverez des Jeep appelées Willys reconverties en micro-café… n’hésitez pas à en acheter un et le déguster dans le parc. Profitez-en pour repérer les agences offrant des excursions, si vous n’avez pas déjà tout prévu avant d’arriver. Et surtout : au nord-est de la ville, il y a deux points de vue panoramiques : https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0e04b2e4-c323-4988-9772-1ff0c3f36581/mirador.jpg Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Monter au point de vue panoramique La vue vaut toutes les marches, promis : cette région est tellement verte et ondulée ! N’oubliez pas de vous retourner en montant (une bonne excuse pour faire une pause) et apprécier aussi la vue de la ville. Si vous avez oublié votre bouteille d’eau, il y a souvent des vendeurs ambulants sur la petite place au sommet. Retournez-y plusieurs fois pour des expériences différentes : le dégradé de verts si vous y allez pendant la journée… le lever de soleil si vous y allez tôt le matin ! Un sentier relie les deux points de vue, vous pouvez donc monter par l’un et redescendre par l’autre ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/afdb1cca-b808-4f01-b610-8cb42873fc30/Bike+Valle+del+Cocora.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Excursion dans la Vallée del Cocora Salento est aussi réputé pour l’accès à cette magnifique et luxuriante vallée où pousse l’arbre national : le palmier de cire. C’est le plus grand du monde, il peut monter à 65 mètres ! La compagnie Salento Cycling, à l’entrée de la ville, offre une excursion à vélo d’une journée qui est parfaite pour voir les palmiers : vous irez jusqu’à la vallée en voiture, aurez l’occasion de marcher au milieu des palmiers jusqu’à un endroit où faire un pique-nique à la Carbonera (2890 mètres d’altitude) … et vous redescendrez de la colline en vélo ! Tout en descente ! Une journée vraiment extraordinaire, tout en couleurs et en émotions ! Et si vous vous faites de nouveaux amis pendant cette excursion, l’activité parfaite à essayer une fois rentrés en ville est le tejo ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3dee5e45-b4fe-4dbe-9afd-97c8c3f0bbcc/Tejo.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Jouer au Tejo ! Le tejo est le jeu national en Colombie, les amateurs de pétanque auront un avantage… car c’est un peu comme une version explosive de la pétanque ! On doit lancer un palet en métal (lourd, comme une boule de pétanque) sur une boîte en bois où est placé un cercle métallique sur une base d’argile. Le but est de toucher le cercle métallique, car sur celui-ci se trouvent des petits explosifs (des mechas, les triangles blancs sur la photo). Plus ça explose, plus vous aurez de points ! Bien sûr, il existe de nombreux endroits dans le pays où vous pouvez jouer au tejo, mais Salento est parfait car : 1) ce sera moins bondé que dans les plus grandes villes; 2) ce sera moins cher que dans les plus grandes villes; 3) il y aura moins de monde qui vous entendra crier : car oui, même si on attend l’explosion avec impatience, si elle arrive ça surprend ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bea24d9e-f27a-4e50-958b-121a3d830e28/Hike+in+the+Pa%CC%81ramo.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Randonnée dans le Páramo Une des raisons pour lesquelles nous sommes restés une semaine à Salento était l’envie de faire une randonnée et d’explorer le Parc National de los Nevados (et avoir au moins une journée après cette aventure pour se reposer). L’agence Páramo Trek organise des excursions de deux ou trois jours, avec nuits dans des fincas, d’anciennes fermes reconverties pour accueillir les voyageurs. Ce sont des endroits très simples, avec dortoirs mixtes, four à feu de bois et nourriture simple mais particulièrement délicieuse après une longue journée de marche. Et pour vous réchauffer… rien de mieux qu’une tasse d’aguapanela… une boisson à base de jus de cane à sucre. Une des particularités du parc de los Nevados est l’écosystème appelé Páramo : typique de la cordillère des Andes, entre les forêts (que vous traverserez au début et à la fin du voyage) et les neiges éternelles. Sur les photos vous pouvez voir la plante appelée frailejone. Il y a souvent de la brume et de la boue, mais la vue en vaut l’effort : avec un peu de chance vous verrez une mer de nuage ! Attention au mal de l’altitude, ce voyage peut vous amener jusqu’à 4000 mètres d’altitude. Hydratez-vous et ne montez pas trop vite. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ecc9765b-447c-426d-9591-30d81897f7d4/plantation+de+cafe%CC%81.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Visiter une plantation de café Le département du Quindío est renommé pour son café, et il existe plusieurs plantations proches de Salento. Nous avons loué un VTT en ville et demandé conseil sur une route à suivre… et la plantation Las Acacias était en chemin en descendant voir la rivière Quindío : environ 40 minutes de marches, en vélo ça va plus vite car ça descent… mais attention il faut remonter après ! La visite a été très intéressante, nous avons pu marcher dans les champs, voir les graines à diverses étapes de leur maturation, en apprendre plus sur le séchage et le moulage… et bien sût la visite a fini par une dégustation. Ce fut un plaisir de voir les étapes de la vie du café avant qu’il n’arrive dans nos tasses ! En plus de cela, nous avons pu observer plusieurs espèces d’oiseaux dans leur milieu naturel… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5cbfba9e-6a79-4e9e-9222-8224a9a774b1/Faune+et+flore.JPG Colombie - Salento : 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Admirer la faune et la flore Il y a tant de nature à voir à Salento, mais de nombreux animaux sont en ville même: lézards, oiseaux, insectes, et plus encore ! Nous avons pu admirer beaucoup d’espèces d’oiseaux différentes, et même un phasme (ces insectes qui ressemblent à un bâton) dans la Vallée del Cocora ! Le toucan fut une merveilleuse surprise pendant notre randonnée vers le Páramo ! Tout est de couleurs vive dans ce climat : les animaux et aussi les fleurs. Et la région est réputée pour les nombreux oiseaux mouches qui y vivent. Prenez le temps de regarder autour de vous, que ce soit en ville en buvant un café, en haut du mirador, ou pendant vos excursions en nature ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/12activitescarthagene monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b6dd7a31-bd62-438f-a853-090d3a6d3fe3/Cartagena+top.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Make it stand out Plaza de los coches. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5c374ba1-3bb4-4428-bac6-0b1cb3d9f807/Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Free Walking Tour Le centre, au nord-ouest de la ville, est la partie la plus vieille, entourée de murs pour jadis la protéger. Il est au bord de la mer et est la partie la plus populaire à visiter pour ses rues colorées, ses nombreux restaurants et cafés, ses musées, églises, marchands et librairies. Vous pouvez voir les renforts et les anciens canons en bord de mer, la tour à l’horloge, mais aussi des touches plus modernes comme des sculptures contemporaines sur la Plaza San Domingo. Le Free Walking Tour vous fait marcher dans le centre et vous présente les endroits (bâtiments, places, etc.) les plus importants de ce quartier. Les guides sont toujours bien informés, majoritairement locaux, et peuvent vous donner des recommandations de restaurants et activités. Cherchez le parapluie jaune ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f25bddf6-360c-45df-9495-8538f3844cb0/Getsemani%CC%81.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Le quartier de Getsemaní Situé au sud du vieux centre, à une dizaine de minutes de marche, le quartier de Getsemaní abonde de peintures murales et de sculptures. Prenez votre temps pour déambuler dans ses ruelles et admirer les œuvres : le quartier n’est pas très grand, vous n’allez pas vous perdre ! N’oubliez pas d’inclure la Plaza de la Trinidad, où des marchands et des stands de nourriture se trouvent parfois. Il y a aussi des cafés et restaurants si vous voulez faire une pause. L’artiste français JR a même recouvert certains murs de ce quartier de ses photos de la population locale dans les années 2000. Allez jusqu’à la pointe sud et vous trouverez d’autres remparts sur lesquels monter pour avoir une vue d’une section plus récente de la ville, avec ses grands bâtiments modernes. Allez jusqu’à la partie est et vous trouverez le pont à traverser pour visiter le Castillo San Felipe ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a95a127d-64a8-4560-9c34-f9b5c87c4e44/Castillo+San+Felipe.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Castillo San Felipe Cette forteresse a été construite par les Espagnols pendant la période coloniale et achevée en 1536 et est en assez bon état. Elle offre un point de vue en hauteur sur tous les côtés de la ville… et donc toutes les attaques possibles. Vous pouvez vous promener dans certains tunnels, mais le reste est entièrement à l’extérieur, donc allez-y plutôt le matin, ou soyez prêts avec de la crème solaire et un chapeau. La couleur sombre des pierres de la forteresse offre un contraste fort avec les rues tellement colorées de la ville. La sobriété de la forteresse contraste aussi avec la grandiloquence des grands hôtels modernes du quartier Boca Grande, visibles depuis les remparts à l’ouest ! La forteresse est inscrite sur la liste du patrimoine mondial de l’Unesco depuis 1990. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4ffbf871-8a01-480d-9b42-1cf9635c3ae5/Museo+de+Oro.jpg Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Museo del Oro Zenú Ce musée est situé dans un coin de la Place Bolivar et l’entrée est gratuite. J’ai été surprise par combien je l’ai trouvé intéressant. Je ne suis pas très bijou, et c’est ma première association avec l’or, mais en Colombie il y a toute une histoire coloniale de la recherche d’or, l’utilisation de l’or par les populations indigènes, les Zenú, dans leurs parures… et leur talent pour construire des objets en or. Les trois photos en bas du collage sont des objets très petits, mais regardez ces détails, c’est vraiment impressionnant ! La branche principale de ce musée est à Bogotá, donc si vous pensez la visiter dans la capitale, vous pouvez sauter celui-ci. Mais nous avons visité les deux branches et nous les avons beaucoup aimées tous les deux ! (Le musée à Carthagène porte son attention en particulier sur la population originaire de la région Caribéenne, alors que celui de Bogotá tente de représenter tout le pays). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d75679f3-aa54-46cd-8ed4-ae92c52d7d6e/Isla+del+Pirata.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Passer une journée sur une île Puisque vous êtes au bord de la mer des Caraïbes, il faut absolument aller passer une journée sur une île ! De nombreuses compagnies offrent ce type de voyage, je vous recommande de demander conseil au guide du Free Walking Tour (ou aux participants pour leur expérience personnelle !), à votre logement. Nous avons passé une journée sur Isla Del Pirata, avec au programme dégustation de produits locaux, baignade, snorkeling et relaxation ! La couleur de l’eau, le vent rafraîchissant, le calme… ça a vraiment été dépaysant par rapport à la ville ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6f6bae50-de67-4c4c-9187-d96d3bad7403/Produits+locaux.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Déguster des produits locaux Les couleurs vives ne sont pas que sur les murs à Carthagène, il faut goûter aux nombreux fruits tropicaux tels que la maracuya (fruit de la passion), le lulo (naranguille), la mangue, la pitaya… et tant d’autres. Essayez-les en jus, en glace ou en frais (on les trouve pour pas cher dans les supermarchés). Si vous voyez sur un menu un plat d’avocat farci, c’est parce que les avocats sont énormes en Colombie ! Une des spécialités du pays (et du Venezuela) s’appelle « arepa » (pensez pain pita mais fait à base de maïs, farci avec ce que vous voulez). Le panneau sur ma photo pourrait se traduire « La vie, c’est comme une arepa, elle a le goût de ce que vous mettez dedans ! » https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/afec5cf4-0616-480f-a0a2-ba969dde7a50/page0.jpg Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Coucher de soleil au Café Del Mar De par sa localisation à l’extrême nord-ouest de la ville (dans le vieux centre), le Café del Mar est l’endroit idéal pour voir le soleil se coucher… mais attention, l’endroit est très populaire. Je recommande d’y aller bien avant le coucher du soleil et d’attendre là en dégustant un cocktail… ou deux. Pourquoi ne pas partager cette expérience avec des nouveaux copains rencontrés pendant le Free Walking Tour ? Il y a souvent de la musique une fois la nuit tombée et les gens dansent. Les prix sont un peu plus chers qu’ailleurs, mais si la météo vous est favorable pour le coucher de soleil, ça vaut bien le coup ! (Le drapeau sur ma photo est celui de la ville de Carthagène) https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ee4a110f-6cb2-4558-afb2-91e5f25b134f/la+nuit.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Promenez-vous la nuit ! Après le coucher de soleil au Café del Mar, promenez-vous encore dans le vieux centre : la nuit, la ville se pare de toutes nouvelles couleurs ! Admirez les clochers des églises, les balcons coloniaux illuminés, mais aussi prenez le temps d’écouter les musiciens de rues et de regarder les gens qui se regroupent souvent dans le Parque del Centenario pour danser, chanter, réciter des poèmes etc. C’est une autre façon de voir la ville et vous pourrez apprécier l’air plus frais du soir ! Le vieux centre est sûr, il y a plein de monde (locaux et touristes) qui se promène tard le soir https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/45e3ab93-c211-4531-acec-8ba368ff4b68/animaux.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Observer les animaux J’ai été surprise du nombre d’animaux qu’on a pu observer en pleine ville : les iguanes du Castillo San Felipe, les lézards et les oiseaux tropicaux un peu partout, mais aussi des singes en plein dans le Parque del Centenario ! Vous pourrez voir des perroquets dans les arbres, des frégates survolant la ville et nombre d’oiseaux au bord de l’eau, mais faites attention aussi aux petits endroits comme les murets et les jardins privés pour en voir encore plus! Ils sont aussi colorés et beaux que la ville ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c0ae5b42-e700-4252-af08-129bba9f2ab3/Museo+de+arte+moderno.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Visiter le museo de arte moderno Situé en plein centre, sur la place San Pedro, ce petit musée vaut le détour. Il a pour vocation de présenter de l’art (principalement colombien, et latino-américain dans une moindre mesure) avec des peintures, des photographies, et des sculptures. Des photos de l’auteur colombien Gabriel García Márquez vous accueille à l’entrée. Le bâtiment lui-même vaut la visite, c’est un des plus anciens de la ville, et vous pourrez voir quelques murs et voûtes en briques par exemple. Sur mon collage, les peintures sont d’Enrique Grau et de Ruby Rumie, tous deux originaires de Carthagène. L’entrée coûte 10.000 pesos colombiens et le musée est ouvert du mardi au dimanche de 11h à 18h… parfait pour échapper à la chaleur ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/91d9539b-4454-4a4c-8e2d-7179b81ca60c/Muse%CC%81e+naval.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - le museo naval Une autre bonne surprise fut le Museo Naval del Caribe. Il ne parle pas que de l’histoire militaire navale du pays (même s’il y a des miniatures de bateaux de diverses époques, des exemples d’uniformes militaires au fil du temps, et une réplique d’une partie d’un sous-marin dans lequel vous pouvez entrer), mais présente également de nombreuses informations sur la construction de la ville et l’épidémie de choléra qui l’a ravagé en 1849 (qui figure dans le roman incontournable de Gabriel García Márquez L’Amour au temps du choléra de 1985). Si vous avez le temps, visitez ce musée situé près du Parque de la Marina dans le vieux centre. Si vous parlez espagnol n’hésite pas à demander un guide, et n’oubliez pas le pourboire ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c311c750-b1fc-44d4-9fb7-6dd548789d07/Palacio+de+la+Inquisicio%CC%81n.JPG Colombie - Carthagène : 12 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Le Palais de l’inquisition Un autre petit musée qui vaut le détour, et un autre musée où le bâtiment lui-même est remarquable. L’histoire de la ville ne peut être séparée de l’histoire de la colonisation, de l’esclavage et de l’Inquisition catholique. Vous pourrez y voir des artéfacts historiques, y compris des instruments de torture utilisés durant l’Inquisition pour punir les hérétiques (principalement les Juifs, les non-catholiques en général et les pratiquants de la magie noire). De nombreuses femmes accusées d’être des sorcières furent exécutées dans ce palais. La beauté du bâtiment et du jardin contraste avec la noirceur de ce qui s’est passé à l’intérieur. Ce n’est pas une visite facile, mais elle est très instructive. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/5activitesmedellin monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5636a8f0-35bc-436b-844a-34630025474b/Medelli%CC%81n+top.jpg Colombie - Medellín : 5 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6ca403eb-ac5c-49a1-8abd-0c52d5c53e18/Free+Walking+Tour.jpg Colombie - Medellín : 5 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Free Walking Tour Comme d’habitude, le Free Walking Tour est selon moi LE meilleur moyen de découvrir une ville, d’avoir des recommandations de musées, restos, quartier à découvrir, donc plus tôt vous le faites tôt, mieux vous pourrez vous organiser pour la suite. Je recommande le tour du centre-ville, où vous pourrez voir des parcs, des marchés et des rues, des églises et des places intéressantes et pleines d’histoire : la place des lumières où d’énormes colonnes de lumières ont été installées pour combattre le crime, le parc San Antonio avec ses deux statues (une explosée par une bombe mais gardée en place pour ne pas oublier, l’autre identiques, refaite par l’artiste et donnée à la ville) ; la place Botero avec toutes ses statues ; la place administrative Alpujarra… avec encore d’énormes statues ! Ce tour se fait à pied et prend environ trois heures, mais vous prendrez aussi le métro (amenez de la monnaie pour le ticket) pour pouvoir voir plus de la ville. Les guides expliquent l’histoire de la ville, son évolution et la situation actuelle : ils sont toujours très bien informés, n’hésitez pas à poser des questions ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/92a10a2d-6e9d-4e8d-a2bb-de1cd8b42337/Comuna+13.jpg Colombie - Medellín : 5 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Explorer Comuna 13 Ce quartier de la ville est entièrement situé sur les collines adjacentes, et a été formé principalement par une population fuyant les campagnes devenues trop dangereuses pendant les années 1970 à cause du trafic de drogues. Ce quartier est devenu à son tour très dangereux à cause des gangs, mais petit à petit, grâce à l’action de la ville et des habitants du quartier, la paix a été rétablie, et le quartier est aujourd’hui rempli de graffiti et peintures murales, de vendeurs de nourritures, de musique et danse hip hop… et d’un escalier électrique mis en place par la mairie pour aider la population locale à se déplacer à l’intérieur de la Comuna 13. Vous pouvez y accéder en prenant le métro et le téléphérique (ligne J), et le visiter avec un guide, souvent local, qui a vécu la transformation du quartier et aura des anecdotes touchantes et impressionnantes. Attention, ça monte ! Mais en général le rythme du tour est assez lent pour pouvoir observer l’art et regarder (ou participer !) à des démonstrations de danse. Et arrivés en haut, le mirador offre une vue imprenable sur la ville et les collines opposées. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c2519872-7eb6-40bf-aaec-067e95eef596/Museo+Antioquia.jpg Colombie - Medellín : 5 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Visiter le Museo Antioquia En plein centre de la ville, situé sur la place Botero, le musée Antioquia (du nom de la province où se situe Medellín) contient la plus grande collection au monde du sculpteur et peintre colombien Fernando Botero, mais aussi d’autres œuvres du 20ème siècle, figuratives et abstraites, locales et internationales. Le musée est grand, prenez votre temps ! Sur mon collage, des œuvres de : Ethel Gilmour (Colombienne), Francisco Botero (Colombien), Lwdin Franco (Arménien), Rafael Canogar (Espagnol), et Pedro Alcántara Herrán Martínez (Colombien). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/79054d2b-167b-4dfe-a37d-8397831c9333/Parque+Arvi%CC%81.JPG Colombie - Medellín : 5 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Découvrir le Parque Arví Ce parc est une bouffée de fraîcheur et de verdure après quelques jours dans la grande métropole de Medellín ! Partez tôt car il faut le temps d’y arriver : ce parc est situé dans les hauteurs juste à l’extérieur de la ville, il faut donc prendre le téléphérique (ligne K) pour y arriver, et probablement le métro aussi selon où vous logez à Medellín. Il y a un petit marché à l’entrée, un restaurant avec une belle vue, et la forêt est magnifique! Lors de notre visite, nous avons pu faire un tour en vélo (vélos électriques disponibles si nécessaire) et une mini rando. Attention, il n’y a qu’un circuit que l’on peut faire seul, pour le reste il faut donc s’inscrire à des activités guidées : organisez-vous bien ! L’entrée du parc coûte à peine 10 euros. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/705ada6a-4a7a-42f7-ab49-23e4e2459721/Day+trip+to+Piedra+del+Pen%CC%83ol.JPG Colombie - Medellín : 5 choses à ne pas manquer ! - Monter La Piedra Del Peñol Prenez de bonnes chaussures et préparez-vous mentalement à monter les 675 marches de cette impressionnante roche ! La vue d’en haut en vaut vraiment le coup ! L’excursion d’une journée, organisé par de nombreux organismes différents, inclus le plus souvent le trajet en bus (environ deux heures), une balade en bateau dans la lagune de Guatapé, la montée de la Piedra del Peñol et un déjeuner et du temps libre pour explorer la ville de Guatapé. La ville est petite, très colorée, et il fait bon se promener dans ses ruelles et sa place Zocaló. C’est une expérience vraiment unique! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/tejo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/castillo+san+felipe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/museo+naval+del+caribe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/museo+nacional monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/parque+arv%C3%AD monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/museo+antioquia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/palmier+de+cire monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/caf%C3%A9 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/p%C3%A1ramo+trek monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/salento monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/valle+del+cocora monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/comuna+13 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/museo+de+arte+moderno monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/cartagena monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/colombia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/carthag%C3%A8ne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/quind%C3%ADo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/museo+del+oro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/medellin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/colombie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/bogot%C3%A1 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/bogota monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/cerro+de+montserrate monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/medell%C3%ADn monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/peintures+murales monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/museo+del+oro+zen%C3%BA monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/p%C3%A1ramo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/botero monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/salento+cycling monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/tour+%C3%A0+v%C3%A9lo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/candelaria monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/guetseman%C3%AD monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombie/tag/palacio+de+la+inquisici%C3%B3n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels daily 0.75 2026-01-16 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/stevens-point-must-try-activities monthly 0.5 2026-01-16 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8a3bc207-c5cc-4d3e-a200-6ea128580ef6/Stevens+Point+poubelle.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out One of several convenient, and pretty, trash cans downtown. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3dbc4d7c-af5c-45c6-ba82-85d2fba8ef91/Stevens+Point+downtown.jpg Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Walk the Downtown Stevens Point has a cute downtown, with several restaurants and stores (including the visitor center, if you’re looking for gifts or souvenirs!), the Public Library, the Opera House, architecturally interesting buildings, several bookstores, the Children’s museums, cafés and more, right on Main Street! It is close to the Wisconsin River, if you want to go for a walk after your meal, and there is a square with a seasonal farmers’ market happening. And while you’re downtown… do the next activity! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/029326a3-21bd-4704-a31c-be22d7c7e56f/Stevens+Point+murals.jpg Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Look for Murals! Downtown has several cool murals. Don’t just walk Main Street, explore a couple of blocks north and south to find them! Some are historical, celebrating the history of the town, or local businesses like the Point Brewery, others are more topical, or related to businesses they’re close to. I have pictured five here, but there are several more. Do you know them? Which one is your favorite? Let me know in the comments below! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/87dcc6e7-0e10-47fb-af93-9bffe118671c/Nordic+Sauna.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Sign up for a Sauna Session Just north of downtown, this backyard sauna with a gorgeous space, inside and out, will help you relax and decompress. Nordic Night Sauna has community sessions are an hour and a half long, alternating between the heat inside and the cool air outside (or buckets of cold water if it’s warm outside). They run this year-round, you can sign up any time! A host is there to explain how it works and manage the sauna with heat and essential oils, and the whole experience is very enjoyable and definitely relaxing. You can also book a private session if you’d prefer. For more info, check out their website here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9a6bbf69-029d-4a0a-a631-d937af6c7b6f/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Walk/Bike/Run the Green Circle Trail The Green Circle is a beautiful 27-mile-long bike trail that combines a collection of trails, sidewalks and road to go around the town. Its trailhead is located on the northern end of the loop, but you can easily access it from many different points along the road, including close to downtown. The trails goes in nature reserves, by lakes and rivers, on boardwalks, goes near the airport… looking at the map is seemed complicated, but I was impressed by how easy it was to follow. To see a video of me biking this beautiful trail, click here. The trail goes through my following recommendation… the Sculpture Park. For more info and a full map, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b1abd806-514e-47c7-a56c-e5e66b58298f/Sculpture+Trail.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Discover the Sculpture Park Located on the north side of Stevens Point, the Sculpture park is a really cool place where you can see dozens of sculptures right from the trail. Some sculptures are made of wood, some of steel, some of fabric… it’s very interesting to see the confluence of art and nature and it feels very relaxing to meander in the woods and find art around each corner. The trail isn’t very long and is very easy. Not paved but mostly flat, the area is about 20 acres: how long it takes depends on how long you spent on each sculpture. Feel free to go again as the sculptures change periodically. For more information: https://stevenspointsculpturepark.org https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/094c24d2-c776-4f51-9134-9bd4c7a731ce/Eat+at+Wicked+Willow.JPG Wisconsin - Stevens Point ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Eat at the Wicked Willow This is my favorite restaurant in town! It is located right downtown, the place is really cute and the food is delicious. They’re famous for their many version of Mac n Cheese, but you can also get breakfast foods (such as the pancakes pictured here), asian-inspired foods, soups etc. They also have a wide assortment of coffee drinks. They have a grab-and-go fridge if you’re in a hurry, and a wonderful array of desserts! For a full menu and to check their hours, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/oshkoshmusttry monthly 0.5 2025-01-29 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a39a3644-3d00-44f8-94e2-0ba6fe592b72/Downtown+Oshkosh.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Explore the Downtown Main Street is full of interesting buildings hosting restaurants and cafés, stores and boutiques, the Grand Theater, an old timey cinema, and more! The movie Public Ennemies, from 2009 was partially filmed in Oshkosh, featuring several downtown building! There is also a green where music concerts happen outdoors on Thursday nights in the summer. Only a block off of Main Street, east and west, you can find the Public Library and old churches with interesting architecture. So walk up and down Main Street, and while you do that, consider my next suggestion here: looking for murals! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/89aaa0ba-05c7-4d82-a0c5-9a47ce215a6b/Screen+Shot+2024-02-22+at+1.17.16+PM.png Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b10d7987-b369-47ca-9995-06fb7f2aa264/Oshkosh+Murals.jpg Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Look for Murals! There are several murals around Main Street, so make sure to venture on side streets… and in alleys… to try to see some of them. Some are old, some are new, some are small, some are pretty huge and cover a whole wall… it’s kinda fun to just wander and see which ones you find. Another big area to explore for its murals is Oregon Street, on the other side of the river from downtown. The themes vary, but there are a lot of animals, which I love! If you do see some, let me know in the comments which one is your favorite! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8bb240c8-644e-4de7-bbbd-ef7158320c30/Oshkosh+Paine.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Visit the Paine Art Center and Gardens An old home turned museum is the setting for the Paine Art Center and Gardens, where American Landscape artworks are in the permanent collection, seasonal shows return every year (Nutcraker in the Castle, Rooms of Bloom). Temporary exhibits have included Norman Rockwell art, Rodin sculptures, and light sculptures, among many others. The entrance ticket will also give you access to the botanical gardens, which are really pretty. Check their website for upcoming shows. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/275e0268-1b2c-4e08-bbb4-4acc89bc6419/Oshkosh+Wiouwash.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Bike the Wiouwash Right from downtown, you can start a bike ride along the river on the Wiouwash Trail, which goes past the UW Campus and goes north all the way to Hortonville, going past Bare Bones Brewery… if you feel like stopping for a beer. The trail is easy and mostly flat, crosses a few street and has one section on roads in town, but really is mostly trail. You can also obviously walk or run it… and use snowshoes if there’s a lot of snow in the winter! To see a video of the first 11 miles going north, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2dc02264-5be4-41a2-a8e0-3b6a3a78a3a0/Manila.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Try Filipino Food! Manila is probably my favorite restaurant in town. There are a few vegan options at this Filipino restaurant but I always get the same thing because it’s so very delicious and I can’t quite find it like this elsewhere: the Ginataang Kalabasa (squash in coconut milk with green beans), pictured here. If you have room for starters, you can’t go wrong with the Spring Rolls: super fresh with a delicious peanut sauce. Manila Resto is located right downtown, there’s plenty of street parking nearby, and they have live jazz music playing on Fridays and Saturday featuring John Harmon! Check out their website for more info: https://www.manilaresto.com/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f8ea775d-1e58-4abc-a6a3-cbbc8e55242e/Wheel-throwing+class.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Take a wheel-throwing class If you live in the area, check out the wheel throwing workshops offered by Fire Escape! The first step is a workshop downtown, where you’re given two lumps of clay and instructions on how to use the wheel. Two weeks later once your creation has been fired, you can go to their Oregon St. location to paint it, and pick it up a week or so later once it’s been fired again! It is a fun experience, and it’s really interesting to see what happens to the clay, how the paint color changes after exposure to the heat… it feels like a surprise when you go pick up the final product… that YOU made! Check out their website for more info on these workshops, and many more events hosted in Oshkosh. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1435b893-3e70-4a29-ba97-f2fc50e3abfa/IMG_9830.JPG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - See live music at the New Moon The New Moon is a cafe downtown that also serves food, beer and wine. They often have music live, and I love the intimate setting that this place offers. It is conveniently located and there’s plenty of parking nearby. They have a variety of artists playing different musical styles, and they do open mics and ukulele jams regularly. The musician pictured here is Elysian Stew, playing some originals and some covers. Check him out here! Check the New Moon Cafe website for the latest events! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/438cf968-b812-4d4c-bf2c-1889668384e6/Menominee+Park.jpg Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Take a walk in Menominee Park Located along Lake Winnebago, Menominee Park is a gorgeous place for a walk! It has facilities if you need to stop for a bathroom break, green areas and sidewalks along the lake, and a statue of Chief Oshkosh with information about the city and the people who originally lived in the area. There are plenty of spots in the shade to find a pace to sit for a while, and even a small sand beach if you’d like to take a dip in the water! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7ffd4e00-3178-4463-aa42-145fb650d96c/Drum+circle.PNG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Participate in a Drum Circle! Robin at the Oshkosh Rhythm Institute organizes weekly drum circles, where he provides several drums and other percussion musical instruments (you’re more than welcome to bring your own) and leads participants into a session of learning basic drum patterns and improvising. The Institute is located at 803 Waugoo Ave. but in the summer, when the weather permits it, the event takes place at the sundial, downtown (Main St. and Algoma). The event is free, but donations are welcome. Check out the official website for the latest updates. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ce296677-fa6f-4b27-819a-5b2bed24ecaa/Glow+in+the+Dark.PNG Wisconsin - Oshkosh, WI ~ 10 Must-Try Activities - Try Glow in the Dark Mini Golf Even if you’re tried mini golf before, doing it in this “glow in the dark” location will feel very different, and mostly: fun! There are 19 wholes at Glow in the Park, and plenty of walls surfaces to entertain you in between! The balls glows, the score keeping card glows… and you get a glowing bracelet matching the color of your ball! This is located near the Marcus cinema, check out their official website for more information. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/musttrymadison monthly 0.5 2024-08-07 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cde56ef8-9a50-46a0-8655-af06609b1272/Madison+intro.JPG Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Make it stand out View of downtown from the Capital City Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2a647710-428d-4619-a245-a74afa33e2a3/Walk+State+Street.jpg Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Walk Up & Down State Street Between the UW Campus and the Capitol, State Street is a busy street full of restaurants, cafes, shops and people! Check out the small store and where you might want to eat: you can weigh your options while walking the whole street to the Capitol, explore the Capitol Square and then walk back State Street and stop where you chose. It is often busy with students and extra busy on game days! But there are several parking lots nearby which will give you easy access to this area of town. There are some interesting old buildings and some more modern building to admire, and let’s not forget about the iconic Orpheum Theatre! The Museum of Contemporary Art is located on State Street https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1cb4339c-8167-44a9-8ed4-11f5ea02fe78/Capitol+Square.JPG Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Explore the Capitol Square There are a few shops, cafes and restaurants around the capitol. You can see some more modern buildings (pictured here) and several museums (Children’s Museum, Historical Museum and Veterans Museum). Mid-April to Mid-November (for exact dates, check online), you can find the farmers’ market here on Saturdays. Jazz at Five is a jazz festival where musicians play outdoors where State Street meets the Capitol Square on Wednesdays at 5 in August (check online for specific dates). It is a lively and beautiful place! If you want to visit the Capitol, free tours are offered daily (except holidays). Check online for more info. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f1baa742-d6fd-4854-b347-6f77b742d614/Monona+Terrace.jpg Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Check out Monona Terrace Madison is an isthmus, meaning it is a city built between two lakes: Lake Mendota and Lake Monona. Monona Terrace will allow you to get some elevation and see the lake from above. There is a nice fountain on the terrace, and you have a nice view of the capitol fro there. Sometimes it is reserved for private events, such as weddings. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fe3105ee-f1b1-41ab-b286-382bba778bac/Museum+of+Contemporary+Art.JPG Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Visit the Museum of Contemporary Art First of all, the building itself is beautiful. Second of all it’s free. Third of all, it’s right on State Street and isn’t very large. It’s a perfect activity to take a break from the hustle and bustle of State Street! Don’t forget to go all the way to the top because the view from the terrace is spectacular. The exhibitions change often, and there sometimes are private events that will close the terrace. Check their website before your visit to see what is shown and what the hours are the day of your visit. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e6febe34-69eb-4ecd-bdc1-38b35f15e0c9/Blooming+Butterflies.PNG Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Make it stand out “Blooming Butterflies” annual event at the Olbrich Botanical Garden. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/17502fed-8304-4de8-bb1d-748074608a0c/Olbrich+Garden.JPG Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Admire the Olbrich botanical Gardens Located on Atwood Avenue, this is a great place to visit. Explore the indoor glass pyramid (the Bolz Conservatory) with its tropical plants, waterfall and birds… and carnivorous plants! Meander the 16 acres outside, visiting the Rose Garden or the Perennial Garden (amongst other) and don’t forget to cross the river to visit the Thai Pavilion. Take your time, and make sure to use all your senses: there’s so much to see but also smell and feel! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3195686d-5e36-48c1-bc36-4c2066fc8490/Lao+Laan-Xang.JPG Wisconsin - Madison ~ 6 must-do activities - Eat Laotian Food Depending on where you are visiting from, this might be a very exotic food, and believe me it’s delicious! Lao Laan-Xang is located on Atwood Avenue on the West side of town, they have a large space inside with tables and booths, but also do take-out orders. I tend to always get the squash curry, because it’s my favorite, but I’ve been happy with several other things I’ve tried there. For a more info and a full menu, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/musttrymilwaukee monthly 0.5 2023-12-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/83eb1a2c-c068-4c78-a595-413052a950aa/Lake+Michigan.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Make it stand out View of Lake Michigan from Atwater Park. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6dddc072-5d3b-4642-bf60-62078a5b2fa6/MAM.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Visit the Museum of Modern Art If you have time in the city, devote some to this expansive and extensive museum. It is a little pricey at $22 a ticket, but worth it. The building itself is architecturally very interesting and beautiful. It is easily recognizable by its ship-like structure designed by Calatrava. The wings of the “ship” open every day at 10am, so if you can, be there for that! The art inside is amazingly varied: European Art, Native American pieces, ancient Mediterranean sculpture and contemporary abstract paintings… everyone can find something to love in this museum. And as a bonus, it is located on the lakefront and will give you great views of Lake Michigan! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a4a0c157-aad7-4cb0-8e41-cf53abab8dea/Lakeshore+State+Park.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Explore Lakeshore State Park Did you know there is a State Park located right in the downtown of Milwaukee? Lakeshore State Park is located next to the Milwaukee Art Museum and follows the shore of Lake Michigan. It’s on the smaller side, but there are some trails, a small beach, and this park gives you great views of Lake Michigan! Many people run through it, fish from the bridge pictured it, simply go for a stroll. This park is adjacent to where Summerfest happens, and sometimes you can hear the music from the trail. You can connect to the Oak Leaf Trail from here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/31266352-2d7f-4233-8877-339dea712c6f/Ethiopian+food.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Eat Ethiopian Food! One thing a big city has that you might not usually have access to, depending on where you’re visiting from, is food from faraway places. Milwaukee has so many options for this part: Thaï, Indian, Mexican and more, but my favorite is probably Ethiopian. Located on Farwell Avenue, Ethiopian Cottage Village is a perfect choice for a meal between exploring Brady Street and a movie at the Oriental! Ethiopians usually serve their food on injera bread, which you use to scoop up portions of the meal with your hands. It’s a tactile experience on top of being a gustative one… dig in! If you’d like more recommendations on great restaurants in Milwaukee, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/97cdee02-5676-4a32-b372-d9a16c8d1561/Urban+Kayaking.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Urban Kayaking Rent a kayak from Milwaukee Kayak Company, located in the Third Ward, and explore the city from a totally new perspective! Even if you’ve already walked the downtown, it’ll be really cool to see it from the water. You can also paddle by the Harley Davidson Museum and the pirate ship, through downtown and go all the way up to North Avenue! Make sure you dress appropriately for the weather, bring some water and a snack, and enjoy the view! You can explore the Kinnikinnic River, the Menomonee river and the Milwaukee River… and you might even see some wildlife! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ff34d593-a4d7-4ad0-849d-136d04d5607a/page0.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - See a movie at the Oriental Theater The Oriental Theater is a historic movie palace in the East Side neighborhood. The architecture is worth stepping in, even if you don’t have time to see a movie. It’s a beautiful theater with three rooms, showing blockbusters but also many indie movies and regular screening of classics such as the Rocky Horror Picture show. They also host a very popular film festival. For more info, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/081f0255-198c-450f-9644-ba27d531b1dd/Milwaukee+Beach.JPG Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Go to the beach! One of my favorite things about the beaches in Milwaukee is how accessible they are in all seasons. Some of them are sand beaches, some are pebbles. Hear me out: the beach in the winter is a thing of beauty, with icicles forming on the rocks and mounds of snow to explore instead of sand. There are several beaches in town, Bradford Beach being the most famous and the most popular in the summer with many beach volley courts and a pavilion with bathrooms and food. You can connect it to McKinley Beach by walking along the lakeshore. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/aea8177d-b68c-46d5-95c1-acbc3b8fa4d4/IMG_9524.jpg Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Make it stand out View of the downtown skyscrapers from Veterans Park. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3b28e45f-737d-4db1-ba67-188d6ef520a9/Walk+downtown.jpg Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Walk downtown As you walk E. Wisconsin Avenue, don’t forget to look up at the skyscrapers, check out what’s playing at the Riverside Theater or at the Warner, explore The Avenue shopping center and 3rd Market Hall… there is much to do. But don’t forget to also go off E. Wisconsin Ave and get on the Riverwalk along the Milwaukee river! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6567fc92-1fbe-46a2-91ba-81a07e15242f/Screen+Shot+2023-12-14+at+1.10.49+PM.png Wisconsin - Milwaukee ~ 8 must-do activities - Go indoor climbing! Milwaukee has a climbing gym on North Avenue, not too far from the Eastside neighborhood (climb before seeing a movie at the Oriental?) called Adventure Rock. They have day passes, and after a short instruction by staff on how to properly and safely use the self-belay system, you can have some fun with the different climbing routes! Take your time, don’t only use your arms, and enjoy! Thanks to the self-belay system, this is an activity one can enjoy solo. For more info, check their website. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/sculpture+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/wicked+willow monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/laotian+food monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/olbrich+botanical+garden monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/state+street monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/green+circle+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/murals monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/museum+of+contemporary+art monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/stevens+point monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/monona+terrace monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/wisconsin-travels/tag/nordic+night+sauna monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/6musttrybogota monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7d58d54c-127b-44bf-b79a-f0d30ed77e43/Bogota+after+intro.jpg Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out View of the city from the Cerro de Montserrate. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7710ab4f-5d47-4228-8fa8-620fc0846a2c/Free+Walking+Tour.jpg Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Free Walking Tour Many companies offer Free Walking Tour, so they might differ a bit, but the one we did focused on the Candelaria neighborhood, and we explored the Plaza de Bolívar, which, unlike most main Plaza in Colombia, isn’t a park. All around the Plaza you can find governmental buildings, such as the Palace of Justice, the Capitolio Nacional where Congress is located, and Palacio Liévano where the mayor works. The Cathedral Basilica of the Immaculate Conception is also located on this Plaza. But the most interesting part for me was Chorro de Quevedo, a much smaller plaza that some say is where the city was founded: the little street leading to it are paved and lined by lively murals, and there you can see the first church of the city, a fountain, artists… and more! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2a55cf9a-e880-4a98-a5aa-4bd573196c0e/Montserrate.jpg Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Go up to the Montserrate There is a trail and a cable car to go up to the Monserrate. I’d recommend walking the trail up late in the afternoon, observe the sunset from the top (over 10,000 feet high!), and get back down by cable car. The Monserrate is a hill right on the edge of town, easily accessible from the Candelaria neighborhood for example, on top of which is located a Basilicata and a short pilgrimage path. But really, it’s the view that makes this place spectacular. The path up is steep, and the place is popular (with locals and tourists alike) but all of this is forgotten once you’re at the top! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/66568dc3-5371-41aa-a47b-4d7738d42040/Bike+tour.JPG Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Guided Bike Tour The idea of this bike tour is to be able to see parts of town that are a little distant from the Candelaria, and to see part of Carrera 7, a busy avenue including the business center of the city, part of which is closed to cars every Sunday mornings. Moreover, the guide will take you to a market to sample some local produce (especially fruits), and to a coffee shop where the owners ground the beans themselves. If you are interested in learning more about coffee, you must visit Salento! To end the tour, you’ll be able to sample the national game: tejo! Traffic in Bogotá can be intense, and you’ll need to be careful during this tour, but once you reach the section with a bike path it gets better. It’s a different way to experience and see the city. If you only explore the old touristy sections of town, you’re missing out on the more modern aspects of town. This tour will take you to places tourists don’t often go to (but that are still sage). And finally, bicycling is an activity that is more and more popular in Colombia: Egan Bernal was the first Latin American to win the Tour de France in 2019! Seeing a part of the ciclovía that allows locals to enjoy their city feels special! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f4c888a0-7ef5-403e-a2a6-16d9085feaa3/Museo+del+Oro.JPG Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Admire The Museo del Oro The Museo del Oro is a real institution in Bogotá! It is huge, so save the time to visit it, or choose the option of a guided tour that will focus on one or two specific exhibitions to explore these more in details. Gold is much more than jewelry, or even currency. It’s a big part of the history of the country, since Europeans came searching for gold in Latin America, and you’ll learn about the legend of El Dorado in this museum. You will see how the indigenous population used gold (it wasn’t currency!) admire the skill of the goldsmiths of the time. You will also learn more about the place of cosmology in the local culture. The museum is located on Carrera 7, about a 10-minute walk from the Plaza de Bolívar and admission costs 5,000 Colombian pesos. If you don’t have time to check out this museum while in Bogotá, check out the one in Cartagena! It’s as interesting, but smaller and more manageable. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4a111738-b086-43f0-8606-0b9db3aa9e04/Museo+Nacional.JPG Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Visit The Museo Nacional Another museum to visit in Bogotá is the Museo Nacional, also on Carrera 7, about a 20-minute walk from Plaza de Bolívar and 10 minutes from the Museo del Oro. There, you can see, among other things, paintings, sculptures, tapestries… the national collection exploring the arts, history and culture of the country. It’s a big museum, so again save some time, not just to get there but also for once you’re inside. The neighborhood feels different, with skyscrapers and a busy street, but the sidewalks there are wide, there’s a park nearby, and you will easily find a café or restaurant to have lunch during or after your visit. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d22adf41-34cb-420e-9d92-58e0f33157f3/peintures+murales.jpg Colombia - Bogotá: 6 Must-Try Activities - Look For Murals Murals are everywhere in Colombia, and everywhere in Bogotá! Get lost in the streets of the safe neighborhoods and look for them, making sure to look up sometimes, especially in the more modern neighborhoods where taller buildings are. The main themes you’ll find are nature, local history, and representations of the indigenous populations. The styles are many and varied… which makes this search even more interesting and surprising! Of course, you’ll see murals if you do the Free Walking Tour or the Bike Tour but do look even when you’re out on your own to see some lesser-known ones! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/salentomusttry monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6725393d-b73f-4f99-a83e-5cad3f538fd0/Salento+top.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Mural at the mirador. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/89006e2d-c395-4cef-ad4a-e5127031b083/Town.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Walk Around Town You can see most of the town pretty quickly, but the main plaza is quite pretty with its park and its church, the colorful streets are charming, and you can check out restaurants or cafés to try out during your stay (it is a popular destination, there are plenty of options!). If you come to Salento after having explored Bogotá or Medellín, you’ll appreciate how peaceful it is to walk around here. But beware the town is built on a hill, so it’s full of ups and downs, even right in town. On the main plaza you’ll find Jeeps called Willys that have been converted in micro coffee shops: don’t hesitate to buy a drink and savor it in the parc. While exploring town, you can also take a look at different places that offer tours, in case you haven’t planned excursions ahead of time. And most of all: in the northwestern part of town, there are two panoramic viewpoints: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/75657724-f6a2-4917-b402-64b31bf9aa60/mirador.jpg Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Go up to the Observation Platform The view from the mirador is worth all the steps, I promise: this region is so green and hilly! Don’t forget to turn around every once in a while on your way up to check out the view of town from there. It’s a great excuse for breaks. If you forgot your water bottle, don’t worry. There are vendors at the top. You can definitely go there more than once if you want to experience different views: shades of greens during the way… or a pastel sunrise if you wake up early enough! There is a trail between the two viewpoints, so you can go up one way and come back down another! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6ad86fb9-91cc-4da3-8c96-a62a006afa99/Bike+Valle+del+Cocora.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Bike Tour in the Valle De Cocora Salento is the perfect access point to this magnificent and luxuriant valley where the national tree grows: the wax palm tree. It’s the tallest palm tree in the world and can reach up to 200 ft! The company Salento Cycling (which you can find at the entrance of town) offers a day trip by bike which is the perfect way to see these beautiful trees : they drive you up into the valley where you can hike to a gorgeous picnic point in the Carbonera (9480 ft high)… and then you bike down back into town ! A truly great day, full of colors and emotions ! And if you make new friends during the tour, a perfect activity for the evening is to try out the game of tejo: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/70bae711-0d13-4a35-a1eb-2dbbbab88279/Tejo.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Play Tejo! Tejo is the national game in Colombia : On wooden box filled with clay, a metallic circle is placed and small doses of explosives attached to it in little white envelopes (see photo). You must throw a heavy puck on the box, and if it touches the metallic circle, it will react with the contents of the envelope and produce a little explosion! Of course, there are many places in Colombia where you can play tejo, but Salento is perfect for the following reasons: 1) It won’t be as crowded as in bigger towns 2) It’s be cheaper than in bigger towns 3) There will be fewer people to hear you scream: even if you anticipate and expect the explosion, it will surprise you! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/70a0dc49-0e46-43d0-b84b-34dfeecf2bd8/Hike+in+the+Pa%CC%81ramo.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Hike in the Páramo The reason we came to Salento in the first place was to be able to hike and explore the Nevados National Park. The company Páramo Trek organizes tours of two or three days, where you sleep in fincas, former farms converted to welcome backpackers overnight. These are very simple places, with co-ed dorms and bunkbeds, a wood oven and simple food… but everything tastes better after a long day of hiking. And to warm up, there is nothing better than a cup of aguapanela… a hot drink made from sugar cane. One of the characteristics of the Parque Nacional de los Nevados is an ecosystem called Páramo: typical of the Andes mountains, between the forests (that you will go through at the beginning and end of the hike) and the glacier. On my photos you can see a plant called frailejone. There is often fog and mud, but the view is worth the effort: you might even see a sea of clouds! Beware of altitude sickness, as this trip might take you over 13,000ft. Don’t forget to hydrate and keep a slow pace. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f94778ed-7e00-4fd8-8ff9-0811a35a061b/plantation+de+cafe%CC%81.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Visit a Coffee Farm The Quindío department is famous for its coffee, and there are several coffee farms near Salento. We rented a mountain bike in town and asked about a good route to explore for a few hours around town… and the Acacias coffee farm was on the way to go down to the Quindío river: about a 40-minute walk, or faster in bike… but remember that the whole area is hills, so it’ll take longer to get back: I actually had to walk my bike up the last stretch… The visit was really interesting: we were able to walk the property and see coffee beans at different stages of their development, learn more about the drying and grinding processes… and of course the visit ended with a delicious cup of hot coffee. It was really fascinating to see all the steps that coffee takes before ending up in our cups, not something we often think about. An added bonus on this visit was the many species of birds we were able to see in their natural environment… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0ab77004-d549-4808-8a1a-dde59570f739/Faune+et+flore.JPG Colombia - Salento: 7 Must-Try Activities - Admire the Fauna and Flora There is so much wildlife to see in and around Salento: lizards, birds, insects and more! We had the chance to admire many different species of birds, and even a stick insect while in the Valle del Cocora. The toucan was a formidable surprise during our trek in the forest leading to the Páramo. Everything is so colorful in Colombia: the animals and the flowers too! While observing flowers, you might see more… the area is known for its abundance of hummingbirds. Take the time to look around you, in town while having coffee, at the mirador, or during one of your tours! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/cartagenamusttry monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/682bfb3e-3f2d-4293-8879-5aee2c758257/Cartagena+top.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Plaza de los coches. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4cc6e7ad-10e8-4617-b37f-26dd0bbb78aa/Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Free Walking Tour Located in the northwestern part of the city, the Old Town is – you guessed it – the oldest part of Cartagena. It’s surrounded by walls which once protected the city. It’s along the ocean, and is the most popular tourist spot for its colorful streets, numerous restaurants and cafés, museums, churches, shopping, and bookstores. You can see the ramparts and old cannons alongside the ocean, the clocktower, and more modern touches like the contemporary sculptures in the Plaza San Domingo. The Free Walking Tour will take you around the Old Town and show you the most important locations in this neighborhood (buildings, squares, etc.). The guides are always very knowledgeable, are usually local, and can give you recommendations for restaurants and activities. Look for the yellow umbrella! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/acb3d792-fd8f-49bc-9506-925ec55186d0/Getsemani%CC%81.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Getsemaní About a 10-minute walk south from the Old Town, the Getsemani neighborhood is full of murals and sculptures. Take your time to stroll the alleys and admire the art. The neighborhood is small, and you won’t get lost! Don’t forget to visit the Plaza de la Trinidad, where you can often find vendors and food stands. You can also stop at a café or restaurant for a little break. The French artist JR even painted some of the murals in this neighborhood from photos he took of locals in the aughts. If you go to the southern point, you’ll find other ramparts that you can climb to take a look at a newer part of the city, with large modern buildings. If you go all the way to the eastern edge of the neighborhood you’ll find a bridge to get to our next stop: Castillo San Felipe! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/565cc2d8-30cc-46b5-bfa9-b6cb48580d74/Castillo+San+Felipe.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - San Felipe Castle This fortress was built by the Spanish during the colonial period. It was completed in 1536, and is in remarkably good condition! From here you can look down over the city in all directions, which made it an ideal location for spotting attacks. You can walk in some of the tunnels, but the rest is entirely outside – so it’s best to go in the morning. Otherwise, if you’re visiting during the day, remember to bring your sunscreen and hat. The muted color of the stone fortress creates a strong contrast against the city’s colorful streets. The somber fortress also contrasts with the magnificent modern hotels in the Boca Grande neighborhood, which you can see from the western ramparts! The fortress has been designated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1990. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/14cab940-a16c-4fa4-bdb8-fb64a1125be8/Museo+de+Oro.jpg Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Museo del Oro Zenú This museum is located in a corner of Plaza de Bolivar, and admission is free. I was surprised by how interesting I found it! I am not very into jewelry, which is my first association when I think about gold, but in Colombia there is a whole colonial history in gold prospecting, the indigenous Zenú people using gold in their jewelry – and their talents for making gold artifacts. The three photos at the bottom of the collage show very small artifacts, but look carefully and you’ll see all the impressive details! The main location of this museum is in Bogotá, so if you think you might visit the one there, you can skip this one. However, we visited the two locations and really liked them both! The Cartagena location has a special focus on the original inhabitants of the Caribbean region, while the one in Bogotá covers the whole country. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d4f99855-e437-4679-934d-ecd42dd6bfae/Isla+del+Pirata.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Tropical Island You’re on the Caribbean coast, so you absolutely have to spend a day on an island! Numerous tour operators offer this type of trip. I recommend asking your Free Walking Tour guide for their recommendations, or ask the other travelers on your Free Walking Tour or at your hotel for their personal experiences. We spent a day on Isla Del Pirata, where we tried the local food, swam, snorkeled, and relaxed! The color of the water, the refreshing breeze, and the calm vibes really whisk you away from the city’s hustle and bustle. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/89327bb8-9e37-4e9d-8ad1-98b0c63e65ae/Produits+locaux.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - eat the Local food Cartagena’s bright colors aren’t just on the walls. You can try many tropical fruits, including maracuya (passionfruit), lulo (naranjilla), mango, dragon fruit, and many more. Try them as juice, ice cream, or fresh (they’re very affordable at grocery stores). And don’t be surprised if you see stuffed avocado on a menu – Colombian avocados are huge! One of Colombia (and Venezuela)’s specialties is called “arepas.” They are like pita bread, but made out of corn – and stuffed with whatever you like. The sign in my photo can be translated as: “Life is like an arepa, you get out what you put in!” https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/93e12cd3-9c07-488d-8320-9b01037cf1cc/coucher+de+soleil.jpg Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Sunset at Café del Mar With its location in the far northwest side of the city (in the Old Town), Café del Mar is the perfect spot to watch the sunset. But for good reason, it’s also a very popular place to go. I recommend going well before sunset and passing the time with a cocktail… or two. Why not share this experience with one of your new friends from the Free Walking Tour? Once it’s nighttime, there’s often music and dancing. The prices are a bit higher here than elsewhere, but if the weather is good for the sunset, it’s really worth it! The flag in my photo is the flag of the city of Cartagena. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/be3f6bcd-bf22-466b-8f1a-a2adedf4c7ec/la+nuit.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Take a night walk After sunset at Café del Mar, walk around the Old Town some more. At night, the city is lit up in all new colors! Admire the church bells and the illuminated colonial balconies. Stop to listen to street musicians and watch people gathering in Parque del Centenario to dance, sing, read poetry, and more. It’s another way to see the city, and you can enjoy the cooler night air! The Old Town is safe, as there are plenty of people (locals and tourists alike) walking late at night. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/aab77cd0-8c21-442f-b5ef-46ea8a532461/animaux.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Check out the animals I was surprised at the number of animals that we saw in the middle of the city: iguanas at Castillo San Felipe, lizards and tropical birds pretty much everywhere, and even monkeys in the middle of Parque del Centenario! You can see parrots in the trees, frigates soaring over the city, and many birds along the water – but look for even more in small spaces like little walls and private gardens! They’re even more colorful and beautiful than the city itself! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/086f5fd1-35e2-409c-8bfc-d3269c4bb635/Museo+de+arte+moderno.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - visit the Museo de Arte Moderno Located right in the heart of the city, in Plaza San Pedro, this little museum is well worth a stop. It exhibits a range of art including painting, photography, and sculpture – primarily by Colombian artists, with some other Latin American artists included. Photos of the Colombian writer Gabriel García Márquez greet you as you enter. The building itself is worth the visit. It’s one of the city’s oldest, and you can see some walls and arches in brick, for example. My photo collage features paintings by two Cartagena-born artists: Enrique Grau and Ruby Rumie. Admission is 10,000 Colombian pesos, and the museum is open from Tuesday to Sunday from 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. – perfect for escaping the heat! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a9fd6619-9ed3-4821-b940-9e689b6cf040/Muse%CC%81e+naval.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Learn at the Museo Naval Another pleasant surprise for me was the Naval Museum of the Caribbean. It doesn’t just cover the country’s naval military history – though there are miniature models of boats from different eras, examples of military uniforms over the years, and a replica of part of a submarine, which you can go into. It also has a lot of information on the city’s construction and the cholera epidemic, which ravaged Cartagena in 1849 (and which was featured in the classic 1985 novel Love in the Time of Cholera by Gabriel García Márquez). If you have time, visit this museum near the Parque de la Marina in the Old Town. If you speak Spanish feel free to ask for a guide, and don’t forget to tip! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1f0e6831-a614-4cca-83b6-44d3b9d4ab32/Palacio+de+la+Inquisicio%CC%81n.JPG Colombia - Cartagena: 12 Must-Try Activities - Palacio de la Inquisición Another small museum that’s worth a stop, and where the building itself is remarkable. The city’s history is deeply rooted in colonization, slavery, and the Catholic Inquisition. You can see historical artifacts, including torture devices used during the Inquisition to punish heretics (mainly Jews, non-Catholics in general, and people who practiced black magic). Many women accused of being witches were executed in this palace. The beauty of the building and garden contrasts with the dark history of what took place inside. It’s not an easy visit, but it’s an educational one. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/musttrymedellin monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/088bc1fb-f3dc-4def-9b6f-1e77f9e3840e/Medelli%CC%81n+top.jpg Colombia - Medellín: 5 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e1e989a5-327f-4d06-acdd-31b82afd1864/Free+Walking+Tour.jpg Colombia - Medellín: 5 Must-Try Activities - Take a Free Walking Tour As always, I recommend a Free Walking Tour as the BEST way to visit the city and get recommendations for museums, restaurants, and neighborhoods. So the sooner you do it, the sooner you can choose what to do on your trip. I recommend the central tour, where you can see parks, markets and streets, churches, and interesting places full of history – including the Parque de las Luces or “Park of Lights,” where giant light pillars were installed to prevent crime; San Antonio Park with two sculptures (one of which was blown up by a bomb, but was kept in remembrance… and a copy of it made by the artist and given to the city); Plaza Botero with lots of sculptures, and Alpujarra Administrative Center – with even more huge sculptures! This tour is on foot and takes about three hours, but you will also take the subway to see more of the city (remember to bring change for your ticket). The guides explain the city’s history, its transformation, and its current situation. They are always very knowledgeable, so don’t be afraid to ask questions! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9cecb179-520b-40cf-8676-e9fd02005812/Comuna+13.jpg Colombia - Medellín: 5 Must-Try Activities - Explore Comuna 13 This area of the city is entirely set into the Medellín hillside. It was established primarily by people escaping the countryside, which had become too dangerous in the 1970s due to drug trafficking. In turn, this neighborhood became very dangerous with gang activities. But in time, with work by the city and its residents, peace was restored. Today the neighborhood is full of graffiti art, murals, food vendors, music, and hip-hop dancing. There’s also an escalator, which was installed by the city to help the locals get around Comuna 13. You can get there with the subway and the cable cars (line J), and visit with a guide — often a local — who has lived through the transformation of the neighborhood and will have touching and impressive stories to share. Be aware, it’s all uphill! The tour is slow enough to check out the art and watch (or participate) in dance demonstrations. And once you’re up top, the mirador gives you a stunning view of the city and the hills on the other side. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/56363171-78e1-40e3-bde5-d56fc03c047e/Museo+Antioquia.jpg Colombia - Medellín: 5 Must-Try Activities - Visit the Museo Antioquia Located in Plaza Botero in the heart of the city, the Antioquia Museum (named after the province where Medellín is located) boasts the world’s largest collection of works by the Colombian painter and sculptor Fernando Botero. It also has other local and international artworks from the 20th century including abstract and figurative art. The museum is big, so take your time! In my photo collage you’ll see works by Ethel Gilmour (Colombian), Francisco Botero (Colombian), Lwdin Franco (Armenian), Rafael Canogar (Spanish), and Pedro Alcántara Herrán Martínez (Colombian). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cdff9212-9e71-4129-80c8-96e73180bf56/Parque+Arvi%CC%81.JPG Colombia - Medellín: 5 Must-Try Activities - discover Parque Arví This park provides a breath of fresh air after spending several days in the busy city of Medellín! Leave early to give yourself enough time to get there – this park is located up in the hills just outside of town, so you need to take the cable car (line K) to get there. You’ll probably take the subway also, depending on where you’re staying in Medellín. There’s a little market at the entrance, a restaurant with a beautiful view, and the forest is incredible! During our visit, we were able to do a bike tour (electric bikes are available, if necessary) and a mini hike. Heads up for your planning: there is only one route that you can do on your own. For the others, you have to register for guided activities. Entry into the park costs just under 10 dollars. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a48f0979-d688-41d6-952d-848c4528650b/Day+trip+to+Piedra+del+Pen%CC%83ol.JPG Colombia - Medellín: 5 Must-Try Activities - Climb the Piedra del Peñol Put on a good pair of shoes and mentally prepare yourself to climb up the 675 steps of this huge rock! The view from the top is totally worth it. Day tours – which are available from several different operators – will often include the bus ride (about two hours), a boat tour in the Guatapé Lagoon, the climb up Piedra del Peñol, and lunch, as well as time to explore the town of Guatapé. It’s a small, colorful town, and it’s nice to stroll the streets and Zocaló Square. It’s a really unique experience! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/museo+del+oro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/tejo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/san+felipe+castle monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/bogota monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/bogot%C3%A1 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/cerro+de+montserrate monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/parque+de+los+nevados monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/castillo+san+felipe monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/willys monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/museo+nacional monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/getseman%C3%AD monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/bike+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/coffee+farm monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/panoramic+viewpoint monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/p%C3%A1ramo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/salento monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/valle+del+cocora monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/murals monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/backpacking monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/cartagena monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/wax+palm+trees monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/colombia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/colombia/tag/wildlife monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages daily 0.75 2026-02-11 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/anvers monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/aca3a172-7157-434d-8447-6f31e5d35e3e/Anvers+top.jpg Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Fontaine Brabo, devant l’hôtel de ville, sur la Grand-Place. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/42520786-7055-4afe-8ec7-6eefd1badfb1/Vieux+centre.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Explorer le centre historique N’hésitez pas à vous perdre dans les ruelles pavées du vieux centre d’Anvers, c’est comme ça qu’on découvre des petits restos secrets ou des églises moins fréquentées. Observez les bâtiments typiques d’une ville bourgeoise marchande du Moyen-Âge, l’absence de voiture, et n’oubliez pas de passer par la Grand-Place pour admirer la statue de Grabo, figure légendaire qui selon la légende, tua Antigone, lui tranchant la main et la jetant dans le fleuve. Si vous visitez la ville en hiver, il y a un marché de Noël sur cette même place. Passez aussi par la Cathédrale Notre-Dame d’Anvers, à la structure gothique et au clocher inscrit au Patrimoine Mondial de l’UNESCO ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e46aa18d-efb9-4be6-bb92-63ae3c9badf8/Museum+on+the+Water.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Visiter le MAS Avant même d’entrer dans le “Museum Aan de Stroom”, le “musée sur l’eau”, faites-en le tour : Il est beau ! Il regroupe des collections ethnographiques, maritimes et anthropologiques. Il y a beaucoup d’histoire d’Anvers, mais aussi une collection permanente d’art de l’Amérique précolombienne. Ce musée tente de lier le port d’Anvers au monde. Et surtout, n’oubliez pas de monter sur la terrasse pour une vue imprenable sur les alentours, notamment le port et le fleuve. Attention, le musée est fermé le lundi, sauf le lundi de Pâques et le lundi de Pentecôte. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/99b05fdf-bae5-40ae-8f46-8ed944e6a9be/Stadsfeestzaal.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Passer par le Stadsfeestzaal La rue piétonne Meir est remplie de magasins et de restaurants, mais si vous n’aimez pas le shopping, allez-y quand même pour les gens et l’architecture. Les façades des bâtiments sont impressionnantes, il y a plusieurs belles statues le long de la rue, mais surtout, ne manquez pas le Stadsfeestzaal, un centre commercial… doré ! Finalement, empruntez la rue Wapper pour vous diriger vers la Maison Rubens ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fb1763a2-1acf-4a79-a6e9-a8475c7eedc0/Rubens+House.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Découvrir la Maison Rubens Comme le nom l’indique, Pierre Paul Rubens, peintre au style baroque, a habité et peint ici, et sa maison a été transformé en musée. Vous pouvez comment il vivait et travaillait. Mais vous ne verrez pas seulement ses peintures, mais aussi une collection d’œuvres de ses contemporains, tels que Van Dyck, puisque Rubens était aussi collectionneur. Il y a de sublimes sculptures et peintures. N’oubliez pas d’aller faire un tour dans le magnifique jardin ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/14aa15fe-234c-4990-983e-51c79cbc1d0c/Stadspark.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Déambuler dans le Stadspark Une vraie bouffée de fraîcheur ce parc ! Il n’est pas très grand mais quel plaisir de marcher dans le vert, voir des oiseaux, des gens qui font des pique-nique, de ne voir que la silhouette des grands bâtiments alentours et retrouver une échelle plus humaine. Asseyez-vous près du plan d’eau et écrivez des cartes postales pour vos proches et vos amis, ou dégustez une spécialité locale, ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6712754c-8b5f-487a-aacb-30e898f1035b/Produits+locaux.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Déguster des spécialités locales Anvers a toutes les spécialités culinaires de la Belgique : bières, chocolats et frites. Le choix au niveau des bières peut être déconcertant tant il y a d’options (certains bars se vantent d’avoir autant de bières que de jours dans l’année !), mais n’hésitez pas à demander de l’aide pour faire votre choix. Mais il existe aussi une pâtisserie très locale : un biscuit en forme de main, inspiré par Grabo et la main d’Antigone jeté dans le fleuve. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5643992d-0131-46d2-801c-c13bd9f21bcb/SintAnna+Tunnel.JPG Belgique - Que faire à Anvers? 7 activités à ne pas manquer - Traverser le tunnel SintAnna Le tunnel Saint Anne, datant de 1933, passe sous l’Escaut, à 31 mètres de profondeur, et c’est toute une aventure que de prendre ! Il est réservé aux piétons et aux vélos et mesure 572 mètres de long, décoré en céramiques, style Art-déco. Il y a un ascenseur de chaque côté, mais je vous recommande d’utiliser les escaliers au moins une fois, ce sont des escaliers mécaniques en bois ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/museum+aan+de+stroom monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/anvers monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/belgique monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/stadspark monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/Stadsfeestzaal monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/rubens+house monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/sintanna+tunnel monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiquevoyages/tag/MAS monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan daily 0.75 2024-07-08 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/farmingtonvegan monthly 0.5 2024-03-06 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/de3299d2-6d9c-4484-91a6-acc1f985ac3c/Reebel+Dog+Coffee+Co.JPG Connecticut - Farmington - Rebel Dog Coffee Co There are several locations for the Rebel Dog Coffee Co (in Plainville and East Hartford too), and the Farmington location is very spacious, with ample parking. Their chocolate chip scone was delicious! The avocado toast with arugula and tomato was also really good… very lemony! They have a falafel sandwich labeled vegan on the menu, but we went for breakfast, so we didn’t get to try it. If you go and try it, let me know in the comments how it is! This location also has two gender-neutral bathrooms. For a full menu and hours, click here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/new-britainvegan monthly 0.5 2024-03-06 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/adfae371-33ce-49db-9df9-7247bc230458/Fresh+Greens+and+Proteins.JPG Connecticut - New Britain - Fresh Greens & Proteins On the edge of the CCSU campus, off of Stanley Street, Fresh Green & Proteins had delicious options, very fresh and full of protein, as promised! They have two different kinds of protein powder for their shakes, so make sure to mention the plant based one for a fully vegan shake. I had the tropical smoothie (pictured here) with extra protein powder. Many food items are labeled vegan on their menus, including salads, wraps and bowls. I had the buddha bowl (quinoa, corn and pico de gallo, chickpeas, avocado and hummus) and it was delicious! To see their full menu, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/56fdfd74-283b-4d76-aef9-ef7bea354bd9/Beirut+Bites.JPG Connecticut - New Britain - Beirut Bites Right across from FG&P is a small Lebanese restaurant called Beirut Bites, another great place to eat if you happen to be near the CCSU campus. There are several booths for sitting, you order at the counter and can grab a drink from one of the fridges nearby. Please note they do not serve alcohol, but they have fruit juices and alcohol-free beers. The food was absolutely delicious! We shared the Fool Modamas (Cooked fava beans with garlic, olive oil and lemon juice) and an order of the Falafel platter made vegan (deliciously crispy falafel with rice and a small salad, served with tahini sauce.) The portions were generous: We came in after running on the Metacomet Trail, and were HUNGRY but I’m glad we shared one order of each because it was so much food! For more info on location and to see a full menu, click here! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/watertownvegan monthly 0.5 2024-07-08 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/81f66e62-fed1-4c08-a321-5df61c53a0a9/Hardcore+Sweet.jpg Connecticut - Watertown - Hardcore Sweet Bakery Who needs a real restaurant when you can have vegan cupcakes! Located right downtown, Hardcore Sweet has the best vegan cupcakes I’ve ever had. Super creamy, many different flavors rotating daily, and very friendly staff! They have a fun space with a couple of tables (and barber chairs!) for you to enjoy the cupcakes right there and then… but they’re so good you’ll be tempted to get some to go too! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b69c3c0e-40ee-4684-a24e-1c91e1240928/Thai+Bowl.JPG Connecticut - Watertown - Thai Bowl Well, for those who need a real restaurant, a great option for vegans in Watertown is Thai Bowl, right on Main Street. They have several vegan items on their menu (they’re not labeled as such, so make sure to mention you’re vegan) such as edamame, rolls, curries and rice bowl. The portions are generous, you’ll be set for a while, and the staff is very friendly. A delight! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d218b840-c84b-47c9-934c-8954b248a629/Buddha+Bistro.JPG Connecticut - Watertown - Buddha Bistro Located right next to the Om Center (if you’re looking for a yoga class), the Buddha Bistro is a nice little restaurant with some vegan options, even for dessert (as you can se with the peanut butter cup pictured). A few items are marked as vegan, and some you can modify to make vegan. There are some excellent drinks too! Note that they accept cash only, but there is an ATM right in the restaurant if you don’t have any or enough. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ec0997cf-741a-4707-9e4f-d100363558f9/Simply+Bowls.JPG Connecticut - Watertown - Simply Bowls Located on Main Street, right in front of the library, Simply bowls has a beautiful space and a ton of smoothies and juices! They have some outdoor seating too. Some food items are vegan, but you need to talk to the staff because it’s not always what you think: the falafels, for example, have eggs. They are very nice about helping you find something though! We had the jasmine bowl, which was good, and the ancient grains bowl, with an interesting combination of sweet potatoes, cauliflowers and Brussels sprouts with farro and quinoa. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d8e02208-2b25-4c6a-b7ae-effe2092e9de/The+Local+63.JPG Connecticut - Watertown - The local 63 Located right next to Simply Bowls is The Local 63, which is a nice restaurant with a vegan appetizer, a vegan entrée, and a vegan sandwich. The garlic tahini dip for starters was delicious! I enjoyed my vegan “chicken” sandwich, with seitan, although the bread was a little dry, and the crispy tofu bowl was a hit! They have a large space with some outdoor seating, and old photos of Watertown all around. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/salisbury monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/80cf10c2-6202-4e68-a898-598bf97840dc/White+Hart+Provisions.jpg Connecticut - Salisbury - White Hart Provisions This place looks like a fancy Inn from the front, but if you go on the side, there’s a shop with food and drinks, and we were delighted with the vegan options: farro salad with mushrooms, and avocado sandwich, both fresh and tasty. You can eat there or take things to go. They have a wide variety of sodas. The staff was very friendly, and the place is really nice! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/niantic monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b67af20f-51a0-4a2b-ab69-cfd68d8dd4c6/Cafe+Sol.JPG Connecticut - Niantic - Cafe Sol This cute little cafe has outdoor seating for when the weather is nice, and indoor seating for when the weather gets moody, which can happy so close to the ocean. They serve breakfast all day and have a variety of sandwiches, salads, and burgers. There are a few vegan items on the menu, such as the Goddess Wrap pictured here, and many more can be made vegan. The staff is very friendly and accommodating, don’t hesitate to ask for vegan possibilities! Not far are McCook Point Park and the boardwalk if you want to go for a walk before or after your meal. Make sure to check their website as they plan on moving at the end of the summer of 2023. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/newlondon monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/09628d28-9680-4638-ad21-4e285e8c4646/The+Social+New+London.JPG Connecticut - New London - The Social Bar + Kitchen This is a big restaurant located right on Bank St, where much happens in New London. It’s not far from the water, if you want to go for a walk afterwards, and it’s also close to the train station and the ferry. There is one vegan appetizer: the Brussel sprouts with delicious balsamic glaze. There is one vegan burger, made from chickpeas and made extra crunchy with Panko breading. The fries are quite good! The day we were there, one of the specials was also vegan: Tofu Tacos. The staff was really nice, they have some games and a pool table in the restaurant, and if you sit in the back you can see the Thames river! They have musical events, trivia nights and drag brunch events too! Check out their website to get the latest details here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f91c14e0-b386-451e-86e1-85ae7dc31bf6/Blue+Duck.JPG Connecticut - New London - The Blue Duck Really close to the train Station, the Blue Duck has a large indoor area as well as a terrace. Notice that the train goes right by, so it might get loud. The falafel were creamier than what I’m used to, but tasted good. I had a side of fries that were nice and cripsy! For more info: https://www.theblueducknl.com https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/rebel+dog+coffee+co monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/niantic monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/salisbury monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/simply+bowls monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/watertown monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/buddha+bistro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/connecticut monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/white+hart+provisions monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/farmington monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/thai+bowl monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/cafe+sol monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/appalachian+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/the+local+63 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/hardcore+sweet monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticutvegan/tag/bear+mountain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/moroccovegan daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/moroccovegan/marrakeshvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fb06e18f-4936-4ef8-96bf-ac057d3d5b19/Chez+zaza.JPG Morocco - Marrakesh - Chez Zaza After several flights of steep stairs, you’ll find the pretty rooftop terrace with a view of a small plaza. The shade and breeze up there is a blessing, as the city can get really hot. We had a tagine and a pastilla (phyllo filled with veggies) and both were delicious and filling. There are not many tables here, be aware if you are a large group. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/45ce1dae-243a-40a6-8fc4-24e73e1893c6/souk+kafe.JPG Morocco - Marrakesh - Souk Kafé Another rooftop terrace with a nice breeze and a view, with tables and both seating full of cushions and nice decor. We had “briouates” for appetizers (phyllo filled with spices and veggies, they have meat and cheese ones, so specify just veggies for the vegan option) and then a vegan couscous and both were very flavorful. This place also has tasty smoothies. Make sure to up your drink budget because of the heat, and because you have to be careful with water and might be tempted to drink more sodas and smoothies! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy daily 0.75 2026-01-03 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/venice-5-uncommon-things-to-do monthly 0.5 2025-11-08 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f7c5ce7a-f39d-4fd4-ae5d-dc4a9a906b1b/48.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Make it stand out A gondola with the flag of Venice, both emblems of the city. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4a3e6212-c6b4-4ffc-ab04-4799fae7afbb/Cannaregio.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Free Walking Tour of the Cannaregio neighborhood Venice is divided into 6 districts, and Cannaregio is one of them, located on the northern side. It’s much quieter than others, and has a lot of history to share. Participating in a Free Walking Tour (many companies offer them, make sure you book online) is a great way to wander without getting too lost and learn about the place. Amongst restaurants, churches and souvenirs shops, two things to note: this neighborhood has a gothic church, but it is also the Jewish neighborhood. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/803aabf1-b588-4fc9-8c5a-959534d79f56/IMG_2876.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Make it stand out Bridges, bridges, bridges. Venice is an archipelago after all! There are 438 bridges! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c03f6ba9-5b80-4986-b700-812f8bb71315/page0.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Kayaking at Sunset Stepping into the kayak from one of the houses on the canals while holding on to a rope was already an adventure! Kayaking in the canals and getting out into one of the northern lagoons to see the sun set was another, and so very beautiful! Kayaking in Venice is an incredible experience and a great way to see the city. I do prefer this to a gondola, as you’re closer to the water and you’re more in charge! Bring a headlight to kayak back in the dusk! To see the video of this adventure, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/81a4e858-c3e2-4185-b0ca-266507d46e1e/65.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Make it stand out View of from the San Michele in Isola church. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9d4ee3e3-43d0-448a-905a-b6207baf8d2b/Ca%27+Pesaro.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Visit the Modern Art Museum Ca’ Pesaro Named after the Pesaro family, the great collection of modern art is hosted in the family’s palace, which is very interesting in itself for its baroque style. The three different floors have different collections: oriental on the third floor, temporary exhibits on the the second, and an international collection on the first floor. Many paintings and sculptures will seem familiar, but take the time to observe them: it’s different to see the real thing as opposed to a reproduction you’ve seen many times! For the museum’s official website, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f1530c0c-eda4-424b-bf38-d10900140e04/64.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Make it stand out “Dante’s Barge” by George Frangulyan: statue of Dante and Virgil in front of the San Michele cemetery. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/53e04ee7-088d-462a-9572-8a43c22b5250/via+Sciavoni.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Walk the Riva degli Sciavoni When you’re in the center of town, the little streets can be narrow, the canals separate everything and small bridges connect everything… you’re surrounded. But on the Riva degli Sciavoni, you’re on the outskirts of the main group of islands, on the southern side, and you can see the sea, see far and have a feeling of being more in the open. It’s a pleasure to stroll on this street, crossing larger bridges as you connect different islands, observing birds and boats, always following the shore of the Venitian Lagoon. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/da97cf62-d27e-4514-9bda-eb541902fe80/Giardini.jpg Italy - Venice ~ 5 Uncommon Things To Do - Meander the Giardini Walking the Riva degli Sciavoni, you’ll eventually end up at the Giardini, gardens that are extra special during the Biennale, as it becomes sprinkled with scultpures. It also holds the foreign pavilions assigned to different countries for the biennale. Maybe you can find the one for the country you’re visiting from! Even outside of the Biennale, it’s a beautiful park and will give you the breath of fresh air you need after being amongst tourists in small streets the rest of the time. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/florencemusttry monthly 0.5 2025-10-31 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d1ee8469-1cf8-4420-935d-0e96d1270fbd/IMG_0612+copy.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Make it stand out le fleuve Arno https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1ebe334b-75f5-45a7-8b0c-06ea5d2a0f65/Ville.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Wander the old city center Architecture is one the main attractions of Florence, and it is a pleasure to walk in the old town and get lost a little. Observe the streets, the churches, the bridges, the towers, and the people. It seems as if every corner has a surprising element to it. The Arno river crosses the city, and it’s a pleasure to walk along it. In some areas, you can walk close to the water, and see sculptures. If early in your trip you can find a spot in one of the many Free Walking Tour offered, do not hesitate, it’s always a great way to get introduced to a new city and get the lay of the land, getting inspiration for what you’d like to explore more during the rest of your stay. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/198470df-fe68-4a4e-ab5d-762b1b414d39/Ponte+Vecchio.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Cross the Ponte Vecchio The Ponte Vecchio, or old bridge (better in Italian, right?), is emblematic of the city: it is the oldest point in town, and the oldest stone bridge in Europe! It overlooks the Arno river, and all along the bridge, you can, just like in the past, find many stores, which nowadays are mostly for expensive jewelry. There are many spots where you can take photos of the bridge, but beware of the crowd, as it is one of the most touristy places in town. It was classified a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1982 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8cb15438-68a0-417f-9c67-e07d9d5509a7/Cathe%CC%81drale.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Visit the Santa Maria del Fiore Cathedral Another emblematic architectural monument of the city, the Santa Maria del Fiore Cathedral is majestic and truly impressive, with over 150 meters (almost 500 ft) in length. The cathedral itself can be visited for free, but other areas require purchasing a ticket: the duomo ou the tower for example. For the baptistry, with its octogonal facade, a ticket is also required, but don’t neglect admiring the exterior, which is free! It was classified a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1982 as well. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1c1b84f0-2ef4-4c04-af7f-1d7622e6ef6a/Uffizi.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Explore the Uffizi The Uffizi, or Uffizi Galleries is a bit like the Louvre of Florence. This museum contains an enormous number of Italian paintings and sculptures(Botticelli, Titien, Raphaël, Caravage, de Vinci), but also art by European masters such as Dürer ou Goya. It is imperative to reserve tickets ahead of time, because this museum is incredibly popular. Once inside, take your time to admire the art around you. Many will seem familiar, but it’s special to see them in person, not just a reproduction, and many will be new! And don’t forget to admire the city from one of the many windows! To know more, click here to access the official website in English https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ab2c3f5f-7d01-48a5-b46e-bdaca5fe4426/General.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Make it stand out If you prefer to avoid the crowd at the Ponte Vecchio, know that you’ll have a really nice view of it from the Uffizi. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0d983730-3386-48a4-a6eb-1998aa95f0c9/Muse%CC%81e+Da+Vinci.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Discover the Interactive Da Vinci Museum Even if you think you know a lot about Da Vinci, this museum is worth the detour for the interactive aspect of it. You’ll see many drawings by Da Vinci, and many machines invented by the master. You’ll even be able to experience some of the machines through virtual reality headsets! There are many light and sound shows, everything is interesting and educational… and it is one of the rare museums where you can touch the objects! The museum is open every day, and if you’re organized enough, it seems cheaper to buy tickets online before going there… To know more, click here to access the museum’s website. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3446b7a0-13db-4f1d-8c16-20106eebcd4c/Piazzale+Michelangelo.jpg Italy - Florence ~ 6 must-try activities! - Piazzale Michelangelo If possible, I strongly recommand go up to the Michelangelo belvedere, or Piazzale Michelangelo in Italian. It’s about a 25-minute walk from the Ponte Vecchio… or you can take a bus up and walk down. There, you’ll find souvenirs shops, ice cream and snack vendors, and a restaurant. The view of the city from up there is fabulous, and I would suggest going in the early evening to see the whole city illuminated. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/torinofivemusttry monthly 0.5 2026-01-13 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/636fdbbc-a87b-48c3-bc25-18089a7bfa81/IMG_2413.jpg Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Borgo Medievale, along the Po River. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a8c2d7de-4157-46a0-a578-3bba0b1e12eb/Free+Walking+Tour+Turin.jpg Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Free Walking Tour With a local guide, explore and learn more about the history and the city during a two-hour walk! There is a lot to see and do in the center of Turin, and the baroque architecture is beautiful! The tour we did started from Porta Nuova train station, and ended in the historical old city center. It goes through several large “piazze” (San Carlo, Carignano, etc.) and many indoor galleries shopping arcades. There are many restaurants in this area that you can go back to after the tour, and you might go by Via Roma, which has many fancy stores for shopping. The guide will explain the evolution of the city and its history, architecture, industry et cultural offerings! It is an excellent way to discover a new city and the guide often has recommendations of more things you can explore by yourself later. The tour is free but it is customary to leave a tip at the end. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6c181314-1f22-40b0-9bb4-bab8d38e7a6a/Centro+Storico.JPG Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Explore the Centro Storico There is A LOT to see and do in the old pedestrian center of town, with its narrow streets… but beware of the tram going through! There are some plazas and churches, old buildings… and older buildings. Even if you don’t have a specific direction or path for your exploration of the Centro Storico, you can spot something cool to go towards at almost each intersection. There are many restaurants and cafes, as well as the castle and the archeological park of Palatine. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1a3592c7-c92d-47e1-bb97-f732a706fa33/Walk+along+the+Po.JPG Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Walk Along the Po River The Po is the longest river in Italy, at 652km (405 miles), crossing the north of the country from the Alps in the west to the Adriatic Sea in the east. It is easily accessible from downtown Torino. If you start by the Parco Valentino, you can do a loop using both sides of the river, since both have trails: sometimes dirt sometimes paved. From the bridge Ponte Alberto I to Ponte France Balbis and back is about a three-mile/5k loop. The area felt very safe during a morning run. There was a lot of activity, both on the trail (other runners, people walking their dog, etc.) and on the water with many rowers going by. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eaa7e110-951e-4332-b015-bdf1e2e5be04/IMG_3994.jpg Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out The Umberto I bridge at night. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0a3d48b5-c2b2-4102-86f7-b4da0a0b037f/GAM.JPG Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Visit a museum There are so many museums in Torino: Museo Lavazza, National Automobile Museum, Royal Palace and Gardens, Museo del Risorgimento… everyone can find something they will like. We visited three museums: some of the most famous ones such as the Mole Antonelliana, or National Cinema Museum, which we found more interesting for its architecture than its content; we did a short visit to the Museo Egizio, full of Egiptian artefacts; but my favorite one was without a doubt the GAM, a modern and contemporary art museum with permanent collections from the 19th and 20th century. It has gorgeous paintings, interesting sculptures [inside and outside], and fascinating temporary exhibits. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/da5fc344-67f0-48f9-abb4-5d056694d7ac/page0+2.jpg Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Go up to the Monte dei Capuccini Without leaving the city, you can go up to the Monte dei Cappucini, where you can see the church of Santa Maria, and be on a hill that will give you a great view of the city. If you go at night, the church will be closed, but everything will be lit up. Many locals go there at night to enjoy the fresh air and the views. If you go during the day, it’s a 10-15 minute walk from the river: you can choose to go up a couple of different ways, with stairs or more of a slope. Once up there, check out the inside of the church! On my photo here, you can see the tower of the Mole Antonelliana illuminated in blue, but know the lights change regularly. On my photo below, you can see the view from the same place but in the morning! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5bba19c1-6431-4437-9062-b03b31f66b89/IMG_4159.jpg Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Morning view of the city and snowy Alps in the background, from the Monte dei Cappucini. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a41f2cda-1a3d-413c-997c-4d0c8af35e47/Wander+at+night.JPG Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Wander the city at night Turin at night is a whole different vibe and it’s beautiful! Feel free to grab a gelato and wander the streets, especially between the Centro Storico and the river. Check out Piazza Vittorio Veneto for its lights, restaurants and bars. You can see the imposing Mole Antonelliana illuminated, admire different facets of the architecture as it is lit up, and check out the reflections of the town in the Po River. Also, if you go between the end of November and early January, the city has a program of light installations by artists, called “Torino Brilla”, and you can admire all kinds of sculptures and light projections in different streets and piazze of the center. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eaa5247c-807b-4c76-b344-5b89982ccec0/IMG_2439.jpg Italy - Torino ~ Six Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Parco archeologico Torre Palatine https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/fivemustttrymilano monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f4ef3abc-9d85-4716-81f1-045b9ad78f91/Milano+top.PNG Italy - Milano - 5 must-try activities - Make it stand out Flowers, tiny cars and an old statue in front of an old church. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/25ffd3cf-9773-452b-b77f-30c016f19e4f/Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Italy - Milano - 5 must-try activities - Free Walking Tour Walking is a great way to see the city and to get a preview of places you might want to go back to later. With a free walking tour (many start right by the Duomo, the central cathedral of the city), you’ll explore the central part of town and see churches, old hospitals converted into universities, and you’ll learn about the history of the city from your guide. You will also explore more modern area, such as the shopping arcade Galleria del Corso Vittorio Emanuele, right next to the Duomo. It’s always interesting to do these tours, they take you to places you wouldn’t think of going on your own, and you get to meet other tourists and get recommendations from them as well as the guide about restaurants and museums for example. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6a1455e0-ce86-42a6-b469-f8b1e3e8b83f/Up+the+Duomo.JPG Italy - Milano - 5 must-try activities - Go up the Duomo “Il Duomo di Milano” is the cathedral of Milan and is the largest cathedral is Italy, located in the center of town and dedicated to St Mary. It has a golden statue that you can see from many parts of town. You can go up to its roof and see the city from above, as well as see many of its 3.400 statues, 135 spires and 150 gargoyles. Admire the architecture and the stone work, as it took almost six centuries to build this cathedral. And admire the view from the top, it’s quite phenomenal! The staircase to get up is not too narrow, but there are many steps. Consider the elevator option if steps are an issue. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8a5afbad-653e-4682-9212-f802a35d0ae1/I+Navigli.JPG Italy - Milano - 5 must-try activities - Explore the Navigli neghborhood This area gives off major Venice vibes! The canals are in the southern part of town, and are lined up with restaurants and ice cream places. It can get quite busy… and expensive. One consideration would be to eat in one of the streets leading to the canals, where it would be a little cheaper and less crowded, and have an ice cream while walking along the water! Take your time and stroll, do some people-watching (this area is very popular with locals), watch the sun set… and see if the guy in the gondola is still there! You might be able to hitch a ride! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2fd1f376-c0ca-461c-9712-435b19781741/Castello+and+garden.jpg Italy - Milano - 5 must-try activities - Visit the Castello and its garden This medieval castle is very centrally located in Milano, and you can walk there from the Duomo cathedral for example. It’s big and red and popular with tourists. It was built in the 15th century and now houses several museums. It is possible to just walk around the open areas of the castle and the garden even if you’re not interested in going inside or visiting the museums. If you are though, you can see one of Michelangelo’s painting, see prehistoric artefacts, see furniture and wooden sculptures… make sure to check the castle’s website in detail to best plan your visit depending on your interests. The garden in very large, take your time exploring, sit down in the shade and watch the turtles and ducks in the pond… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9d2b447b-8235-4d6f-a70b-629454749b05/5.+Fabbrica+del+Vapore.JPG Italy - Milano - 5 must-try activities - Visit a museum There are many museums in the city: ancient, contemporary and/or modern art; religious art; paintings; sculptures; science and technology at the Da Vinci museum… anyone can find something they like. If you’d like to venture out from the center of town, check out La Fabbrica del vapore, which has different temporary exhibits, and is located in Chinatown. It is easily accessible from downtown with the tram. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/fabbrica+del+vapore monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/po+river monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/GAM+Torino monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/florence monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/monte+dei+cappucini monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/giardini monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/toscane monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/venice monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/italia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/duomo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/ponte+vecchio monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/kayak monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/navigli monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/italy monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/arno monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/biennale monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/da+vinci monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/castello+sforzesco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/milano monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/cannaregio monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/turin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/torino monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/ca+pesaro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/uffizi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italy/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie daily 0.75 2026-01-03 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/venise-cinq-activits-moins-connues-faire monthly 0.5 2025-11-08 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a6d87592-76f9-41fc-8a8c-3fc5490295f2/48.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Make it stand out Une gondole surmontée d’un drapeau de la ville: deux emblèmes de Venise https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a7f7bf17-8b0a-4f65-82c4-c107b40bf9f6/Cannaregio.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Free Walking Tour du quartier Cannaregio Venise est divisée en 6 quartiers, et Cannaregio est l’un d’entre deux, situé au nord. Il est plus calme que bien d’autres, et a beaucoup d’histoire(s) à partager. Participer à un Free Walking Tour (de nombreuses compagnies les offrent, réservez en ligne à l’avance) est une excellente façon de commencer à arpenter la ville sans trop se perdre, et d’en apprendre plus sur l’endroit en question. Entre les restaurants, les églises et les boutiques de souvenirs, deux choses en particulier à remarquer : l’église gothique du quarter, et historiquement, c’est le quartier juif de la ville. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/634e7729-061b-451b-af43-4e9799a510aa/bridges.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Make it stand out Des ponts, des ponts, et encore des ponts! La ville en a 438! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6becd433-98e6-4323-a70e-71aa27964ca8/Sunset+kayak.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Sortie en kayak pour le coucher de soleil Monter (ou plutôt descendre!) dans un kayak depuis une des maisons au bord de l’eau est déjà une aventure en soit! Faire du kayak dans les canaux et en sortir pour entrer dans le lagon pour voir le soleil se coucher en est une autre, et tellement belle! Faire du kayak à Venise est une expérience incroyable, et une façon originale de parcourir et voir la ville. Je préfère le kayak à la balade en gondole, on est plus près de l’eau et plus en contrôle. N’oubliez pas une lampe frontale pour revenir en ville au crépuscule ! Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure, c’est par ici. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/65381ad0-3944-4d8e-9a05-8888feb9a9b8/65.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Make it stand out Vue de l’église San Michele in Isola. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f29b9a5b-3368-46b0-9e9e-51b3e0955760/Ca%27+Pesaro.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Visiter le musée d’art moderne Ca’ Pesaro La collection d’art moderne est présentée dans le palais de la famille Pesaro, qui en lui-même est remarquable pour son style baroque. Les trois étages présentent des collections différentes : au troisième, l’art oriental, au deuxième les expositions temporaires, et au premier la collection principale, internationale. De nombreuses peintures vous paraîtront familières, mais prenez le temps de les observer, c’est quelque chose de spécial de voir une œuvre originale, même après avoir très souvent vu sa reproduction ! Pour accéder à la page en français du site officiel du musée, c’est par ici ! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ba699149-83eb-4a9c-97e5-e7490db2697f/64.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Make it stand out “La barge de Dante” de George Frangulyan: statue de Dante et Virgile, en face du cimetière San Michele https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/99a9de65-e6d7-43be-bbec-0ffdecacff8d/via+Sciavoni.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Marcher le long de la Riva degli Sciavoni Quand vous êtes dans le centre de la ville, les rues peuvent sembler étroites, les canaux séparent tout et vous bloquent, les petits ponts sont partout pour relier les différentes îles, il y a du monde … bref, c’est un peu serré. Mais le long de la the Riva degli Sciavoni, tout est beaucoup plus ouvert : vous êtes au bord sud du groupe principal de l’archipel et vous pouvez voir loin sur l’eau, vous pouvez respirer. C’est un vrai plaisir de parcourir cette rue en bord de mer, passer les ponts qui sont plus larges et observer les oiseaux et les bateaux du lagon vénitien. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c9be96b8-ceae-47da-a159-f1e76b5c969f/Giardini.jpg Italie - Que faire à Venise ~ cinq activités moins connues à faire - Déambuler dans les Giardini Au bout de la Riva degli Sciavoni, vous arriverez aux Giardini, des jardins qui sont particulièrement prisées pendant la Biennale, puisqu’une myriade de sculptures en remplit les espaces verts. Mais il y a aussi les pavillons attribués aux pays différents de la compétition artistique, et vous pourrez peut-être le pavillon de votre pays d’origine ! Même en dehors de la Biennale, c’est un parc magnifique, qui vous apportera un grand bol d’air frais, dont on a bien besoin après trop de temps dans les ruelles bondées du centre-ville ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/que-faire-florence-5-activits-ne-pas-manquer monthly 0.5 2025-10-31 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d1ee8469-1cf8-4420-935d-0e96d1270fbd/IMG_0612+copy.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out le fleuve Arno https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1ebe334b-75f5-45a7-8b0c-06ea5d2a0f65/Ville.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Déambuler en ville L’architecture est une des attractions principales de Florence, et c’est un plaisir de déambuler dans les rues et de se perdre un peu. Observez les rues, les églises, les ponts, le tours, les gens… c’est comme si chaque coin de rue du centre nous réservait une surprise! La ville est traversée par le fleuve Arno, qui se jette dans la mer Ligure, en Méditerranée, et c’est un plaisir de marcher le long du fleuve. À certains endroits, vous pouvez marcher près de l’eau, et certains quais sont même décorés de sculptures! Si vous pouvez trouver de la place dans un des nombreux Free Walking Tour offerts, n’hésitez pas, c’est toujours une très bonne façon de se familiariser avec une nouvelle ville pour décider ensuite sur quoi se concentrer. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/198470df-fe68-4a4e-ab5d-762b1b414d39/Ponte+Vecchio.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Traverser le Ponte Vecchio Le Ponte Vecchio, ou vieux point, est un emblème: Il est le plus vieux point de la ville… et le plus vieux point de pierre d’Europe! Il surplombe le fleuve Arno, et tout le long on trouve (comme à l’époque) des boutiques, qui sont maintenant principalement des bijouteries. Il y a de nombreux endroits où vous pouvez faire des photos du pont, mais préparez-vous à la foule car c’est un endroit extrêmement touristique! Il est classé au patrimoine de l’UNESCO depuis 1982. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8cb15438-68a0-417f-9c67-e07d9d5509a7/Cathe%CC%81drale.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Visiter la Cathédrale Santa Maria del Fiore Autre monument architectural emblématique de la ville, la Cathédrale Santa Maria del Fiore est majestueuse et vraiment impressionante avec plus de 150 mètres de long. La cathédrale même peut être visitée gratuitement, mais il faut acheter des billets pour le dôme ou le clocher par exemple. Le baptistère, avec sa façade octogonale, est lui aussi payant… mais ne négligez pas l’extérieur, qui est lui aussi fascinant et gratuit! Elle est classée au patrimoine de l’UNESCO depuis 1982 elle aussi. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1c1b84f0-2ef4-4c04-af7f-1d7622e6ef6a/Uffizi.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Explorer les Uffizi Les Uffizi, ou Galleries des Offices, est un peu le Louvre de Florence. Ce musée rassemble énormément de peintures et sculptures italiennes (Botticelli, Titien, Raphaël, Caravage, de Vinci), mais aussi de grands maîtres européens comme Dürer ou Goya. Il est impératif de prendre ses billets à l’avance car ce musée est très populaire, et avec raison. Une fois à l’intérieur, prenez le temps d’admirer les œuvres autour de vous, il y aura de nombreuses œuvres avec lesquelles vous êtes familiers, mais beaucoup plus encore. Et n’oubliez pas d’admirer la ville depuis les fenêtres! Pour en savoir plus, voici le site officiel, disponible en italien et en anglais. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ab2c3f5f-7d01-48a5-b46e-bdaca5fe4426/General.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Si vous voulez éviter la foule au Ponte Vecchio, sachez que vous en aurez une belle vue depuis le musée des Uffizi. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0d983730-3386-48a4-a6eb-1998aa95f0c9/Muse%CC%81e+Da+Vinci.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Découvrir le Musée Interactif Da Vinci Même si vous croyez en connaître pas mal sur Da Vinci, ce musée vaut le détour pour le côté interactif. Vous pourrez voir les dessins du maître, et de nombreuses machines inventées par Da Vinci. Vous pourrez même faire l’expérience de certaines machines avec un casque de réalité virtuelle! Il y a de nombreux spectacles sons et lumières, tout est très éducatif et intéressant… et c’est l’un des rares musées où on peut toucher les objets! Le musée est ouvert tous les jours, et si vous êtes suffisamment organisés, il semble qu’acheter ses billets en ligne soit moins cher que de les acheter sur place… Pour en savoir plus, cliquer ici pour accéder au site du musée! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3446b7a0-13db-4f1d-8c16-20106eebcd4c/Piazzale+Michelangelo.jpg Italie - Que faire à Florence? 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Piazzale Michelangelo Si possible, je vous recommande fortement de monter à l’Esplanade Michel-Ange, ou Piazzale Michelangelo. Il faut environ 25 minutes de marche depuis le Ponte Vecchio. Vous pourrez aussi y trouver des boutiques de souvenirs, des marchands de glaces et snacks et un restaurant. C’est un endroit fabuleux pour observer la ville d’en haut, et je vous conseille, si possible, d’y aller le soir pour voir la ville toute illuminée depuis le belvédère. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/que-faire-turin-5-activits-ne-pas-manquer monthly 0.5 2026-01-13 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/56044c08-9b4d-4019-af79-2b0d7d49856a/IMG_2413.jpg Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Borgo médieval, le long du Po https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ad898d72-632b-45c4-83ee-48ce1efcf466/Free+Walking+Tour+Turin.jpg Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Free Walking Tour Avec un guide local, explorez et apprenez-en plus sur l’histoire de la ville en marchant pendant deux heures! Il y a énormément à voir et à faire dans le centre de Turin, et l’architecture baroque y est magnifique. Le tour que nous avons fait part de la gare Porta Nuova, et fini dans le vieux centre historique. Il passe par plusieurs grandes places et galleries marchandes. Il y a beaucoup de restaurants, et si vous voulez faire du shopping, Via Roma est l’avenue des magasins chics. Le guide vous expliquera l’évolution de la ville, au niveau historique, architectural, industriel et culturel! C’est une façon excellente de découvrir une nouvelle ville, et le guide donne souvent des recommendations que vous pourrez explorer plus tard à votre guise. Le tour est gratuit, mais vous donnez un pourboire à la fin. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/515013a7-28ba-4f84-9ebe-f5cd0da89623/Centro+Storico.JPG Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Explorez le Centro Storico Le centre historique est plein de petites ruelles piétonnes à explorer, des églises, de vieux bâtiments… et des bâtiments plus vieux encore. C’est dans le vieux centre historique que vous trouverez le chateau, mais aussi le parc archéologique Torri Palatine. Même si vous n’avez pas de route précise à suivre lors de votre exploration du Centro Storico, vous verrez quelque chose à un tournant qui vous amènera vers quelque chose d’autre… laisser vous guider par la ville! Il y a beaucoup de cafés, boutiques et restaurants, pour vous ravitailler avant de continuer à explorer! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d33f33f6-7773-4af0-83d6-a1b895fae11f/Walk+along+the+Po.JPG Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Marchez le long du fleuve Po Le Po est le plus long fleuve en Italie, long de 652km, traversant le nord du pays des Alpes à l’ouest jusqu’à la mer adriatique à l’est. Il est facilement accessible depuis le centre de Turin. Si vous commencez au the Parco Valentino, vous pouvez utiliser les deux rives pour faire une boucle, puisqu’il y a des sentiers des deux côtés, parfois en terre, parfois pavé. La boucle depuis le Ponte Alberto I au Ponte France Balbis et le retour fait environ 5k . J’y suis allée courir le matin et je me suis sentie en sécurité. Il y a beaucoup d’activités, comme d’autre coureurs, les gens promenant leur chien, etc. et aussi sur l’eau avec les rameurs dans leurs avirons. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9d07ba5a-f414-4568-ac8e-d9eb1a7d515a/IMG_3994.jpg Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Le pont Umberto I, la nuit. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/28b91061-6938-4851-a8ed-c1f086ea8797/GAM.JPG Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Visitez un musée Il y a tant de musées à Turin: le Museo Lavazza, le musée National d’Automobile Museum, le Palais Royal et ses jardins, le Museo del Risorgimento… chacun peut trouver quelque chose à son goût. Nous avons visité trois musées: un des plus célèbre est le Mole Antonelliana, ou musée national du cinéma, que nous avons trouvé plus intéressant pour sont architecture que pour son contenu; nous avons fait une courte visite du Museo Egizio, rempli d’artefact égyptiens; et mon préféré, sans aucun doute, le GAM, la gallerie d’art moderne et contemporain, avec ses collections permanentes du 19th et du 20th siècle. Il contient de magnifiques peintures, des sculptures intéressantes (à l’intérieur comme à l’extérieur), et des expositions temporaires fascinantes. Si vous en visitez un autre et que vous le recommandez, partagez votre expérience en commentaires! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e3e6d7f7-d119-4db7-a19c-2e0bc805ab99/Monte+dei+Cappucini+NEW.jpg Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Montez au Monte dei Capuccini Sans sortir de la ville, vous pouvez monter au Monte dei Cappucini, où vous pouvez voir l’église Santa Maria, et depuis cette colline, vous aurez une belle vue de la ville en dessous! Dans la journée, entrez pour voir l’intérieur de l’église. Si vous y allez le soir elle sera fermée, mais tout est illuminé. Les locaux y vont souvent le soir pour profitez de l’air frais et de la vue! Sur la photo ci-dessous, vous pouvez voir le Mole Antonelliana illuminé en bleu, mais sachez que les illuminations changent souvent. Ci dessous, la vue de la ville depuis le Monte dei Cappucini le matin! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/03edc149-b802-4175-8b4a-aeba2cb314de/morning+view+with+snowy+Alps.jpg Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Vue de Turin et des Alpes enneigées en fond, le matin. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/597b12b0-6d73-4fdb-9b25-e91b2edbffa4/Wander+at+night.JPG Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Baladez-vous en ville la nuit Turin la nuit a une ambiance totalement différente et c’est magnifique! Mangez un gelato et déambulez dans les rues, en particulier entre le Centro Storico et le fleuve. Allez voir Piazza Vittorio Veneto pour ses lumières, restaurants et bars. Vous pouvez aussi voir le Mole Antonelliana illuminé, admirer les différentes facettes de son architecture, et regarder les reflets des lumières de la rue dans le Po. Sachez aussi que si vous visitez entre la fin novembre et le début janvier, la ville organise une série d’illuminations artistiques dans le centre, appelée “Torino Brilla”, dont certaines changent parfois d’année en année. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/218bccc5-0573-4bb3-9248-7d484bea0741/IMG_2439.jpg Italie - Que faire à Turin: 6 activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Parc archéologique Torre Palatine https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/cinqactivites monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/637d6889-75fa-4f9d-95a9-efbb161e6374/Milano+top.PNG Italie - Que faire À Milan ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Make it stand out Des fleurs, des toutes petites voitures, et une vieille statue devant une vieille église. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/422c0bc5-856d-4b1f-a528-758650018268/1.+Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Italie - Que faire À Milan ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Free Walking Tour Marcher est un excellent moyen de découvrir la ville, et avec le Free walking tour, vous pourrez avoir un avant-goût de lieux où vous aimeriez retourner plus tard. La plupart commence sur la place du Duomo (la cathédrale centrale de Milan), et déambule autour de cette place pour explorer des églises, un vieil hôpital devenu université, ainsi que des bâtiments politiques et culturels (comme la Scala). Vous apprendrez beaucoup sur l’histoire de la ville. Vous verrez aussi des parties plus modernes, comme les galleries commerciales du Corso Vittorio Emanuele, tout près du Duomo. Il est toujours intéressant de faire les Free Walking Tour, le guide vous emmène voir des endroits moins connus et fréquentés que vous ne trouveriez sans doute pas seuls, et vous pouvez rencontrer d’autres touristes et bénéficier de leurs recommandations personnelles sur des restaurants ou des musées par exemple. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1ddd7f66-0f82-42c0-b122-07d626f8ad35/2.+Up+the+Duomo.JPG Italie - Que faire À Milan ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Montez sur le Duomo “Il Duomo di Milano” est la cathédrale de Milan et est la plus grande d’Italie, située au centre de Milan et dédiée à Sainte Marie. La statue en or qui orne son point le plus haut est visible depuis différent endroits de la ville. Il est possible de monter sur la cathédrale et de voir la ville d’en haut, ainsi que de voir de plus près beaucoup des 3 400 statues, 135 flèches et 150 gargouilles de la cathédrale. N’oubliez pas d’admirer son architecture et le travail de la pierre, il a fallu près de six siècles pour la finir ! Et la vue d’en haut est phénoménale ! Les escaliers sont étroits et les marches nombreuses… si cela est un problème pour vous, considérez l’option de l’ascenseur. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2789de6c-5608-4751-86ac-d48108d2009e/4.+I+Navigli.JPG Italie - Que faire À Milan ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Promenez-vous dans le quartier des Navigli Ce quartier vous fera sans aucun doute penser à Venise ! Les canaux sont situés dans la partie sud de la ville, et sont bordés de restaurants et magasins de glace. L’endroit peut être un peu cher… et bondé. Je recommande de manger dans une des rues menant aux canaux, où la nourriture est tout aussi bonne mais moins chère et les restaurants moins souvent complets. Gardez de la place pour une glace le long des canaux ! Prenez votre temps, observez les gens (l’endroit est populaire avec les locaux), et regardez le soleil se coucher… vous pourrez peut-être même voir un homme avec sa gondole proposant des balades sur l’eau… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1bb8a716-8d67-4c7c-a5e5-d2f206c22cca/3.+Castello+and+garden.jpg Italie - Que faire À Milan ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Explorez le Castello Sforzesco et son jardin Ce château médiéval est situé au centre de Milan, vous pouvez y aller à pied depuis le Duomo par exemple. Il est grand, rouge et populaire chez les touristes de tous pays. Construit au 15ème siècle, il abrite aujourd’hui de nombreux musées. Il est possible de simplement marcher dans les cours et autour du château, si vous n’êtes pas intéressés par les musées. Mais si vous l’êtes, vous pourrez observer une peinture de Michelangelo, voir des objets préhistoriques, des meubles anciens et des sculptures en bois… entre autres. Explorez le site du château pour être sûr de trouver ce qui correspond le mieux à vos envies pour cette visite. N'oubliez pas de marcher dans le jardin, qui est très grand, et de faire une pause sur un banc à l’ombre, de regarder les canards dans les lacs… et peut-être même manger une autre glace… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1569a22b-0e6b-4ce0-97a8-da9fb5b7b988/Fabbrica+del+Vapore.JPG Italie - Que faire À Milan ? 5 activités à ne pas manquer - Allez au musée Il y a énormément de musées à Milan : de l’art moderne, de l’art religieux, des sculptures, de la science et technologie au musée Da Vinci… chacun peut trouver son bonheur. Si vous voulez vous éloigner un peu du centre et en profiter pour découvrir un autre quartier, je recommande La Fabbrica del vapore et ses expositions temporaires, situé dans le quartier Chinatown. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/fabbrica+del+vapore monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/venise monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/da+vinci monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/cannaregio monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/mole+antoniella monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/milan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/florence monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/rive+degli+sciavoni monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/italie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/turin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/gam monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/toscane monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/mus%C3%A9e+d%27art+moderne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/jardins monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/uffizi monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/duomo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/ponte+vecchio monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/ca%27+pesaro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/chateau+sforzesco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/kayak monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/navigli monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/po monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie/tag/arno monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan daily 0.75 2026-01-03 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/torinovegan monthly 0.5 2026-01-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b188b9fb-3fd0-4f75-84fb-f81fd6612a4a/Selezione+Naturale.PNG Italy - Torino vegan - Selezione Naturale I was very happy in this low-key all vegetarian restaurant with so many vegan options! For appetizers, we chose the combo that had a sample of all the vegan appetizers: hummus, “Russian salad” (which is potato-based), couscous with veggies, chickpea and zucchini sticks and caponata (which is eggplant-based). For my main dish, I had eggplant parmigiana, and after all these appetizers, I was glad that the portion was reasonable! The owner was very friendly and came to talk to us. This restaurant is about a ten-minute walk from the Porta Nuova train station, and from the Mole Antonella (cinema museum). Go to Parco Valentino afterwards for a walk! For more info, check out their website: https://www.selezionenaturale.net https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0c358ed1-2ec5-4478-8107-e2b3776b145a/Magno.jpg Italy - Torino vegan - Magno Located on the pretty Piazza Carlo Emanuele II, in the centre, this omni restaurant omni has several clearly marked vegan options on their menu (V for vegetarian, VEG for vegan). The zeppoline appetizer was a little dry, but with the paprika veganaise it was very good! However, the Cinecittà pizza was just absolutely delicious! With a carrot ans squash base that was a little sweet but nicely balances by the olives and capers toppings, and a final touch of crispy black cabbage chips! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/milanovegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cf4db610-4504-4c92-8510-fa1946231104/Radice+Tonda.jpg Italy - Milano vegan - Radice Tonda This all-vegan restaurant named “the bald radish” has two locations, one north of the Duomo, near Porta Venezia (pictured here), and one more to the south-east, near Porta Romana. The food was delicious, and I was so happy to find vegan dessert! We opted for the large plate, where you can choose three items from the selection for 11 euros. The smaller plate contains two choices for 7 euros. The rice with veggies was fantastic, and the beans very flavorful and the “meatballs” were spinach-based with a tomato sauce, quite tasty too! The portions were generous too, I was not able to finish it all… mainly because I wanted dessert! For more info, check out their website: https://www.radicetonda.it/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/16817dce-98c4-4033-b264-a534653bfa99/Striatelle.JPG Italy - Milano vegan - Le Striatelle di Nonna Mafalda If you explore the canal section of Milano, you’ll find that there are many restaurants right on the canal, they get quite busy and can be expensive. I’d suggest eating in the main street leading to the canal, and maybe later having ice cream while walking along the canals. I found a vegan option at Le Striatelle di Nonna Mafalda, which has indoor and outdoor seating, and walls decorated with photos of Italian movie stars. They had several options, including one with tofu and vegetables, but I had vegetables and olives on bread, and it was fantastic! For more info: https://lestriatelle.it/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/37e2ea23-8f68-4daf-a9fe-d2316a6471ac/Chateau+Dufan.jpg Italy - Milano vegan - Chateau Dufan If you’re exploring Chinatown or are headed to the Fabbrica del Vapore for an art show, check out this Asian restaurant at the end of Via Sarpi. We were there on a Wednesday, and much was closed in the street, but we were happy to find this restaurant open and with delicious vegan options. Their specialty is ramen, but it was a hot day, so we opted for dumplings: both the mushroom and the mixed vegetables options were very tasty. For more info: http://www.chateaudufan.com/restaurant.html https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a0a03789-0675-44c9-9e4f-d0b38f10c41a/Piadineria.JPG Italy - Milano vegan - La Piadineria I don’t often recommend chains, but sometimes, in a big city like Milano with so many things to do, looking for a restaurant with vegan options can be a pain if you haven’t planned in advance. So, if you’re in a pinch, try La Piadineria: there are many locations throughout town, it’s inexpensive, easy, and it’s good food, so I included it here. “Piadina” is the name of the bread and of the sandwich you make with it, kind of a toasted flatbread, here filled with hummus, veggies, and arugula. They carried a brand of soda that is from Italy: Lusiria. There are many different flavors and it’s one of the best sodas I’ve ever had! For more info: https://www.lapiadineria.com/ https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/torino monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/selezione+naturale monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/le+striatelle+di+nonna+mafalda monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/canals monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/radice+tonda monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/milano monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/la+piadineria monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/milan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/navigli monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italyvegan/tag/turin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3 daily 0.75 2024-11-11 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/bourg-saint-maurice monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/47d14952-b79a-4f17-9d3c-ba7d4ca5d6b0/Bourg+St+Maurice.JPG France - Bourg-Saint-Maurice - Chapelle Saint Michel Hike If you like hikes, this one starts right in the city! This out-and-back is just over 3 miles, the highlight being the view from the Chappelle Saint Michel. The chapel sits at an altitude of approximately 4,400 feet. The hike stars in the free parking lot called Parking du gymnase (just uphill from the cemetery). The route is not difficult, though the climb is steep – gaining approximately 1,500 feet of elevation in 1.5 miles. The signs say the hike takes an hour and a half, but I completed it in a little over an hour. And although I hike frequently, I’m not used to this steep of a climb! The start of the route crosses two streets in town before you’re fully immersed in nature, including some sections with full sun and more wooded areas toward the end. Remember to take a break once in a while and turn around to enjoy the magnificent view of the city and the colors of the Isère River, especially if you’re going back on a different route. If you still have more energy when you get to the chapel, you can keep going all the way to the Fort du Truc! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c5c2ba2b-c3ad-4380-b059-2d1692dcd021/sentier+Bourg-Aime.JPG France - Bourg-Saint-Maurice - Bike Path The bike path is very accessible from the Bourg Saint Maurice city center. The path runs along the Isère River and goes all the way to Aime, approximately 9 miles away. You’ll see runners, walkers, roller skaters, and more! The route is easy to follow. It seems flat, but it actually goes slightly downhill toward Aime… so it goes uphill coming back to Bourg! If you need to rent a bike (including electric options), I recommend Précision Ski, across from the train station. From the shop, the path is just behind the station. If you want to eat along the route, I recommend Rive gauche, near Aime, right along the river. Once you get to Aime, it’s easy to explore the city center before making your way back on the path. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/rosuelhike monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8a852bae-2c2e-49a0-85a2-5e1abf41ee30/Rosuel+collage.JPG France - Rosuel ~ waterfall trail - Waterfall Trail From the refuge, you’ll take a trail that goes to the tiny village of La Gurraz, where you’ll take a left to cross the river. After the river, take a right and go up, following the yellow signs that say “Cascades”. The hike up is steep, and you’ll cross the river a couple of times. Depending on the water level, you might get wet. Continue past the waterfall to the next intersection where you can see yellow signs, and there you can take a right to go back down towards the parking lot by crossing the bridge, and then heading down. It’s pretty straightforward on the way down. There is no shade up to this point. While hiking down, you can see the waterfall and the trail that you followed on your way up, which I always liked. You’ll come across a wooden platform with a bench if you want to take a break or have a snack. The trail is moderate: keep in mind the steep way to the waterfall (that’s the toughest section) and the water crossings. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/93e85ddf-3bd7-4c54-bb3e-612e69ccbe7b/Rosuel+hike+Elevation.jpg France - Rosuel ~ waterfall trail - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/tag/alps monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/tag/tarentaise monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/tag/savoie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/tag/chappelle+st+michel monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/tag/bourg+saint+maurice monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-3/tag/bike+path monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1 daily 0.75 2026-01-03 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/turinvegan monthly 0.5 2026-01-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cb5c09cf-3d26-4286-b1c9-1f4987b6b30e/Selezione+Naturale.PNG Italie - Turin - Selezione Naturale J’ai été très contente dans ce petit restaurant 100% végétarien aux multiples options vegan. En entrée, nous avons pris l’option avec un peu de tout à partager à trois, et c’était parfait ! Tout était délicieux : le houmous, la salade russe (à base de pommes-de-terre), le couscous légumes-pois chiches-courgettes, et la caponata (à base d’aubergine) Comme plat principal, j’ai choisi la parmigiana d’aubergine, et j’étais contente que la portion soit raisonnable, vu la grande entrée que nous avions prise ! Le proprio était très sympathique et est même venu nous parler. Ce restaurant est à environ dix minutes de marche de la gare Porta Nuova et du Mole Antonella (Musée du Cinéma). Allez au Parco Valentino après le repas pour une balade ! Pour plus d’info: https://www.selezionenaturale.net https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ceda2dfa-0fd8-4245-afdd-54d706ace3c3/Magno.jpg Italie - Turin - Magno Situé sur la jolie place Carlo Emanuele II, en centre, ce restaurant omni a plusieurs options vegan clairement marquée dans leur menu (V pour végétarien, VEG pour vegan). Les zeppoline en entrée étaient un peu sèches mais avec la sauce veganaise paprika c’était très bon! Par contre, la pizza Cinecittà était absolument délicieuse! Avec une base carotte et courge toute en douceur, très bien complémentée par les câpres et les olives plus salées, et la touche croquante pour finir avec des chips de chou noir dessus! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/milanvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/50436327-5f91-4e8d-a098-4cc6e2bf197a/Radice+Tonda.jpg Italie - Milan - Radice Tonda Ce restaurant 100% vegan nommé « le radis chauve » a deux adresses en ville, un au nord du Duomo, près de la Porta Venezia, et l’autre plus loin au sud-est, près de la Porta Romana. La nourriture était délicieuse, et j’ai été très contente de trouver des desserts vegan ! Nous avons choisi l’option de la grande assiette, où vous pouvez choisir trois options parmi les plats du jour pour 11 euros. Il existe une option plus petite avec deux choix pour 7 euros. Le riz aux légumes était fantastique, et les haricots pleins de saveur. Les boulettes épinards-tomates étaient bonnes aussi. Les portions étaient généreuses et je n’ai pas pu tout finir… en partie parce que je voulais garder de la place pour le dessert !! Pour plus d’info, https://www.radicetonda.it/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2278d3dc-38f4-417f-8a1f-f8392e3ad185/Striatelle.JPG Italie - Milan - Le Striatelle di Nonna Mafalda Si vous explorez la section des canaux (I Navigli), vous verrez qu’il y a beaucoup de restaurants tout près du canal. Ils sont souvent bondés… et chers. Je vous suggère de manger dans une des rues menant aux canaux, et peut-être plus tard profiter d’une glace en marchant le long des canaux. J’ai été très contente chez Le Striatelle di Nonna Mafalda, qui a une terrasse mais aussi de la place à l’intérieur, où les murs sont décorés de photos de stars du cinéma italien. Il y avait plusieurs options vegan, y compris une avec du tofu et des légumes, mais j’ai choisi les légumes avec olives sur toast, et c’était fantastique. Léger mais savoureux ! Pour plus d’info: https://lestriatelle.it/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/905f81eb-d69f-42f9-a08f-90a603443a7c/Chateau+Dufan.jpg Italie - Milan - Chateau Dufan Si vous explorez Chinatown ou allez voir une expo à la Fabbrica del Vapore, ce restaurant dans la Via Sarpi a des options vegan. Nous y étions un mercredi et beaucoup des restaurants de la rue étaient fermés, mais j’ai été contente de trouver Chateau Dufan. Leur spécialité est le ramen, mais il faisait très chaud le jour de notre visite, donc nous avons opté pour des raviolis chinois : ceux aux champignons et ceux aux légumes étaient tous les deux délicieux. Pour plus d’info: http://www.chateaudufan.com/restaurant.html https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d689386d-51b3-460f-947b-ef2d469fb54e/Piadineria.JPG Italie - Milan - La Piadineria Je ne recommande pas souvent des chaînes, mais parfois dans une grande ville comme Milan, il peut être difficile de trouver un restau avec des options vegan si l’on n’a pas cherché à l’avance. Donc, si vous n’avez pas beaucoup de temps entre deux visites par exemple, essayez La Piadineria : il y a plusieurs adresses en ville, c’est pas cher, facile, et c’est bon ! Donc je l’ai inclus dans cette liste. “Piadina” est le nom du pain sans levain et du sandwich toasté qu’on fait avec ce pain. Ici j’ai essayé l’option avec houmous, légumes et roquette. Il y a aussi une marque de soda italienne : Lusiria. Il y a plusieurs saveurs différentes, et c’est un des meilleurs sodas que je n’aie jamais bus ! Pour plus d’info: https://www.lapiadineria.com/ https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/chateau+dufan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/selezione+naturale monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/le+striatelle+di+nonna+mafalda monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/radice+tonda monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/la+piadineria monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/milan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/italie-1/tag/turin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails daily 0.75 2025-12-11 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/mattatucktrail monthly 0.5 2025-11-30 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/22166169-be3e-416c-89a6-19f437a0d39f/TrailRunPanoCT.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Make it stand out Trailrunning on the Mattatuck Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8127ca0a-10c7-4d90-b632-835740fb8183/Mattatuck+White+Memorial.JPG Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - White Memorial Conservation Center to Highway 63 The Mattatuck Trail goes through the White Memorial Conservation Center, and it’s a very pretty section, with several lakes (my favorite is Cranberry Pond!), crossing the Bantam River, and nice rolling hills. Some sections are open and the sun can be harsh in the summer, but most of it is in the woods, which can get quite swampy in the summer after rains. This section is not as technical and difficult as others, in terms of the surface you hike/run on and the elevation gain. You can park by the Conservation Center, or by Bissell Road, and it’s about 2 miles to Highway 63. To see the trail in a video of one of my runs through White Memorial, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b9336691-c0c2-4cbe-85fe-98a995c9e7a4/Beaver+Pond+copy.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Make it stand out Beaver Pond. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/18497f4e-73e5-42b7-9a41-eb739c5d0e84/Mattatuck+Trail+hghw63+to+Beaver+Pond.JPG Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Highway 63 to Beaver Pond This is one of my favorite sections! There is a parking lot on Highway 63, and to go to Beaver Pond you have to cross the road and go east towards Beaver Pond. Follow the blue blazes UP: the trail goes up for a while, never too steep but you have to go the distance. You go past smaller ponds and get nice views of other lakes before the trail starts going down a bit and you get closer to Beaver Pond. For a nice vista, follow the small detour indicated from the trail, and then keep going downhill to get back on trail all the way to Beaver Pond. This segment is almost 2.5 miles one-way to the pond, and then you can continue almost a mile to Slab Meadow Road. To see a video of one of my runs on this segment, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/dacc8471-359a-48dd-8e5e-76fd7b7cf5dd/page0.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Make it stand out Mountain Laurel (poisonous!) and Pink Lady’s Slippers, seen on the Mattatuck Trail. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/42cb2728-03d2-450b-99e2-44713b798576/Mattatcuck.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Slab Meadow Road to Pitch Road This section is about two miles, and technical! Lots of ups and down, the trail is narrow, but you do go by a stream and a waterfall near the end, which is really pretty. The parking lot of Slab Meadow Road is in a section of the road that is not paved, so be aware of that if you’re considering parking there. Lots of fungi on this segment in the summer, and it’s the first time I saw a newt on the Mattatuck! To see the trail in a video of my run there, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cb84ffa2-ab35-4363-b467-4ea6ff12cbaa/Mattatuck+p4.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Pitch Rd to Gilbert Rd This segment follows the previous one immediately, from Pitch Road you have to cross Thomaston Rd and the trail goes down by the side of the road to a stream and continues southbound. It is very technical, even more than the previous section I described here. Water crossings and forest throughout, a pretty segment but I spent most of it looking at my feet to be honest! To see a video of the trailrun I did there, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/764ad10f-e30b-4c08-bb28-90f6d3f0311a/Mattatuck+Route+6+to+Leatherman+Cave.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - route 6 to Reynolds Bridge This is a beautiful segment, with some elevation and views (which makes it particularly perfect for exploring in the Fall, and it is the segment that goes through “Old Leatherman Cave”. It also has more of those east coast big rock slabs, compared to all the other segment I’ve reviewed here, which makes it quite slippery when wet, so be aware of that. The trail also gets wider here than on the other segments above. It has some sections with a steep incline, but overall it’s not too difficult or technical. To see a video of my hike on this segment on a beautiful Fall day, click here! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a6acb691-f403-484e-9e6c-2be42213b400/Old+Leatherman+Cave.jpg Connecticut - Mattatuck Trail - Make it stand out “Old Leatherman Cave” https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/metacomettrail monthly 0.5 2024-03-06 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bd42b6f9-ee5a-43ae-8c1e-0be4874b7639/Metacomet+Trail+Route+6+to+Route+4.JPG Connecticut - Metacomet Trail - Route 6 to Route 4 (Farmington) The initial idea was to do Rattlesnake Mountain, but there were so many people, with dogs, that we decided to run from Route 6 going South instead of North. It’s about 1.8 miles to Route 4, and it was hard! It’s a very technical trail, 90%roots and pointy rocks. Starting off on Route 6, there is a steep uphill that will give you nice views of the Farmington Reservoir, and then the trail goes downhill on a wider and smoother trail, before taking a sharp right turn, to continue north-east. You cross Mountain Road about a mile after starting, and be very careful doing so because it’s on a curve and people a coming in fast from both directions. It’s slightly less rocky after Mountain Road, but not by much! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/bearmountainloop monthly 0.5 2025-12-11 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4b5a4e45-b3f3-4654-be82-c36583036e9e/Undermountain+Trail.JPG Connecticut - Bear Mountain Loop - Undermountain Trail The way up on Undermountain Trail is not very difficult, though steep at times. This trail starts right by the parking lot, and there is a bathroom to the left before you start going. It will take you up up up, with some rocks and roots on the trail that you need to be mindful of. Some of the rocks have been arranged in little steps, which is nice! It’s a really pretty trail, and easy to follow. You will get to an intersection where Paradise Lane Trail goes to your right, if you’re doing this loop counterclockwise. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0010b287-5a04-4a46-aecf-12d8a7cffc90/Paradise+Lane+Trail.JPG Connecticut - Bear Mountain Loop - Paradise Lane Trail After the climb up Undermountain Trail, you can get a bit of a rest on Paradise Lane, which is mostly flat. However, there are a lot more rocks to navigate on this one, so stay alert! After the rocky section, you will enter a segment full of pines, with softer terrain, which is technically in Massachusetts! There, you will find the intersection with the Appalachian Trail. To do this loop counterclockwise, take a left on the AT here, following the signs towards Bear Mountain. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5ed9dfb7-a75c-49b2-8b02-06c74bfe5337/AT.JPG Connecticut - Bear Mountain Loop - Appalachian Trail You will start going up again once you get on the Appalachian Trail here, and get back in Connecticut. The AT is definitely the more challenging part of this hike, and the reason to go it counterclockwise, as there is a section that is very steep going up a rock slab. However, this section is beautiful, and worth the effort! There are a couple of crossings with other trails, follow the white blazes and the sign to Bear Mountain. Right after the sign telling you you have reached bear Mountain, there is a mound on rocks you can climb on to get some more elevation and for a gorgeous view of the forest and some lakes below. Keep following the Appalachian Trail (white blazes), going down, until you meet the Undermountain Trail again. It will be going to your left and will take you all the way back down to the parking lot. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5194b534-dde7-4f3c-8117-e9db96922e4c/IMG_4590.jpg Connecticut - Bear Mountain Loop - Make it stand out Elevation profile of the hike. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/trail+running monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/salisbury monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/undermountain+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/appalachian+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/Metacomet+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/mattatuck+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/connecticut monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/leatherman+cave monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/bear+mountain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/farmington monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/connecticuttrails/tag/paradise+lane+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/marocvegan daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/marocvegan/marrakechvegan monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eb78b547-b12f-4c1c-9a3b-a65f852eb431/Chez+zaza.JPG Maroc - Marrakech - Chez Zaza Après avoir monté les raides escaliers, vous trouverez la jolie terrasse sur le toit du bâtiment, d’où vous pourrez voir une petite place animée. L’ombre et la brise sont les bienvenus car il peut faire très chaud à Marrakech. Nous avons mangé un tagine et une « pastilla » (pâte phyllo farcie au légumes) et tous deux étaient délicieux et rassasiant. Il n’y a pas beaucoup de tables, attention si vous êtes un grand groupe, il faudra peut-être attendre. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/04ca023f-407c-4e45-b5d6-4c8c706eb7bd/souk+kafe.JPG Maroc - Marrakech - Souk Kafé Un autre restaurant avec terrasse sur le toit, une brise et une belle vue, et une jolie déco avec des sculptures, des tables, et des box pleins de coussins super confortables. Nous avons opté pour des “briouates” en entrée (pâte phyllo farcis aux légumes épicés, roulés et dorés. Le menu indique un mélange viande, fromage et légumes, mais vous pouvez d’avoir seulement ceux au légumes) et ensuite un couscous vegan. Les deux étaient pleins de saveurs ! Nous avons aussi pris des smoothies qui étaient délicieux. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/marocvegan/tag/marrakech monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/marocvegan/tag/souk+kaf%C3%A9 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/marocvegan/tag/chez+zaza monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/marocvegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/antwerpmusttry monthly 0.5 2023-12-03 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/81563e57-899e-474b-84e7-7d0e359eeaa7/Anvers+top.jpg Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Fountain of Grabo with Antigone’s hand, in front of the townhall, on the Grand-Place. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/86f3f1be-4786-421c-a50d-8f4d8b547d72/Vieux+centre.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Explore the historic downtown Don’t hesitate to get lost in the small, paved streets of the old downtown of Antwerp, that’s how you find cool secret restaurants and less visited churches. Observe the buildings, typical of a small middle-class merchant town from the Middle Ages, enjoy the lack of cars, and don’t forget to stop by the Grand-Place to admire the statue of Brabo, famous figure of the town who, according to the legend, killed Antigone and cut his hand, throwing it in the nearby Scheldt River. If you visit in the winter, there’s also a Christmas market on the same Place. Make sure to also stop by the Cathedral of Our Lady of Antwerp, with its gothic structure and belfry listed in the World UNESCO Heritage List. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6c930ccd-2d3f-440c-8938-1b0e75bd8e5a/Museum+on+the+Water.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Visit the MAS Before going inside the Museum Aan de Stroom, the “museum on the water”, walk around it: it’s beautiful! It contains maritime, ethnographic, and anthropological collections. There is a lot about the history of Antwerp, but also a permanent collection of pre-Colombian American art. The museum tries to link the port of Antwerp with the rest of the world. Most of all, before leaving, don’t forget to go all the way up to the terrace for a great view of the city, its port, and river. Note that the museum is closed on Mondays, except Easter Monday and Whit Monday. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a906633c-260d-4fcc-8833-8ece9c256689/Stadsfeestzaal.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Stop by the Stadsfeestzaal on Meir Street The pedestrian Meir Street is full of stores, shops, and restaurants, but even if you don’t like shopping, I would recommend walking it to see the locals and the admire its architecture. Many facades of buildings are impressive, there are many beautiful statues along the way, and mostly, stop by the Stadsfeestzaal, a mall with a color theme: gold! Finally, take Wapper Street to go visit Rubens House. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2632b892-c867-407e-88c3-d6b625c186dc/Rubens+House.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Discover the Rubens House As the name indicates, Peter Paul Rubens, 17th century baroque painter, lived and worked here. His house has been turned into a museum, where you can see how he lived and painted. You won’t only see his paintings, but also those of many of his contemporaries, such as Van Dyck, for Rubens was a collector. The museum contains gorgeous sculptures and paintings. Don’t forget to step out into the beautiful garden! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bca5a0f3-4524-49fc-a0f0-703d5391bbb3/Stadspark.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Wander in Stadspark This park is a breath of fresh air. It’s not very big, but what a pleasure to stroll in the green space, see the birds, observe people talking and having a picnic, and to only see the silhouette of the surrounding buildings, hidden by trees, bringing things back to a more human scale. Sit near the water and write postcards to your loved ones… or try a local delicacy! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b2f45165-a515-4fe2-ba11-6adc5f4ae734/Produits+locaux.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Try The Local Foods Antwerp has all the famous culinary specialties of Belgium: beers, chocolates, fries. The number of choices for beer can be overwhelming (some places boast as many beers as days in the year!) so don’t hesitate to ask for help when choosing one. But there is an even more local treat you can try: “Antwerp Hands” are cookies shaped like the hand of the giant Antigonus, cut and thrown into the river by Brabo. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9ec457cb-bb94-487c-a191-9f97c670fb9e/SintAnna+Tunnel.JPG Belgium - Antwerp: 7 Must-Try Activities - Go down into the SintAnna tunnel The Saint Anna Tunnel, which opened in 1933, goes under the river Scheldt at a depth of 100 feet and is 625 yards long (that’s about 5 football fields!). Taking it is a unique experience : it is reserved to pedestrians and cyclists, decorated with Art deco tiles. It features an elevator on each side, but I strongly recommend taking the wooden escalators at least once! And once on the other side, you get a nice view of the city’s riverfront. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/antwerp+hands monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/antwerp monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/stadspark monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/Stadsfeestzaal monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/belgium monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/sintanna+tunnel monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/rubens+house monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/museum+on+water monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/belgiumtravels/tag/mas monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/musttryactivitiesduluth monthly 0.5 2023-12-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b10fa7e6-d07e-4d28-894d-ee19912849b0/Duluth+top.jpg Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Make it stand out View of the lighthouse from Canal Park. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/385a9426-a8f4-408a-8bce-e932c7c11cb0/13344677_710350540799_528800640712541042_n+copy.jpg Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Make it stand out View of the St Louis river from the Superior Hiking Trail in Spirit Mountain Recreation Area. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d0d8839e-bd29-4ee7-9de0-b11aacc6c613/SHT+snively+creek.JPG Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Run or Hike on the Superior Hiking Trail I have been amazed at how many different sections of the trail one can easily have access to right in town, and at how varied they are! Whether you stay downtown and check out Chester Park or the Hartley Nature Center, or venture on the outskirts of town to see other sections, they’re all beautiful, have easy parking lots to use and some even have great dining options for after your workout, such as Burrito Union near Chester Park. Pictured here is the section that starts in Spirit Mountain and goes through Snively Creek, on the western part of town. Read about more sections accessible right in town here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0cf90c4e-5625-4f0f-95e7-12155df93ba4/Flight+of+gin.JPG Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Try a Flight of Gin Visiting from Wisconsin, I had heard of flights of beer, and even had a flight of margaritas at a Mexican restaurant once, but I had never had. Flight of gin until I came to Duluth. Well, technically half a flight, as I shared with my husband. Located in Canal Park, right before the aerial bridge, Vikre Distillery is an award-winning craft distillery that has many options to choose from when composing your flight, with gins made from Cedar, Juniper, Spruce… along with many flavorful additions. The space is very nice and the staff very friendly. Learn more here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8f415491-fd0b-407a-83e9-ef7aa1771dfe/Kayak.JPG Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Kayak on Lake Superior! Duluth is located at the westernmost end of Lake Superior, and from the city you can kayak on the lake or on the St Louis River (which we had to do once instead of the Lake, because of weather conditions. It was still great!) One of my favorite experiences was to kayak on the Lake in March, when the ice was starting to break. I had never done anything like it and it was fantastic! Seeing the city from a kayak gives you a new perspective on things. We used Day Tripper of Duluth both times we kayaked there, and they were great (guide, material, snacks!). They also have trips outside of town. Check out their website here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/17f32e88-a228-4216-b13e-2d246fb007c0/13435305_710845743409_2351112798415895949_n+copy.jpg Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Make it stand out View of town from Canal Park https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d697a44d-6551-4724-93d8-66d591d107ea/Canal+Park.JPG Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Explore Canal Park… and Beyond! This might be the most cliché activity on this list, but it’s worth it! Canal Park is a cool part of town, jutting into the lake from downtown, with cafés, restaurants, and souvenirs shops among hotels and along the lake! There is also a lighthouse! You have a view of the port from there and can see big ships coming into town or leaving to transport goods across the lake. It’s a nice place for a walk, and if you cross the cool aerial bridge, there’s a lot more, including a sand beach! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f1bb4096-daab-4cc9-b860-b52d8841fcd7/page0.JPG Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Treat Yourself at Positively 3rd St Bakery This place is a gem! It’s not far from Chester Park and only a few blocks from the lake, Positively Third Bakery has delicious vegan treats such as cookies, cookies and more cookies! I’m just kidding, they have other things too, but the cookies were my favorite. They have breads and bagels and many kinds of pastries. Check out their full menu and hours here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/208cb0fe-3ff3-462d-b30b-1d375966acca/IMG_3301+copy.JPG Minnesota - Duluth ~ 6 must-try Activities - Check out events at the University Some events at the University are open to the public, and you might just find a game, a great play or even a concert to go to during your stay in Duluth. Check out their calendar of events here. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/minnesota monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/superior+hiking+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/duluth monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/day+tripper+of+duluth monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/positively+third+street+bakery monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/lake+superior monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/canal+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesota/tag/chester+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/superiorhikingtrailduluth monthly 0.5 2023-12-19 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/6710fe62-c31e-41cf-a63d-675d795bdfe5/Rock+Hill+Overlook%2C+on+the+University+campus.JPG Minnesota - Superior Hiking Trail in Duluth - Make it stand out View from the trail at the Rock Hill Overlook, on the University campus. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b37cef73-13b7-4ca4-ad23-610f93d3002a/SHT+snively+creek.JPG Minnesota - Superior Hiking Trail in Duluth - Spirit Mountain Recreation Area Starting at the parking lot of the Spirit Mountain Recreation Area, it is easy to find the trail, and going west will give you beautiful views. These photos are from June, and the trail is pretty lush, as you can see. This section if moderately difficult, starting downhill and then going back up, but beautiful throughout, with occasional viewpoints overlooking the St Louis River. After a couple of miles, there is a short section on the road, so be aware of traffic, but then you’re back on the trail for more woodsy adventure! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/67687d26-3b0b-447a-8f8c-2fc01a08f393/Spirit+Mountain+recreation+area+chart.jpg Minnesota - Superior Hiking Trail in Duluth - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/66c23ae0-7c2e-4be6-8b3e-189a8f52b073/SHT+north.JPG Minnesota - Superior Hiking Trail in Duluth - Brewer Park Don’t think that just because it’s winter you can’t get on the trail, on the contrary! Bring your snowshoes if the level of snow requires that, or good boots/running shoes and get out there! There’s a different beauty to the trail when it’s covered in snow, and the views are different than in the summer, as you can see much that was previously hidden behind foliage. Make sure you’re wearing the proper clothes to stay warm, bring some water, and go explore! Pictured here is the section going through Brewer Park, on the western part of town. We parked at the Skyline Trailhead and ran east. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9ce172bf-7e91-4b5a-b7f0-d7f7e6d09301/SHT+Chester+Park.JPG Minnesota - Superior Hiking Trail in Duluth - Chester Park I think my favorite thing about this section was following Chester Creek, with the trail sometimes going right next to it, or sometimes allowing you to see a waterfall. This section is moderately difficult, and very much in the middle of town, though you’d never guess it once you’re inside Chester Park, or even Lower Chester Park. My second favorite thing about this section was how delicious our meal at Burrito Union was after a long run! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/613d214a-d1be-4b46-8a95-ec99c238987f/SHT+Hartley+Nature+Center.JPG Minnesota - Superior Hiking Trail in Duluth - Hartley Nature Center This section is on the northern side of town, above the university grounds, and because of how high it is, there are several lookout points with neat views of Lake Superior. There is even a Superior Hiking Trail spur that leads to Rock Knob… if you don’t mind an extra out-and-back section! Closer to W Arrowhead Rd, the trail is narrow and rocky, but gets wider, especially as you get close to the Nature Center. For this reason in particular, it would make a great segment to explore on snowshoes. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/minnesota monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/superior+hiking+trail monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/spirit+mountain+recreation+area monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/duluth monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/brewer+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/chester+park monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/minnesotatrails/tag/hartley+nature+center monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/santurce monthly 0.5 2024-02-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/147bea1c-5fe9-456f-8d63-8fedab1bbffe/Cafe+Comunio%CC%81n.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ Santurce - Café Comunión Located on Avenida Ponce de León, Café Comunión is a cute little café with outdoor seating in the back. They have many vegan options for drinks, one vegan breakfast option (the tofu scramble pictured here) and a couple of sandwiches you can modify to make vegan. I had the BLT without bacon and no mayo, pictured here too. It was really good! The staff was friendly, service was good, and they had a lot of merch, in case you’re looking for a cute tote bag! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/03ac409c-877e-4a23-994b-97974770c084/Que+chido.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ Santurce - ¡Qué Chido! This Mexican restaurant located on Calle Loíza has Impossible meat that you can put on tacos on in burritos. The margarita was excellent, and so was the tamarind juice (they have several kinds of margaritas and natural juices) The guacamole as an appetizer was very smooth. The bowl was a little heavy on rice, but everything tasted good. The vegan option for the bowl was to choose four sides to top rice or salad: I went with pico de gallo (they have regular and pineapple), guac, and esquites (corn, make sure to ask without cheese on top for vegan). The place is small and cozy, the staff very friendly, and they have a unisex bathroom. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/25212403-96e8-4fe6-b17c-e0baecc9c61f/Los+chamos.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ Santurce - Los Chamos For a cheap option in Condado (which is not easy to come by) and a street food feeling, stop by Los Chamos! They have vegan empanadas (pictured here: black beans and sweet plantain) and vegan arepas (same but with avocado). It’s a really small place, with limited seating, but it was cheap and good. We didn’t have a lot of time in between activities, and it worked great for us. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b9c9ae76-523d-4660-aff4-5e0d2b34a6df/Ponte+Fresco.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ Santurce - Ponte Fresco We got food to go at Ponte Fresco, but it looked like a really nice place, with some seating inside and some out on a covered patio. They have some soups (the one vegan option was delicious) and sandwiches already made, and they also have a big salad bar where you can choose from a list of salads or build your own. The hummus sandwich was really good, and all the ingredients seemed very fresh at the restaurant. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/oldsanjuanvegan monthly 0.5 2024-02-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8db3a5cc-cc9f-4e50-aa42-e1f8abf6701b/De+Averdura.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan - De Averdura For typical Puerto Rican food, try De Averdura! The line was really long for this place, and we had to sit at the bar, but it was worth it. We had a sweet plantain stuffed with veggies, accompanied by rice and beans (arroz y abichuelas) and a tostone, and it was delicious. Service can be slow, as they are always full, so make sure to go if you have plenty of time (to wait outside and then inside). If you’re a little short on time and this seems too long, go across the street to St Germain. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/96f70447-e77e-496d-ba28-484553c892f2/St+Germain.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan - St Germain Bistro & Café Right across from DeAverdura is St Germain Bistro & Café, which we enjoyed so much we went to twice! Once, we went for brunch, and I had the V-sandwich with tostones and it was delicious! I loved the caramelized onions, the mushrooms tasted really good, and the vegan mayo-ketchup sauce is simple but effective. The portion is generous too! We went back for dinner and had the marinara pasta with eggplant, and the sauce had a little kick to it which was really nice. Drinks were really good too (with some unusual choices like lavender lemonade!), and staff very friendly! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4cd805a0-833b-4c63-971b-09e00714693b/La+O%CC%81.jpg Puerto Rico - Old San Juan - La Ó Located just steps from Plaza Colón, La Ó is another restaurant we went to twice because we liked it so much… and because they have original signature cocktails, several vegan options, including desserts! Once we had one of the two vegan pizzas on the menu and the homemade vegan cheese was delicious! I wish the arugula had been cooked in instead of put on top , but that’s just me. Another time we had the pumpkin lasagna, and it was surprisingly flavorful! I was not a fan of ricotta (it’s a texture thing, I think, but this vegan ricotta tasted great! I also was worried the pumpkin taste might overwhelm the dish, but it was nicely balances by the lentils and mushrooms. And the quinoa chocolate brownie was delicious! Such a perfect way to end the meal! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/rinconvegan monthly 0.5 2024-02-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/50fb7d27-0905-4816-b604-a01c96badc60/page0.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón - Puerto Burrito Just behind the Plaza is Puerto Burrito, offering burritos and more! It’s a small place with only three tables and several stools at a long table against the wall. They have three kinds of rice, several vegan toppings including black beans and plantains, to make your own meal. You can have a burrito or a bowl, nachos and tacos… It was good and inexpensive! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3a45f4c2-b844-4a57-b5b7-6cf8c23e1dc4/Cafe+413.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón - Café 413 Located right on the Plaza, Café 413 is a large restaurant with several items marked vegan on the menu, and a few more that would be vegan without cheese. They have salads, sandwiches, vegan cookies… and delicious fruit smoothies! Pictured here are the vegan desserts of the day, a passion fruit smoothie, the Mediterranean sandwich with fries, the Veggie sandwich with fries, and the tofu breakfast. Many items marked vegetarian on the menu are actually vegan. They also offer a variety of coffee drinks. Service was a little slow, because the place was very busy, but the staff was friendly. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/27ad248b-be24-4f19-8b69-23eea47304d4/Kafe+Terra.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón - Kafe Terra Located right on the Plaza, on Calle Progresso, Kafe Terra has a vegan delicious avocado toast! The portion is generous, with four small squares the size of regular toast… but on a really tasty focaccia bread. If you can share with someone, do so! This avocado toast is $13. The coffee drinks were really good too, although oat milk is an extra $1.25, which is a lot. There is quite a bit of sun on the outdoor patio in the morning, but there are several tables inside if the heat gets to be too much, and the background music is not too loud (which I have found can be a problem in Puerto Rico). https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/47377d49-7ffe-4d85-b101-879e5be9bf04/Roots.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón - Roots If you miss spicy food, check out Roots! Puerto Rican food in general is not spicy at all, so I was happy to have something with a quick. The coconut curry at Roots is spicy and quite good, although I wish it had had more veggies. The space is quite large, the mojito was very good, the margarita a little too strong, and service was slow, but I was happy with this asian food option in Rincón. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/324cfed4-5029-4642-9499-2c826f343d0b/Paletados.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón - Paletados Just steps from the Plaza, Paletados has an amazing array of vegan sorbets with tropical flavors like Passion Fruit, Açai and more! The place is often busy, so don’t be surprised if you see a line outside. There are some tables to sit inside, but many people take their ice cream to go and eat it while wandering the plaza. To see all the mouthwatering options, click here! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/poncevegan monthly 0.5 2024-02-15 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/de280d3d-1642-4832-8fda-46fef75eab36/A+lo+Natural.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce - A lo Natural This health store a few blocks west of the main Plaza has a deli in the back. They have a set menu that changes daily (check their facebook page) and additional sandwiches, wraps and quesadillas, with vegan options. We had a quesadilla with veggies and vegan cheese, and a wrap with vegan cheese and beans. Both were really good, and served with thin crispy yucca chips. Service was a little slow but the food was worth the wait. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3ecad161-40c9-4cdf-b1e1-a625bc4e29e6/Amo+Ac%CC%A7ai.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce - Amo Açai This cute little place a block from the Plaza has delicious smoothie bowls. Many are vegan, some have honey but you can switch that for agave. All the ingredients were super fresh and the açai base really good. I had one with oats and agave in the açai base, with many fruits on top. I had another (not pictured here) with peanut butter in the açai base and almonds on top with fruits. Both excellent! Take a minute with the menu, as there are many options and all sound appealing. They also have teas, juices, smoothies and lemonades. For a full menu, check out their Instagram page. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c64cdc1a-53b9-4591-af9b-7739a2c99b7e/Lola.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce - Lola This place is a little hard to find as it is located inside the Ponce Plaza Hotel and Casino (yellow building on a corner, on the Plaza), but it’s worth it. It’s the most expensive option here, but it was absolutely worth it. They had two vegan options: a quinoa-based stew and a portobello mushroom dish served with israeli couscous and beans, which is the one we chose. It tasted delicious, was very hearty and nutritious. Click here for the full menu. They didn’t have any vegan desserts, but keep reading for a vegan dessert option right on the Plaza: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b23f83f8-8ed2-4201-ae2f-761c255430e7/King%27s+Cream.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce - King’s Cream King’s Cream is an ice cream shop right on the Plaza. It’ll be easy to find… it’s where the long line is. The line actually moved pretty fast, the service is very efficient. They have several vegan flavors, pictured here is the passion fruit (“parcha” in Puerto Rico). They have nowhere to sit inside, but it’s okay because it’s really easy to cross the street and sit on one of the benches on the Plaza, and eat it while listening to music, or watching people (locals and tourists alike hang out there). https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/rinc%C3%B3n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/king%27s+cream monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/rincon monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/puerto+burrito monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/lola monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/ponte+fresco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/st+germain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/viejo+san+juan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/old+san+juan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/kafe+terra monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/santurce monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/cafe+comuni%C3%B3n monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/condado monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/los+chamos monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/che+chido monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/vegan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/a+lo+natural monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/cafe+413 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/ponce monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/puerto+rico monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/san+juan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/la+%C3%B3 monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/de+averdura monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/amo+a%C3%A7ai monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricovegan/tag/cafe+comunion monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels daily 0.75 2026-03-16 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/el-yunque-national-forest monthly 0.5 2024-07-29 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/57af970a-b990-4755-bc03-32bfc4c3fec5/IMG_7072.jpg Puerto Rico - El Yunque National Forest - Make it stand out I loved the nature and wildlife in El Yunque! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/dc6d03cc-8b10-4721-a4ee-8160a837352f/El+Yunque.jpg Puerto Rico - El Yunque National Forest - Hiking The trail we hike was not easy, and my understanding is that it’s often wet and muddy, so my first advice would be to make sure to wear good shoes, shoes you don’t mind getting dirty (we put ours through the wash afterwards and they came out fine). We started in a parking lot and pretty soon crossed a few streams, so your shoes will get wet right away. The point was to go to a natural pool and push on to some natural waterslides, before coming back the way we came. It was beautiful and fun, but there were some steep sections, and definitely slippery sections. You’ll deal with roots, narrow passageways, and rocks. If you’re used to hiking, you’ll be fine, but if you’re not used to this kind of terrain, just be aware! Our guide was patient, and no one was in a rush, so it went fine. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c0057514-c5a7-4a36-b5d2-36b4062bc5cf/IMG_7077.jpg Puerto Rico - El Yunque National Forest - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/yauco monthly 0.5 2024-02-24 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/88a8ff40-a53b-4d53-aa83-ce598d9015c5/IMG_6560.jpg Puerto Rico - Yauco ~ the city of colors - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/873ad311-1bcf-44c8-a10f-385cb058e985/yauco+triptych.jpg Puerto Rico - Yauco ~ the city of colors - Make it stand out Mural and tree wrapped in crochet, and a wider view of the main hill with colorful houses on Calle Sanchez Lopez. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/da969380-e91c-44c6-a337-fa06650d78dd/IMG_7107.jpg Puerto Rico - Yauco ~ the city of colors - Make it stand out Two murals by the food truck park near the main Plaza. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/ponce monthly 0.5 2026-03-16 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/06de7656-abdc-44af-8f2e-9b4dc28a0cff/IMG_6428.jpg Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Rainbow in the fountain on the main Plaza. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/acf79482-8bf7-477d-b31f-be1acc3023f6/Walking+Tour+Ponce.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Do a Walking Tour We couldn’t find a Free Walking Tour for Ponce, but Isla Caribe offers a $25 dollars tour that last about 2 1/2 hours. You walk the Plaza and the guide explains a lot of the history of the town, then move away from the Plaza to see important buildings in town such as the townhall, the centro cultural, famous street corners or mural celebrating important historical events. The tour starts right on the Plaza, and are given in English and sometimes in Spanish. Check out their website for more info. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e6a5d41e-dfae-48a2-b7eb-83cd6732d065/Centro+Cultural.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Stop by the Centro Cultural If your tour doesn’t stop by the Centro Cultural, make sure to do that yourself. It is free, small but worthwhile, and has a cute interior garden. The Centro Cultural Carmen Solá de Pereira features painting honoring people from Ponce, especially musicians and in relation to two styles popular in Puerto Rico: bomba and plena. There are several rooms to walk through and explore. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a5efa597-d76c-4ce7-aa43-5f21a4cdf7fe/Museo+de+Arte+de+Ponce.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Visit the Museo de Arte de Ponce The Museo de Arte de Ponce was very much affected by the earthquake of early 2020, and is still being rebuilt. As a consequence, when we visited, this museum was only open one day a week, and a limited portion of the collection was on view. It was definitely worthwhile, and only cost 8 dollars per person. Still, they had three guided tours that day, and two thematic exhibits. Make sure to stop by the small gift shop on your way out, and don’t forget to check out the garden, it contains several interesting sculptures. Check out their website for the latest updates on their hours and tours! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1ea454a8-2409-4cb3-8c0c-3a9fabc5232c/Castille+Serralle%CC%81s.jpg Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Take a Tour of the Castillo Serrallés This is not so much a castle as a fancy mansion where the Serrallés family lived. They founded the distillery that makes the Don Q rum. It is now a museum, with tours of the facility (no photos allowed inside) with guided tours which include a movie about how the family came to get in the rum business and became so prominent in the area. You can choose a tour with a rum tasting, or just visit the mansion. There is also a small shop to buy souvenirs, drinks (yes, including rum) and some snacks, with a terrace. You can explore some of the garden from here. The Castillo is set on a hill on the outskirts of the city, about a twenty-five-minute walk from the Parque de Bombas downtown. Be aware it goes uphill from downtown to the Castillo and downhill on your way back. Check out their website for more information. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/22a23e00-75a6-47da-92cb-98d5a097cf22/La+Crujita.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Go to the Cruceta del Vigía and Japanese Garden Across from the Castillo Serrallés in a 100 foot tall cross. you can go up to the observatory with an elevator, and have a nice view of the city from up there. There is a restaurant at the bottom, and a Japanese garden right outside. Both the observatory deck and the Japanese garden are small but worth it, and it’s included in the price of the visit of the Serralles castle, so go for it! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7f5a4b79-5924-40a6-8208-c23502aa3c4c/Centro+Indi%CC%81gena+de+Tibes.JPG Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Explore the Centro Ceremonial Indígena de Tibes Located outside town, almost three miles from the main plaza, the Tibes Ceremonial Indigenous Center is worth a visit if you have time. We were able to easily find a taxi from the plaza to go there but coming back was a little more difficult. The Tibes Center has a room dedicated to archeology, with artefacts found in the area and talks about the about the native population of Puerto Rico and how they are connected to other native populations in the Caribbean. There is a room dedicated to a more anthropological look at the indigenous population. Finally, there is a large garden with over 50 species of native plants and trees and field where the Indigenous population played and lived, with some rocks still showing petroglyphs. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/190297e3-f6dd-41f5-968b-e2ce8baa98ca/Screen+Shot+2024-01-21+at+9.29.11+AM.png Puerto Rico - Ponce ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Mural seen on the walk back from the Castillo Serrallés to downtown. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/musstryoldsanjuan monthly 0.5 2024-06-26 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c2abd2d1-04dd-4b56-aee6-0e2d578af884/IMG_6319.jpg Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out View of San Juan from the Castillo San Cristóbal. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b276c362-557a-4e6f-af76-690ce5cd136d/Free+Walking+Tour.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Do a Free Walking Tour Free Walking Tours are a great way to discover a new city, as you’re guided by a local and they tend to explain a lot about the history of the place, have recommendations for food, and include places that you might not have found on your own. Our tour of Old San Juan took about two hours and we learned a lot! We met in Plaza Colón and finished at El Morro. The pace was pretty slow, we saw a lot and our guide Carmén was great! The tour itself is free but it is recommended you sign up online so they know how many people are coming (and can gave two guides if necessary, and you give a tip at the end based on your experience. We used this company: https://www.osjfreetour.com/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4bc243de-cb3b-40f3-9270-74148cb806fd/El+Morro.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Visit El Morro This fort is really interesting, has beautiful views of the ocean, and many levels to explore. If you can, do a guided visit with a ranger, who’ll explain the history of the place, how soldiers lived there, recount some historical facts and battles, and talk about the weapons stored there. Be aware that there is a long walk in the sun to reach the site (a beautiful grassy expanse where you’ll see people fly kites), and many areas inside the fort are exposed as well. Wear sunscreen and have some water available if you go on a hot day! The ticket to this site also gives you access to Castillo San Cristóbal. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/21149d93-b849-4650-bc0a-d00b6a204523/San+Cristoba%CC%81l.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Visit Castillo San Cristóbal Located about ten minutes away from El Morro (walking along the ocean), Castillo San Cristóbal in a fortress on three levels with a cool fire control station that gives you a neat view of the La Perla neighborhood and El Morro on one side, and the city on the other side. It is similar to El Morro, with canons and a reproduction of the soldiers’ quarters and the basic structure with sentries for example, but the overall organization of the place is different, and so are the views. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/eb1ba923-88e0-4ba0-ab75-5db1ad562eef/Museo+de+las+Americas.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Museo de las Américas This museum, located on the second floor of the Ballajá Barracks is about art, history and anthropology. There are eight rooms all around the building (some were closed for renovation when we visited), some with permanent exhibit, some with temporary ones, all beautiful and interesting! There are also pieces on the walls and in the corners of the exterior hallway, to observe as you go from one room to the next. You can find art and artefacts from different countries of Latin America, reflecting on what united them as well as what makes them unique. The museum only costs 6$ per person, the shop has cute bags and great books for sale, so make sure to stop there before leaving! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/08c649fa-e92c-4533-ab9f-7cdec72f5881/Paseo+Del+Morro.jpg Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Paseo Del Morro The Paseo Del Morro is a gorgeous one mile stretch of trail along the western coast of town, starting at the Puerta de San Juan (at the end of the lovely Calle Celta de San Juan), wrapping around the Castillo San Felipe de Morro and leading all the way to the cemetery. It’s an out-and-back that took us about an hour at a VERY leisurely pace. It is paved almost all the way (only the last section closest to the cemetery is actual trail) and there are a few steps once you get to the northern side of the coast, but apart from those steps it is mostly flat. It’s a great place to watch the sun set, or to run if you’re staying in Old San Juan. Be aware that this path is can be closed if the waves are too rough. Try to go early in your stay in San Juan, so that if it is closed, you might try again later! To see a video of this beautiful walk, click here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/998c2096-c456-4fd3-a4dd-c733e23509e5/Meander+the+Streets.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Meander the Streets Just walk around! Even if you do the Free Walking Tour mentioned above and see quite a bit of old San Juan with a guide, it’s fun to just wander. The streets are very colorful, you might come across some music on a Plaza, explore souvenir shops, discover cute fountains and statues… some of the buildings have interesting facades and architecture. There’s so much to see in such a small area! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/60d797df-7ae1-4aa6-9873-4398a9f6f0a0/page0.JPG Puerto Rico - Old San Juan ~ 7 Must-Try Activities - Swim with sea turtles! It’s hard to believe that you’d find sea turtles right in the city of San Juan, but it’s true! Playa Escambrón is located somewhat between Old San Juan and Santurce, in the Puerta de Tierra neighborhood. That’s where you’ll find the turtles. If you have your own snorkeling gear, just jump in and explore until you see one… or two! You can walk the beach from Old San Juan, or if you want to rent a scooter or a bike, there is a bike path from Plaza Colón to the entrance to Playa Escambrón. If you don’t have snorkeling gear, you can book an Airbnb experience where they’ll lend you the gear and also point out other wildlife. We saw urchins, spiny starfish, sea spiders… and more! Obviously, be respectful of the turtles, don’t get too close and DO NO touch them, no matter how attractive they are! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/rincomusttry monthly 0.5 2024-02-26 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/02920f73-2eab-4f4b-adc7-d37ccc8fbd9d/Screen+Shot+2024-01-05+at+9.02.33+PM.png Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Make it stand out Abandoned boat on a beach in Rincón, with Isla Desecheo in the background. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7a0846c6-5ae5-4112-a741-7f5c6f74d3ab/Plaza+market.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Artisan Market on the Plaza Thursday is THE day to visit Rincón because in the evening (usually starting around 6pm) the main Plaza transforms into an artisan marketplace, full of booths with different art for sale, and people making music. They have jewelry, clothes, wooden lamps, paintings, and more! The place does get crowded, especially if there’s a concert in the middle of the plaza (we were lucky to see a concert by Bomba Clandestina. Bomba is a traditional music/dance from Puerto Rico). That means that the restaurants and bars all around the Plaza get crowded too. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0c11195d-79a2-4c0d-9e9d-69ed34812d66/El+Faro.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - El Faro de Punta Higüera On the northern side of town is the lighthouse, el Faro, surrounded by a small park with benches, some food trucks, and mostly great views! You’re on cliffs, from there you can see the waves, Isla Desecheo, and tons of people surfing on both sides of the lighthouse. On the northern point of this little park, you get a great view of the Dome, a former nuclear plant, and Domes Beach. If you’re driving, it’s about 8 minutes from the main Plaza of Rincón. If you’re walking, it’s about 50 minutes: twenty minutes or so until Calle Black Eagle, and then almost a half hour on the trail described below: El Paseo Comunitario. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/af94c4fa-e341-4974-9d9e-029e621653fe/Camino+Comunal.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Walk the Paseo Comunitario Between the Faro and the Marina at Calle Black Eagle, you can walk on a path that is sometimes gravel, sometimes trail, and a small road for a few minutes closest to Calle Black Eagle. It’s maybe a mile and a half long. As you can see from the photos, there are a couple of wooden boardwalks, close to El Faro, and there’s also a section on the beach. I’m not sure how much of it is supposed to be on the beach, that part was a little hard to follow, but it goes by the Tres Palmas Reserve, Playa María, and the Steps Beach. You can explore this trail as an out and back from the lighthouse described above, as a walk if you’re visiting one of the beaches of the Tres Palmas Reserve, or use it as part of your walk to visit the lighthouse from the Plaza… or wherever you’re staying. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/25748ce0-2980-4370-9f57-094debed9dbb/Snorkeling.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Go Snorkeling! Tres Palmas Reserve is an awesome place to go snorkeling! We booked an Airbnb Experience with Luke and it was really great. We saw coral reef and many species of fishes, including tarpons which are quite big! You get plenty of time in the water and get to explore close to shore but also a little bit further away… once the reef stops and the sand begins, it really feels infinite… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2afc8d75-b0d2-4098-92aa-ac2838db2973/Yoga+with+Vivienne.JPG Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Take a yoga class This is a beautiful studio located only a few minutes walk from the Plaza, and the class we took with Vivienne was one of the best in a really long time. Challenging, but great! Drop-ins are $20, and you can rent a mat for an additional $1. There are classes almost every day, and it seems from the schedule that different styles are offered, by teachers with different backgrounds. You can also get a massage there. Check out their website here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3bcacca7-7cbc-48ea-9547-4333f555c910/IMG_6706.PNG Puerto Rico - Rincón ~ 6 Must-Try Activities - Watch the sunset from a beach Rincón is located on the West Coast of the island, making it an ideal place for sunsets. It’s actually part of the motto of the town: “Ciudad de los bellos atardeceres”! There are several beaches easily accessible from town, just choose one and enjoy! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/sanjuansanturcemusttry monthly 0.5 2024-01-21 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/161ca50f-b2f7-4398-957f-02c94f570806/Puente+Dos+Hermanos.png Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - Make it stand out Puente Dos Hermanos, separating Old San Juan from the Santurce neighborhood. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a5d8610d-ee6c-4032-ae1b-b3ae3b3c96d0/Museo+de+Arte+de+Puerto+Rico.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - Museo de Arte de Puerto Rico This museum is beautiful! The building itself, the gardens in the back, and the art inside. There’s a little bit of everything in this museum of 4 floors: sculptures, paintings, installations, textile art… most of it is 20th century, but there sometimes are temporary exhibitions from other centuries. The artists are from Puerto Rico, and you can see different topics important for the island through their art. Make sure you take your time, and be aware they start closing about 20 minutes before the official closing time. The garden is cool too, if you have time make sure to check it out. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/166f9769-5db3-4d49-9364-014c2f9136c1/Kayak+Laguna+del+Condado.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - Kayak the Laguna del Condado Right in San Juan is a lagoon with a few small beaches to get in. You can also rent a kayak or Stand Up Paddle board, and explore the waters. Manatees live in the lagoon, and we did a guided trip with transparent kayaks from Night Kayak trying to see some but were not lucky. It was still a fun experience: the guide told us about the lagoon and its wildlife, we saw starfishes, and went under the Ponte Dos Hermanos… so technically we kayaked in three neighborhoods of town: Condado, Santurce and Old San Juan ;) The tour felt a little short, and next time I might try to just rent a kayak by myself… though I’m not sure how it compares pricewise. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c2c4ac55-9255-465b-beaa-e8db3ceb47d3/page0.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - Visit the Museo de Arte Contemporaneo This small museum is located in a beautiful building on Avenida Ponce de León, and has themed exhibit, including some pieces from their permanent collection and other pieces just for the exhibit in question. The exhibit we saw had paintings, sculptures, multi-media presentations There is a beautiful interior court with plants and seats, and the art is in rooms all around it. Be aware that the AC inside is kept really low… maybe bring a light additional layer if you’re sensitive to that. Most of the rooms are on the main floor, one room is on the upper floor and the bathrooms are located downstairs The entrance only costs $8 and there is a small gift shop. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/423812c0-f329-4ce9-9fdc-d935c2e855d7/Centro+Bellas+Artes.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - See an event at the Centro de Bellas Artes If you have time, and if there’s an event that interests you, I’d highly recommend going to see a show at the Centro de Bellas Artes. Located not far from the Museo de Arte de San Juan, this beautiful concert venue has two main rooms, a fountain in front of it, and several statues outside. Be aware they keep the AC on really low, so bring an extra layer. Most people will be dressed up, do the same if you can. They have musicals, dance programs, symphony orchestra concerts… we went to see a jazz concert and it was great! Check their events page here. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/fa63d5d0-41ed-42d3-9045-a1dfac47f858/Walk+around.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - Walk around I know it’s tempting to take an Uber everywhere, but you should definitely walk around in Santurce. You’ll be surprised by some cute little park, big statues by the ocean, and murals on many of the streets. The northern side has nice beaches where you can go for a walk or observe the sunset from, and you can see locals coming to exercise too. Be aware though that it’s not advised to swim in this area as the waves are strong and rip currents dangerous. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b4e983cd-6eab-40ce-8459-fa74b8edb0fc/Cinema.JPG Puerto Rico - San Juan ~ 6 Must-Try Activities in Santurce - Go see a movie! The Santurce neighborhood has several cool old movie theaters, from a chain called Caribbean Cinemas, notably on Calle Ponce de León. There’s also METRO cinema, on the same street. If you happen to visit town when there’s a movie FROM Puerto Rico showing, go see it! It’s a great way to learn more about the culture of the place. Or, if you’re just there on a day when it’s raining like crazy and don’t want to spend the whole day in your room, some movies are shown in English, and many in Spanish with subtitles. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/museo+de+las+americas monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/forest monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/mural monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/waterslide monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/arbol+tejido monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/rincon monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/yoga monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/museo+de+arte monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/artisan+market monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/yauco monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/plaza monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/centro+de+bellas+artes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/el+faro+punta+hig%C3%BCeras monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/el+morro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/casillo+san+cristobal monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/viejo+san+juan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/castilleserralles monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/condado+lagoon monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/puertorico monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/cruceta+del+vigia monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/old+san+juan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/tres+palmas+marine+reserve monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/santurce monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/centro+ceremonial+indigena+de+tibes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/yaucromatic monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/paseo+comunitario monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/sea+turtles monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/castillo+san+felipe+el+morro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/kayaking monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/snorkeling monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/tibes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/hiking monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/japanese+garden monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/museo+de+arte+contemporaneo monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/el+yunque monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/puerto+rico monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/ponce monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/market monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/paseo+del+morro monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/tropical+rainforest monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/san+juan monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/sunset monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/murals monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/centro+la+paz monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/playa+escambron monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/laguna+de+condado monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/puerto-ricotravels/tag/free+walking+tour monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4 daily 0.75 2026-03-10 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/avignon-les-activits-ne-pas-manquer-hors-festival monthly 0.5 2026-03-10 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1148645b-411e-43bf-b643-e8286a80c142/La+ville.jpg France - AVIGNON ~ les activités à ne pas manquer (hors festival) - Visite guidée avec l’Office du Tourisme L’Office du tourisme offre de nombreux parcours guidée pour découvrir différents aspects de la ville en la parcourant à pied. C’est une excellente façon de commencer à parcourir le centre et noter des endroits où vous voudrez revenir plus tard. On en apprend toujours plus sur l’histoire et la culture avec une visite guidée, et il y en a énormément à Avignon! Certaines visite combinent même une balade en ville et la visite du Palais des Papes, situé au nord de la ville. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b488df63-38e1-491b-97f8-ff992af86d8b/Palais+des+Papes.jpg France - AVIGNON ~ les activités à ne pas manquer (hors festival) - Le Palais des Papes Ce Palais est énorme, quatre cathédrale Notre Dame de Paris pourraient y entrer! Prévoyez au moins une heure et demie si vous le visitez pas vous-même, et n’hésitez pas à utiliser la tablette de réalité augmentée pour en voir un peu plus. Si vous avez une visite guidée, c’est moins nécessaire. Le Palais est vide car le dernier Pape a tout emmené quand il a déménagé, mais ce monument reste tout de même impressionant: par ses dimensions, son histoire, son architecture. Attention, il fait froid dans le Palais: n’oubliez pas une épaisseur en plus, même en été! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/776c604f-e110-4fc6-9f65-b01fb31b43cd/Noms+de+rues.jpg France - AVIGNON ~ les activités à ne pas manquer (hors festival) - Trouver les illustrations de noms de rues En vous perdant dans les petites rues de la vieille ville, vous trouverez peut-être ces illustrations en mosaïque des noms de rues (en français et en provencal) que j’ai trouvées adorables! Il faut être observateur, elles ne sont pas partout, mais elles ne sont pas limitées à l’hyper centre historique. Il y en a plus que les cinq montrées ici! L’artiste s’appelle MifaMosa et ces mosaïques ne se trouvent pas seulement à Avignon, mais dans d’autres villes également. En avez-vous déjà vues? https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/598f479f-3cd7-463a-b6a5-e2aba032a7fb/Rue+des+Teinturiers.jpg France - AVIGNON ~ les activités à ne pas manquer (hors festival) - Marcher dans la Rue des Teinturiers Au sud-est de la ville intérieure se trouve cette rue aux roues à aubes, vestiges d’une forte activité manufacturière, notamment au 19è siècle. La rue est pavée et vous pourrez y trouver de nombreux anciens bancs en pierre, décorés et tous différents les uns des autres. Prenez le temps de les observer et de les déchiffrez! Cette rue est un joli petit détour, et est située non loin du quartier de la place des Corps Saints, où vous pourrez trouver de nombreux cafés et restaurants. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ab65039d-8d33-4b79-b7d6-c85802cff1f5/Via+Rho%CC%82na.jpg France - AVIGNON ~ les activités à ne pas manquer (hors festival) - Rouler sur la Via Rhôna Il existe plusieurs endroits où louer un vélo pour la journée, ainsi que le système des “Vélopopp” de la ville d’Avignon avec ses vélos électriques. Enfourchez-en un et partez vers le nord jusqu’à Caderousse à 27km! Le sentier longe le fleuve la plupart du temps et le dénivelé est presque inexistant. Vous passerez par l’île de la Barthelasse, traverserez une passerelle himalayenne, et découvrerez les vignobles de la région. Si le temps est dégagé, vous aurez une belle vue du Mont Ventoux au loin! Attention, par jour de vent, il sera probablement contre vous en direction du nord… mais rendra votre retour beaucoup plus facile! Pour aller moins loin… explorez Chateauneuf du Pape (mais ça monte à la fin), ou pour aller plus loin… continuez jusqu’à Orange! Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure que nous avons faite en février, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/20bdb112-a55b-44ab-b93f-a752021e0b0b/La+nuit.jpg France - AVIGNON ~ les activités à ne pas manquer (hors festival) - Se balader la nuit La nuit, Avignon s’illumine! Pas juste les rues et la gare, mais les églises et leur clocher, les horloges, les devantures des magasins et restaurants! La ville revêt un aspect un peu différent dans les lumières de la nuit et les lumières artificielles. C’est un bon moment pour sortir par une chaude journée d’été, où l’on peut mieux profiter des terrasses par exemple. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/pont-en-royans-et-grotte-de-choranche monthly 0.5 2025-09-13 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/843696b8-6017-48e1-af71-90b3ec39a146/IMG_0273.jpg France - Pont-en-Royans et Grotte de Choranche - Make it stand out Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/c213a276-4707-4be0-bdae-164eb3a77ae2/Pont-en-royans+ville.jpg France - Pont-en-Royans et Grotte de Choranche - Pont-en-Royans Un petit village magnifique niché au cœurs du Vercors, c’est un endroit à visiter par une chaude journée d’été si vous voulez profiter de la fraîcheur de l’eau. Promenez-vous en centre ville et admirez les maisons suspendues, continuez la promenade le long de la rivière ou sur le GR9, et si vous visitez le musée de l’eau, faites-moi savoir en commentaire comment il est, je n’ai pas eu le temps de le faire! Organisez-vous pour pouvoir aussi aller dans la même journée à la Grotte de Choranche: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/65c2e734-9402-49b6-b819-ca05c3b2d6be/Grotte+de+Choranche.jpg France - Pont-en-Royans et Grotte de Choranche - La Grotte de Choranche À environ 20 minutes en voiture, la grotte de Choranche est une destination à ne pas manquer si vous êtes à Pont-en-Royans! Facile d’accès (mais réservation nécessaires), et immense, la grotte s’explore lors d’une visite guidée d’environ une heure. N’oubliez pas d’amener des vêtements appropriés: le sol peut être glissant et l’air est toujours à 10 degrés à l’intérieur. Vous pourrez admirer les couleurs différentes des rochers et de l’eau, voir les protées, ces amphibiens entièrement aquatiques vivant à l’état sauvage dans des grottes slovènes, mais visible à Choranche dans leur aquarium. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/vienne-fr monthly 0.5 2025-06-30 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cfc0eb13-4ab3-4c53-a9a3-5bf162780c52/centre+ville.jpg France - Vienne (FR) - Déambulez dans la vieille ville Comme toujours, je prends plaisir à marcher dans les center ville, sans forcément avoir de but, et voir où je me retrouve. À Vienne, il y a plusieurs rues piétonnes dans le centre qui rendent cette expérience particulièrement agréable, et le centre historique est suffisamment petit pour ne pas avoir peur de se perdre. Il y a beaucoup à voir: des restaurants et boutiques, d’anciennes bâtisses à l’architecture intéressante comme la maison au Pilori et sa facade, ainsi que des ruines romaines, comme le temple d’Auguste et de Livie! Déambulez! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5a14983a-b8cb-48b7-870c-b885db14986f/Jardin+de+ville.jpg France - Vienne (FR) - Passez par le jardin de ville Ce jardin n’est pas très grand mais adorable, et une vraie bouffée de fraîcheur! Il y a plusieurs points d’eau, une fontaine qui provoque des arcs-en-ciel les jours de soleil, plusieurs sculptures, et des bancs pour s’asseoir à l’ombre en été et observer tout autour de vous. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f9f15f72-bf5d-4de7-86f7-4d2d3f7350f2/IMG_8973.jpg France - Vienne (FR) - Visitez un musée Il y a plusieurs musées à Vienne, mais je n’ai pu en voir qu’un durant mes 24h en ville: le centre d’art contemporain. Il est peu cher (3 euros 50), mais sachez qu’il ne s’agit que d’une grande pièce. Si vous aimez l’artiste présenté, allez-y, mais sinon, il serait peut-être mieux d’aller au Musée des Beaux Arts et d’Archéologie, ou au musée gallo-romain de l’autre côté du fleuve à Saint-Romain-en-Gal. Si vous allez visiter plusieurs musées, sachez qu’il existe des pass, renseignez-vous! Si vous recommandez un de ces musées en particulier, expliquez pourquoi dans les commentaires ci-dessous! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/887af625-ff0c-432e-84bd-829abd09868a/Cathe%CC%81drale+St+Maurice.jpg France - Vienne (FR) - La cathédrale Saint Maurice Avec sa nef de 90 mètres de long, la cathédrale Saint Maurice a la plus longue nef de la vallée du Rhône! C’est une cathédrale assez imposante, avec de beaux vitraux, des statues et mausolées, des peintures flamandes et même des peintures murales. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8ff3bedc-e01f-4d9c-85cb-278bd28e91cc/The%CC%81a%CC%82tre+antique.jpg France - Vienne (FR) - Concert au Théâtre Antique Le théâtre antique mérite d’être visité, et une façon particulière de le faire est d’y voir un spectacle! Au mois de juillet, le festival Jazz à Vienne prend possession du lieu et c’est vraiment spectaculaire! Mais il y a d’autres concerts, de styles de musique différents. Il est fermé le lundi, et gratuit chaque premier dimanche du mois. Pour plus d’information, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4aad0ff1-b4b9-4ef1-bdb7-b7ddce44e82d/Via+Rho%CC%82na.jpg France - Vienne (FR) - La Via Rhôna La Via Rhôna est une piste cyclable partant du Lac Léman et allant jusqu’à la Mer Méditerranée. Elle longe le Rhône pendant la majorité du parcours, et passe par Vienne! Depuis le centre, il suffit de traverser “La Passerelle”, et si vous partez vers le nord, le chemin est ombragé et beau! Vous pouvez l’explorer en vélo, bien sûr, mais aussi juste à pied ou en courant, selon vos envies. De toute façon, c’est une belle balade, et vous pourrez voir Vienne depuis l’autre côté du fleuve, c’est joli! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/bourg-saint-maurice monthly 0.5 2025-10-14 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/8fa881ea-6e1f-4be0-9f13-da87cbd77eb0/IMG_2695.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Make it stand out La belle gare en pierre. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0b4b5ba0-846f-4b43-bfa1-3d3d0232fff3/IMG_7106.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Randonnées et vélo Entre montagnes et l’Isère, Bourg Saint Maurice est entouré de sentiers pour randonner ou courir, et il existe aussi une longue piste cyclable. De nombreux magasins en ville peuvent vous aider s’il vous manque un accessoire, ou si vous voulez louer un vélo (y compris électrique) pour explorer les environs. Visitez ma page dédiée aux sentiers de Bourg Saint Maurice, que je continue d’explorer à chaque visite, pour en savoir plus! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ef4b09d3-0cff-4bec-9a33-e04336973c69/Grande+Rue+BSM.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Explorez le centre ville La Grande Rue est piétonne et part de la place de l’église jusqu’à l’hôtel de ville. Elle est très agréable à marcher et vous y trouverez de nombreux magasins de vêtements, boutiques de souvenirs, cafés, restaurants, et boulangeries. Le reste du centre ville est assez typique, mais à Bourg Saint Maurice, c’est un plaisir de déambuler et voir des montagnes à chaque croisements! Et samedi matin , c’est le jour de marché! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a45db87a-de8f-417b-95d7-ed859633bad5/IMG_7118.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Make it stand out La maison aux têtes, dans la rue principale. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a81c1742-29a0-4732-8b62-094dfa61b6c6/Ludothe%CC%80que+BSM.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Allez jouer à la ludothèque! Si pendant votre séjour vous avez du mauvais temps, ou simplement si vous aimez les jeux de sociétés, allez jouer à la médialudothèque! Située en face de l’église St Maurice, elle contient de nombreux jeux et puzzles qui vous occuperont et vous n’avez pas besoin de carte de membre pour jouer là. Il y a aussi adjacent à la ludothèque une autre salle avec de quoi lire, si vous préférez! Il n’y a pas d’âge pour jouer, profitez de cet espace! Pour en savoir plus sur les horaires et le contenu, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9ce16048-4807-4f1a-9fed-60e25bffb7b2/parc+BSM.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Faites une promenade dans le parc des Marais Au nord-ouest de la ville, derrière la piscine, il y a un grand parc avec des sentiers ombragés, des sentiers près de la rivière, et une piste cyclable. Si vous ne voulez pas faire une longue randonnée ou si vous cherchez un endroit où faire un pique-nique, c’est l’endroit parfait! Il y a aussi un skate park, des aires de jeux pour les enfants, et un stade de rugby! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4139e6f6-a198-4eb2-937f-dbfb87353d62/Oiseaux+BSM.jpg France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Observez les oiseaux! Pendant que vous êtes en balade aux Marais, profitez-en pour observez les oiseaux, c’est l’endroit parfait! En plus des pigeons et moineaux que l’on peut trouver partout en ville, les petits lacs attirent de nombreux canard (comme le fuligule morillon en haut de la photo), et de nombreux passereaux (comme la bergeronnette grise ou le chardonneret élégant, les deux autres oiseaux de la photo). C’est un cadre paisible pour observer les oiseaux, vous pouvez trouver des endroits à l’ombre et au frais près de l’eau. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7602c263-cdea-4784-a51f-a22cc3929acb/Screen+Shot+2025-10-14+at+6.22.55+PM.png France - Bourg Saint Maurice - Make it stand out Funiculaire qui monte de Bourg St Maurice à la station des Arcs 1600: gratuit pour les piétons l’été! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/le-montier-les-bains-serre-chevalier monthly 0.5 2025-03-13 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/4f4bd13d-a06a-47b3-b872-89176028c08f/Se+balader+en+ville.jpg France - Le Monêtier-les-bains (Serre Chevalier) - Se balader en ville Le Monêtier-les-bains est un joli village de montagne, baladez-vous dans ses rues pour voir les maisons, les églises, les statues… et le système de canaux transportant l’eau! La rue principale a deux petits supermarchés, des boulangeries, cafés, et de nombreux restaurants et des boutiques pour acheter ou louer du matériel de sport et des vêtements, ainsi que des boutiques avec de l’artisanat local. Il y a de nombreuses rues piétonnes, et l’une d’elle inclût même un cinéma! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a21c1167-0931-4643-af83-c9ff82f1a74d/Ski+de+fond+Mone%CC%82tier.jpg France - Le Monêtier-les-bains (Serre Chevalier) - Ski de fond Le ski de fond, c’est moins cher que le ski alpin… et il y a moins de monde sur les pistes! Le domaine nordique à Monêtier-les-bains est grand, et si vous avez soif au niveau de Casset, traversez la rivière pour boire un coup au restaurant juste en face des pistes! Je n’ai testé que la piste bleue car mes aptitudes sont limitées, mais l’endroit est magnifique! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/2f5a1b6a-5284-45fb-b139-a5167359c258/Rando+bouquetins.jpg France - Le Monêtier-les-bains (Serre Chevalier) - Randonnée des bouquetins Cette boucle d’environ 7km et 500m de dénivelé part de la place près de la Poste, monte jusqu’au Puy Jaumar (n’oubliez pas de vous retourner en montant pour la vue sur le village!), continue de monter jusqu’au Puy du Cros, et longe ensuite les crêtes surplombant le village, avant de redescendre en lacet et vous ramener dans le village (un peu plus à l’ouest de votre point de départ). La montée est constante mais jamais trop raide, la descente se fait dans les bois, et si vous partez assez tôt le matin, vous aurez peut-être l’opportunité de voir des bouquetins! Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure et les trois bouquetins qui m’ont barré le chemin, cliquez ici! Comme toujours en montagne, la sécurité vient en premier: emmenez le matériel adéquat à la météo, assez d’eau, et respectez les animaux! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/67bcf97b-4224-49c9-8357-b6ea9cfd9813/IMG_1153.jpg France - Le Monêtier-les-bains (Serre Chevalier) - Make it stand out Bouquetin observé en haut des crêtes, sur la boucle Puy Jaumar-Puy du Cros. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9dc51e5b-03ae-4a3d-8e86-1a267b0868ba/Les+Grands+Bains.png France - Le Monêtier-les-bains (Serre Chevalier) - Détendez-vous aux Grands Bains Les photos sont interdites à l’intérieur des bains, je n’ai donc qu’une photo de l’entrée, mais je vous recommande d’aller sur le site pour voir plus de photos de cet endroits. Après une journée de ski ou de rando, quoi de mieux que deux heures de détente dans les bains chauds, les jacuzzi, le sauna… avec vue sur la montagne depuis le bassin extérieur? L’endroit est populaire, et cela se comprend, mais malgré le monde, et le fait que certains éléments ne fonctionnent pas lors de ma visite, j’ai vraiment apprécié de passer du temps dans cette station thermale. Pour en savoir plus: https://lesgrandsbainsdumonetier.fr/ https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/06448a09-0bd8-429c-9b77-3b150fa4a8cd/Ne%CC%81vache.jpg France - Le Monêtier-les-bains (Serre Chevalier) - Ski de fond à Névache Si vous voulez tester un autre domaine nordique, la station de Névache est à seulement 40 minutes de route, et elle est magnifique elle aussi! Ce domaine, situé dans la vallée de la Clarée, est un peu plus grand que celui du Monêtier, mais lui aussi est le long d’une rivière, et est situé près de trois restaurants, si vous voulez faire une pause pour manger. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/valence-les-activits-ne-pas-manquer monthly 0.5 2025-05-20 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/54b31137-60a7-442c-8153-fa523e453be9/Valence+centre+ville.JPG France - Valence ~ les activités À NE PAS MANQUER - Marcher dans la vieille ville Le centre ville de Valence est facile à explorer à pied, perdez-vous dans ses ruelles pour voir sur quoi vous tomberez! Il y a de très vieilles églises, des places, des fontaines, des petites rues étroites, des marchés, et beaucoup de magasins et restaurants à explorer. Vous verrez aussi des panneaux annonçant la maison aux têtes (en bas à droite du collage), n’hésitez pas à passer sous le porche pour voir encore plus de têtes! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7883c4fa-b84a-4689-b6cb-7451b629bc23/IMG_3635.PNG France - Valence ~ les activités À NE PAS MANQUER - Déambuler dans le Parc Jouvet Situé à la limite est de la ville, longeant le Rhône, le Parc Jouvet est très grand et offre un lieu magnifique pour déambuler entre ses pelouses, sculptures, fontaines et statues. Depuis la place Jean-Etienne Championnet, vous pouvez l’admirer d’en haut, avant de descendre y faire un tour. N’oubliez pas de regarder de l’autre côté du Rhône, pour apercevoir le château de Crussol en Ardèche! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0178ceda-53e5-485b-873c-b7302a26f163/Balade+via+Rhona.jpg France - Valence ~ les activités À NE PAS MANQUER - Explorer la Via Rhôna Valence est située le long du Rhône, et pour les cyclistes mais aussi les marcheurs, une section de la Via Rhôna commence juste au coin sud-ouest du parc Jouvet. Il faut juste traverser sous l’autoroute, et vous vous retrouverez le long du fleuve, avec une piste goudronnée (qui s’accompagne sur certaines sections d’un sentier gravier en parallèle), et vous pourrez admirer les oiseaux, les bateaux, et l’Ardèche de l’autre côté! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d541cb30-13a0-4817-bd72-729b583f0df3/IMG_3547.jpg France - Valence ~ les activités À NE PAS MANQUER - Make it stand out Sculpture de Jaume Plensa sur la Place des Ormeaux. Valence, entre histoire et contemporanéité. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/1464975c-a1aa-40d4-a455-a9ef1f1eeebd/IMG_3583.jpg France - Valence ~ les activités À NE PAS MANQUER - Visiter le Musée d’Art et Archéologie C’est quelque chose de vraiment particulier quand le musée même est art, au même titre que les œuvres qu’il contient. Ce musée est magnifique à explorer, et son architecture même fait partie des choses à admirer. Il contient une vaste collection, d’antiquités romaines à l’art contemporain, en passant par un Monet et des céramiques de la période Art Nouveau. Le musée est en plein centre ville et très facile d’accès. Il est fermé entre midi et 14h, et est ouvert du mercredi au dimanche. L’entrée tarif plein est de 9 euros. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/grenobleanepasmanquer monthly 0.5 2025-08-29 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7b5088e6-5804-4281-ae2e-a82149333187/Grenoble+les+bulles.png France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Les bulles, téléphérique qui vous emmènera au Fort de la Bastille. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3a36c694-1e36-4c00-b4c6-2d6a26af70f4/IMG_2062.PNG France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Monter au Fort de la Bastille en bulles! Les bulles sont vraiment iconiques de la ville, et c’est une activité incontournable (sauf si vous visitez la ville pendant leur fermeture annuelle au mois de janvier). C’est une façon rapide de monter au Fort de la Bastille, si vous voulez éviter de monter à pied ou si vous voulez juste faire l’expérience de ce téléphérique urbain! La montée ne dure que quelques minutes, n’est pas trop chère, et vous fait passer juste au dessus de l’Isère! Pour plus d’informations, visitez leur site officiel ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/5a3ffe78-76bb-427c-89bc-7c159f4fc285/page0.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Monter au Fort de la Bastille à pied! Si vous vous sentez en forme… montez à pied! Il existe de nombreuses façons de rejoindre le fort de la Bastille à pied, de nombreux sentiers qui peuvent être utilisés à la montée comme à la descente. Personnellement, ma façon préférée de monter à pied est par le Jardin des Dauphins, qui est très agréable à explorer, mais qui monte rude dès le départ des quais de l’Isère. Soyez prévenus, c’est pour les sportifs, car il y a énormément de marches en montant de cette façon là. Malgré les marches, j’aime la façons dont on découvre le paysage et la ville dès que l’occasion de se retourner se présente… et il y en a beaucoup! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/0bb2e4fc-013c-4a38-a3d6-f8d5df27500d/to+Mont+Jalla.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Monter au Mont Jalla… à pied! Depuis la Bastille, il est facile de monter au Mont Jalla par un sentier en lacet (il y a un autre sentier, plus technique et plus difficile… si vous êtes des randonneurs agguérris). Depuis la Bastille, prenez le chemin pavé en direction du restaurant Le Père Gras, et ensuite prenez le chemin à gauche du restaurant en direction du Mont Jalla. Le sentier en lacet est similaire à celui entre les quais de Grenoble et la Bastille, entre terre et gravier avec des pierres et des racines d’arbres, mais moins fréquenté. N’oubliez pas de vous retourner de temps en temps pour admirer la vue, c’est un bonne excuse pour faire une pause si vous êtes fatigués! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/53aa7cf5-bc5a-411d-959e-39417ffe7c02/page0.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Descendre du Fort de la Bastille à pied! Ma façon préférée de descendre de la Bastille est de suivre les panneaux indiquant “Fontaine au Lion”. Il y a beaucoup de marches et de tunnels, mais aussi toute une section assez facile en lacets, et finalement une section un peu plus technique passant derrière le musée Dauphinois, qui se termine par des marches et vous déposent juste devant la fontaine au Lion! C’est assez facile, c’est varié et vous aurez de magnifiques vue de la ville en descendant! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a87ef11c-abcb-4437-b4aa-f5809ec374d8/Grenoble+ville.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Déambuler dans la ville Le vieux centre est très prisé pour déambuler car il est piéton, mais il y a beaucoup à voir partout en ville. Sculptures, architecture intéressante, églises, et en tournant, presque partout, voir une montagne. Grenoble a des quartiers séparés et différents et il est intéressant de passer près de la Caserne de Bonne entourés de parcs ou Championnet avec tous ses restaurants et terrasses animées le soir. Et en passant par des rues différentes, ne manquez pas de lever les yeux pour la prochaine activité que je recommande: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/63609406-ab38-44eb-ac42-6d13c7fbf594/Quartier+italien+la+nuit.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Le quartier italien, Quai de France, de nuit. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/52e05ce0-fd97-46a2-a339-e4a6c741cf83/page0.JPG France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Chercher des œuvres de Street Art Une des particularités de Grenoble, et certaines villes alentours, est le nombre élevé d’œuvres de Street Art. Alors ne passez pas toujours par le même chemin, et regardez à gauche et à droite quand vous traversez une rue… une beauté vous attend peut-être au tournant! La ville organise des visites guidées sur ce thèmes, et il y a chaque année un festival organisé et de nouvelles œuvres créées lors de cette semaine. Si vous connaissez la ville, partagez votre peinture murale préférée dans les commentaires ci-dessous! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7afdbb59-c4b3-4fa4-9bc5-33e4c1f59991/IMG_6967.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Peinture mural à la limite de Grenoble et Seyssinet-Pariset, le long du Drac. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/53d9b6ca-5206-4794-ac00-1e14638879e4/Muse%CC%81e+de+Grenoble.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Visiter le Musée de Grenoble Situé le long de l’Isère, le musée de Grenoble offre une collection ample et variée d’art (peintures, dessins, sculptures, céramiques, etc.) de l’Egypte antique à l’époque contemporaine. Déambulez dans les époques et les trois niveaux, et observez aussi l’architecture du bâtiment lui-même, qui, au niveaux inférieurs, inclue une partie de l’enceinte de la ville qui date du 19ème siècle. N’oubliez pas de regarder par les fenêtres des salles principales, pour une vue sur la rivière et même la Bastille! Le musée offre aussi des expositions temporaires et des concerts. Pour plus d’informations, cliquez ici!! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ca3eada7-ecba-4f94-84dc-fa1f2bef1c2d/jardin+muse%CC%81e+da%27rt.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Parc Albert Michalon Lors de votre visite du musée, n’hésitez pas à inclure le parc qui se trouve juste derrière, le parc Albert Michalon. Il offre de la verdure, de l’ombre, des bancs, et une vingtaine de sculptures intéressantes qui complèteront à merveille votre visite du musée! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cabdcfbd-0835-475b-a5f9-3c40bf8b0f7d/IMG_4767.PNG France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Visiter le Musée Archéologique St Laurent Construit dans une ancienne église (elle même construite sur des ruines du Moyen Âge) et incorporant son architecture, ce musée vous propose de découvrir l’histoire de l’église et de Grenoble, en vous présentant les résultats de fouilles archéologiques. Vous recevrez à l’accueil un audioguide (disponible en plusieurs langues) qui vous guide à travers le musée, et correspond à des présentations sur écrans (avec effets de lumières!) dans les différentes sections du musée: l’église, la crypte, le cloître etc. Le musée est fermé le mardi. Pour plus d’informations, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a30ce1e5-b2cf-4e80-a882-f1c448de289d/IMG_3978.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Explorer le marché de Noël Si vous visitez Grenoble en décembre, le marché de Noël est indispensable! Situé sur la place Victor Hugo, il rassemble des stands d’artisans vendant des produits faits par eux (vêtements, décoration, etc.) ainsi que des stands proposant des produits locaux (nourriture, alcool, etc.), et pas mal de restaurants au centre. Il y a aussi une scène où plusieurs concerts ont lieu pendant le mois, un manège pour enfants, et une petite cabane où les petits peuvent rencontrer le Père Noël… https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f14f74f0-c151-4803-b5ca-40e6a97c59df/sculptures+Mistral.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Admirer les sculptures du Parc Mistral Le Parc Mistral, derrière la mairie, et où se trouve la Tour Peynet, contient de nombreuses sculptures, telle que la vasque olympique des Jeux Olympiques de 1968. Certaines sculptures sont d’un caractère militaire, d’autre dédiées à la montagne, et d’autres plus artistiques. Explorez le reste du parc, bien sûr! C’est là que se trouvent le stade des Alpes, ainsi que le Palais des Sports. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f399466d-7e32-4553-b03a-12b52eee1c7d/IMG_5686.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Make it stand out Stade des Alpes, vu depuis le Parc Mistral. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d78e0b35-263a-4019-a2b6-ed87bc6edb67/page0.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Faites une partie de mini-golf à l’intérieur! Par jour de pluie en été ou de mauvais temps en hiver, ou juste pour le fun, explorez ce mini-golf très créatif en plein quartier Championnet. Les 18 trous sont intéressants, inventifs, et vous feront bien rire. Attention, tous ne se jouent pas avec le club! Évitez les jupes car il y a un trou dans un espace réduit pas très confortable, et il faut passer d’une pièce à l’autre par un toboggan! N’oubliez pas que le tarif est réduit si vous avez le Gpass! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/15060be0-f1e7-4c2e-b0a8-2a8439e2f7e6/Grenoble+Cano%CC%88e.jpg France - Grenoble: les activités à ne pas manquer! - Traversez Grenoble… en canöe! Une façon originale de voir la ville est de la traverser en canöe! C’est vraiment une expérience spéciale, si vous avez déjà fait du kayak ou du canöe vous pouvez faire la balade seuls, mais si vous préférez une visite guidée, l’option existe aussi, et est même gratuite avec le Gpass! Il est impératif de réserver ses places, cette activité n’est offerte que l’été, donc si cela vous intéresse, n’hésitez pas! Pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure, cliquez ici! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/unejourneeachambery monthly 0.5 2025-01-31 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/19af974f-0e59-4003-a293-d2851a880bd6/Screen+Shot+2024-12-17+at+10.03.16+PM.png France - Une journée à Chambéry - Make it stand out Le Palais de Justice https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9268eac7-c670-4b07-af68-4296aee356a2/page0+2.jpg France - Une journée à Chambéry - Déambuler dans le centre ville Perdez-vous dans les rues du centre ville, il n’est pas très grand et est agréable à marcher, avec certaines sections réservées aux piétons. Ne ratez pas la fontaine aux éléphants, un symbole de Chambéry! Admirez l’architecture et les bâtiments des époques différentes, et laissez-vous tenter par un café, un restaurant ou une boutique de produits locaux. Profitez de la verdures au Parc de l’étincelle ou celui du Verney, plus au centre. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ba7f006b-e385-413a-b97c-a922700bcb38/IMG_4043+2.PNG France - Une journée à Chambéry - Admirer la cathédrale St François de Salles Même si vous n’êtes pas religieux, ce bâtiment magnifique vous offrira quelque chose à admirer. il est classé monument historique depuis 1906. Sa construction a commencé au 15è siècle. Avec son architecture gothique, avec ses voûtes, son orgue, ses vitraux… cette cathédrale est vraiment belle. J’ai été le plus impressionnée par ses murs et son plafonds qui constituent le plus vaste ensemble de peintures en trompe-l’œil: https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3df62caf-39b3-4993-83c1-04d894ce71bd/page0.jpg France - Une journée à Chambéry - Visiter le musé des Beaux Arts Situé juste en face du Palais de Justice, le musée des Beaux-Arts offre au deuxième étage une collection permanente intéressante composée principalement de peintures italiennes et régionales du Moyen Âge à l’époque contemporaine. Il y a aussi des expositions temporaires au premier étage et un café au rez de chaussée. L’entrée coûte 3 euros, et le musée est fermé le lundi et les jours fériés. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ee72c7a7-bbd0-4dc4-938d-26009d6f1fbe/IMG_4017.jpg France - Une journée à Chambéry - Make it stand out Coucher de soleil sur le parc du Verney https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/e4c67f09-5455-41f8-a9e4-d9c4def9edb4/IMG_5200.jpg France - Une journée à Chambéry - Château des Ducs de Savoie La visite n’était pas possible lors de ma première visite à Chambéry… ce n’est que partie remise! Une bonne excuse pour y retourner, car je pense que cela pourrait être intéressant. Il faut s’organiser à l’avance et se renseigner auprès de l’office de tourisme pour savoir quand les visites guidées ont lieu, c’est le seul moyen de visiter ce lieu. Renseignez-vous sur ce site pour avoir plus d’information! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/annecy monthly 0.5 2025-08-08 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/b1a1ab63-b7a5-4ed4-bfec-db007f3d2e38/Screen+Shot+2024-11-01+at+4.16.06+PM.png France - Annecy - Make it stand out Le lac au coucher du soleil. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/3f6a4871-730f-4f31-a772-c91daf4beea8/de%CC%81ambuler+dans+la+vieille+ville.JPG France - Annecy - Déambuler dans la vieille ville Il est facile de se perdre dans la vieille ville d’Annecy, entre ses ruelles et ses canaux, mais c’est un plaisir… et on est jamais vraiment perdu! Observez les canards sur l’eau, l’architecture des vieux bâtiments, et ne prenez pas toujours le même chemin pour découvrir plus de petites boutiques et magasins de souvenirs! La vieille ville est facilement accessible depuis la gare. L’iconique Palais de l’île et le musée-château y sont situés. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/9a1e991d-4895-4324-8629-e715da972cff/jardins+de+l%27Europe.JPG France - Annecy - Marcher dans le jardin de l’Europe Marcher dans le jardin de l’Europe vous donnera une magnifique vue du lac, mais aussi du début des canaux, avec le pont de l’amour par exemple, et même des sculptures intéressantes à l’intérieur de la partie boisée, où vous pourrez trouver refuge par jour de grande chaleur. Il y a plusieurs bancs où s’asseoir, un carrousel et une aire de jeux pour les plus petits. Il y a souvent beaucoup de monde, touristes et locaux, qui marchent, courent, qui font du vélo etc. mais c’est une balade très plaisante! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/bdd084ff-63c5-48f3-bba1-a05c240db3eb/tour+du+lac+d%27annecy.jpg France - Annecy - Faire le tour du lac à vélo Faire le tour du lac est une activité incontournable que vous pouvez faire en louant un vélo électrique si vous avez besoin d’un peu d’assistance! Les paysages sont variés, les vues du lac imprenables, et les 40 km passent vite quand c’est si beau! La route est principalement plate, avec une seule grosse montée sur la côte ouest. Pour plus de détails, cliquez ici, ou pour voir la vidéo de cette aventure, cliquez ici! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/cd24711e-69bd-44ba-a842-0608370bc5eb/muse%CC%81e+cha%CC%82teau.JPG France - Annecy - Visiter le musée-château Le bâtiment même est peut-être aussi intéressant que les œuvres exposées à l’intérieur, avec ses recoins dissimulant des petites pièces à fonction spécifique (le four!) et ses vitraux vous donnant une nouvelle vue de la ville, sans oublier le belvédère et sa vue du lac! Lors de notre visite, une exposition temporaire sur le Pérou pré-colombien y était montrée, très intéressante, et j’ai eu le temps de voir aussi la collection permanente d’art contemporain, intéressant aussi. Si vous voulez aussi visiter le Palais de l’île (tourné sur le patrimoine local et l’aménagement de la ville et de la région), il existe un billet jumelé. Vérifiez bien les horaires, et sachez que ce musée est fermé le mardi. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/f09930d6-2166-47dd-8817-8c9ff53e016a/page0.JPG France - Annecy - Balade du Thiou Cette balade n’est pas très longue, mais très plaisante! La couleur de l’eau est magnifique, et vous commencez dans la vieille ville pour finir dans une commune voisine. Explorez les deux rives lorsque c’est possible, pour être sûr de voir l’eau briller (selon l’heure à laquelle vous vous baladez et d’où vient le soleil!) Le chemin est pavé au début, puis non, et il y a une partie en bois. Le début est en ville et on longe parfois des immeubles d’habitation, mais on a aussi parfois ensuite l’impression d’être vraiment dans la nature. Le chemin est aussi utilisé par les vélos, donc gardez un œil ouvert. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/667ddb30-72e6-47b7-bd7d-b1669e144c5e/IMG_0486.jpg France - Annecy - Make it stand out Sculptures dans la rivière le long de la promenade du Thiou. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/12fbaa62-cc84-4e53-9474-d9f20c6b68d0/Annecy+plage+des+Marquisats.jpg France - Annecy - Aller à la plage! Si vous venez l’été, n’hésitez pas à amener votre maillot et une serviette pour pouvoir passer du temps à la plage et vous baigner dans ce lac magnifique, avec vue sur les montagnes! Il y a deux plages gratuites à Annecy, la plage d’Albigny, et, présentée ici en photo, la plage des Marquisats. Cette dernière est plus proche de la vieille ville et facilement accessible à pied. Il y a une petite section avec du sable/cailloux, et une portion plus grande avec de l’herbe. Il est assez facile de trouver un endroit à l’ombre grâce aux arbres qui séparent la plage du trottoir et de la piste cyclable. La baignade est surveillée en juillet et août, et lorsque j’y suis allée, il y avait une plateforme avec un toboggan! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/65dadc9e-df80-4f41-8050-3e8a3f7cfdc2/page0.jpg France - Annecy - Les gorges du Fier Si vous voulez explorer la région un peu différemment, et découvrir les magnifiques gorges du Fier, essayez le packraft! Nous avons passé une demie-journée sur l’eau avec la compagnie Blue Secret et c’était tout simplement magnifique! Si vous avez l’habitude de faire du kayak ou du canoë, cette activité est très accessible, et les rapides sont très faciles. Pour voir cette aventure en vidéo, cliquez ici ! Et pour en savoir plus sur les options proposées par Blue Secret, voici leur site. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/vienne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/bouquetin monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/ducs+de+savoie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/dr%C3%B4me monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/n%C3%A9vache monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/chamb%C3%A9ry monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/is%C3%A8re monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/ski+de+fond monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/les+bulles monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/mus%C3%A9e+arch%C3%A9ologique+Saint+Laurent monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/mus%C3%A9e monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/grenoble monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/mon%C3%AAtier-les-bains monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/annecy monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/grotte+de+choranche monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/street+art monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/jazz+%C3%A0+vienne monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/romain monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/art monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/savoie monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/que+faire+%C3%A0+annecy%3F monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/fontaine+aux+%C3%A9l%C3%A9phants monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/valence monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/pont-en-royans monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/fort+de+la+Bastille monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/via+rhona monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/lac+d%27annecy monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/mont+jalla monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/serre+chevalier monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/hautes+alpes monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/station+thermale monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/vercors monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/france-4/tag/parc+jouvet monthly 0.5 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois-1 daily 0.75 2025-01-02 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/illinois-1/blog-post-title-one-n34dt monthly 0.5 2025-01-02 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/a98f1f46-bf4e-4cd9-b5e6-89d4818863fc/page0.jpg Illinois - Chicago ~ must-try activities - Wander Millenium Park If only because the iconic “Bean” is in Millenium Park, you must go. But also because of the beautiful gardens, architecture of downtown that you can see from the park, Jaume Plensa’s Crown Fountain where you can get a little cooler in the summer and watch people have fun in the water, and the Buckingham Fountain. Millenium Park is technically only one of the parks by Lake Michigan, and if you have time I really advise you to walk them all, they all have special features. In the winter, there’s a skating ring in front of the Bean, and in the summer there are many concerts and plays organized in the park. https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/33a3646e-d320-4bdb-89b3-a52c774b6691/IMG_6923.jpg Illinois - Chicago ~ must-try activities - Make it stand out Taking the Pedestrian Bridge between Millenium Park and Maggie Dalley Park to get to the lake is also a must! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/19910d67-9a39-4738-a23d-27b700a7c3d9/IMG_4441.PNG Illinois - Chicago ~ must-try activities - Visit the Museum of Contemporary Art Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/home daily 0.75 2023-09-10 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ffad62ed-b936-468d-a3d4-bd6cded9960f/IMG_9165+copy.jpg Home - Trails Hiking, trail running, backpacking… using my feet is my favorite way to connect to nature. I love finding a home base for a couple of nights and exploring the trails in the area. Use the dropdown menu up above to choose your destination. I hope this can be a starting point as you prepare your next trail adventure! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7a4f60d3-cee6-45ed-a161-64fdef5cf4c2/IMG_4878+copy.jpeg Home - Travels Let me share with you my favorite activities to do in the places I’ve visited around the world! Use the dropdown menu up above to choose your destination. I hope this can be a starting point as you prepare your next trip! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d1ee3f94-4243-4380-ab57-2e6a5e3a3b43/E0E5F71C-24F4-4B83-875C-125CD3B14811+copy.JPG Home - Vegan corner Let me tell you about the best vegan options I’ve found in the places I’ve visited around the world! Use the dropdown menu above to choose your destination. I hope this can help you prepare your next culinary experience! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/new-page daily 1.0 2025-03-06 https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/accueil daily 0.75 2024-01-26 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/ffad62ed-b936-468d-a3d4-bd6cded9960f/IMG_9165+copy.jpg Accueil - Sentiers Rando, trail, trek… ma façon préférée de me connecter à la nature est d’utiliser mes pieds. J’adore trouver une base pour quelques nuits et explorer les sentiers alentours. Utilisez le menu déroulant en haut de page pour choisir votre destination. J’espère que cette section pourra vous aider à préparer votre prochaine aventure en sentier! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7a4f60d3-cee6-45ed-a161-64fdef5cf4c2/IMG_4878+copy.jpeg Accueil - Voyages Laissez-moi partager avec vous mes activités “à ne pas manquer” dans les endroits que j’ai visités! Utilisez le menu déroulant en haut de page pour choisir votre prochaine destination. J’espère que cette section pourra vous aider à préparer votre prochain voyage! https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/d1ee3f94-4243-4380-ab57-2e6a5e3a3b43/E0E5F71C-24F4-4B83-875C-125CD3B14811+copy.JPG Accueil - Coin Vegan Laissez-moi vous parler des meilleures options vegan que j’ai trouvées dans les endroits que j’ai visités! Utilisez le menu déroulant en haut de page pour choisir votre destination. J’espère que cette section pourra vous aider à préparer votre prochaine dégustation ! https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/-propos-1 daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7e36bb89-2937-40c6-a4bd-242616125dd0/Lea+in+Maras.jpeg À propos Je m’appelle Lea. Née en France de parents italiens et maintenant basée aux États-Unis, j’ai les langues étrangères et le voyage dans la peau. Explorer le monde me permet de découvrir de nouveaux paysages, de nouveaux modes de vie… et de la nourriture végétalienne aux saveurs exotiques ! J’opte pour l’option « guidée » s’il y en a une, pour toujours en apprendre plus et bavarder avec les guides locaux. https://www.trailsandtravelswithlea.com/about-1 daily 0.75 2024-03-09 https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/620d5f49548b094879d10f5f/7e36bb89-2937-40c6-a4bd-242616125dd0/Lea+in+Maras.jpeg About My name is Lea. Born in France of Italian parents and now based in the United States, I have foreign languages and traveling in my blood! Exploring the world allows me to discover new landscapes, new lifestyles, and… exotic vegan food! I choose the “guided” option if there is one, so I can learn more and chat with the local guides. Let me share my experiences with you to help you better prepare your next trip!